成人高考英语语法

成人高考英语语法

成人高考英语复习 一、 名词复习及配套巩固练习:‎ 1. 名词的类别 名词是人、事物或概念的名称. ‎ ‎ 1)专有名词: 专有名词是指个人、团体、地方、机构或事物等所专有的名称，它的第一个字母必须大写。如：the Summer palace, Beijing, Asia等.‎ ‎ 英语 ‎ ‎ 2)普通名词: 普通名词是指一类人、一类事物、某种物质抽象概念的名称.如:‎ ‎ worker mother paper machine hope youth ‎ ‎ ‎ 1)个体名词:表示某类人或事物中的个体, 如: worker, father, book, tree, school等.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 2) 集体名词: 表示一群人或一些事物中的集合体, 如：people, family, class, team等 ‎ 普通名词 ‎ ‎ 3) 物质名词: 表示构成各种物体的物质, 如：iron, paper, snow, water, chalk, gold等.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 4) 抽象名词: 表示动作、状态、品质、感情等抽象概念. ，如：life, thought, idea, strength等.‎ ‎2. 名词的数 ‎ 个体名词（有单、复数形式）‎ ‎ 可数名词 集体名词（有单、复数形式）‎ 名词 物质名词 ‎ 不可数名词 抽象名词（只有单数形式）。‎ ‎1) 可数名词单数变复数：‎ ‎① 一般加s ：lesson → lessons, pen → pens ‎② 以s, x, ss, ch, sh, o结尾的加es ：buses, boxes, classes, watches, brushes, heroes, tomatoes,potatoes 但以辅音字母加o结尾的名词，是加s构成复数：kilo → kilos, piano → pianos, radio → radios, ‎ photo → photos, zoo → zoos ‎③ 以辅音字母 + y 结尾的改y为i，再加es ：city → cities, story → stories (注意：days, boys)‎ ‎④ 以f 或fe结尾的，一般将f或fe改为v，再加es ：knife → knives, leaf → leaves，life-lives,shelf-shelves 但有些以f 结尾的名词，是在f后加s，构成复数形式：belief → beliefs, roof → roofs, safe（保险箱）→‎ safes, proof（证据）→ proofs, chief → chiefs, handkerchief → handkerchiefs ‎2、有些名词，不按上述规则构成其复数形式，有以下几种情况：‎ ‎① 单复数形式相同：Chinese, Japanese, deer, sheep ‎② 不规则变化：man → men, woman → women, goose → geese, foot → feet, tooth → teeth, child →‎ children, mouse → mice, ox → oxen 。但是，German → Germans ‎③ 复合名词的复数形式：editor-in-chief → editors-in-chief, daughter-in-law → daughters-in-law, grown-up ‎ ‎→ grown-ups, woman teacher → women teachers, man driver → men drivers go- betweens(中间人)passers-by ‎3、注意以下几个名词单复数问题 ‎① 物质名词一般不用复数形式,但有些物质名词要用复数形式来表示不同的类别,如：fishes各种鱼，frui 各种水果，steels各种钢材。‎ ‎② 物质名词表示数量时，一般用表示数量的短语来表示。如：a cup of tea, three bags of apples, four pieces ‎ of bread。‎ ‎③ 有些抽象名词的复数形式表示不同的含义。如：work（工作）→ works（著作），arm（手臂）→ arms ‎（军火），glass（玻璃）→ glasses（眼镜），cloth（布）→ clothes（衣服）。‎ ‎④ 定冠词加上姓氏的复数形式，表示全家人或夫妇二人；姓氏的复数形式前不加冠词，则表示若干个 姓…的人。如：the Wangs王家，three Wangs三个姓王的。‎ ‎⑤ 只用作单数的复数形式的名词。如：physics, mathematics, news, the United States ‎⑥ 有些名词形似单数，但实为复数。如：police, people, cattle ‎⑦ 有些名词如被看作整体时就作单数用，如被看作组成该集体的各个成员时就作复数用。如：class, ‎ family, couple, audience, government, public ‎⑧ 有些抽象名词在具体化时，可以复数形式出现。表示特指时，可和定冠词连用；表示“某种”或“一 次”意义时，可和不定冠词连用。如：How did you smooth away the difficulties?（指各种具体困难）；It is ‎ a great pleasure to talk with you.；What a surprise!‎ 注意：可数、不可数是英文名词和中文名词的一个重要差异——即学习的重点。而很多英语名词具有双 重性。即，名词的类别不是固定不变的，它们会根据词义的变化和场合的不同而相互转换，其 词类别的转换可归纳如下：‎ ‎1、个体名词转抽象名词或抽象名词转个体名词 ‎ Our school is not far from my home.（个体）我们学校离我家不远。‎ School is over at six.（抽象）六点钟放学。‎ ‎2、物质名词转个体名词或个体名词转物质名词 ‎ He broke a piece of glass.（物质）他打破了一块玻璃。‎ ‎ He broke a glass.（个体）他打破了一个杯子。‎ Cake is a kind of food.　蛋糕是一种食物。(不可数)‎ These cakes are sweet.　这些蛋糕很好吃。(可数)‎ ‎3、个体名词转专有名词 ‎ ‎ His father is a teacher.（个体）他父亲是个教师。‎ 不同国家的人的单复数 ‎ 名称　　总称(谓语用复数）　一个人　　 两个人　　　　　‎ 中国人　a Chines　the Chinese　　　e　 two Chinese 瑞士人　　the Swiss　　　　a Swiss　　 two Swiss 澳大利亚人the Australians an Australian two Australians　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　‎ 俄国人　　the Russians　　 a Russian　　 two Russians 意大利人　the Italians　　 an Italian　 two Italians 希腊人　　the Greek　　　 a Greek　　　 two Greeks 法国人　　the French　　　a Frenchman　 two Frenchmen 日本人　　the Japanese　　a Japanese　 two Japanese 美国人　　the Americans　 an American　 two Americans 印度人　　the Indians　　 an Indian　　 two Indians 加拿大人　the Canadians　 a Canadian　 two Canadians 德国人　　the Germans　　a Germans　　 two Germans 英国人　　the English　　 an Englishman　two Englishmen 瑞典人　　the Swedish　　a Swede　　　 two Swedes　　　　‎ ‎3. 名词的所有格 名词的所有格在句中表示所有关系，作定语用。‎ ‎1、有生命名词的所有格一般在词尾加上“’”或“’s”。如：Tom’s bike, Engles’s (Engles’) works, a works’ school, Women’s Day, the editor-in-chief’s office ‎2、如果一个事物为两个人所有，只在后一个名词的词尾加“’s”，如果不是共有，就要在两个名词的词尾都加上“’s”。如：Tom and Mike’s room.（共有），Tom’s and Mike’s books.（不共有）。‎ ‎3、表示时间、距离、国家、城市的无生命名词，可以在词尾加“’s”或“’”表示所有格，如：today’s papers, ten minutes’ walk ‎4、在表示"某人家"，"店铺"时，所有格后面的名词常常省略： 　　at Mr. Green’s(在格林先生家); at my brother’s(在我兄弟家); 　　at the tailor’s(在裁缝店); at the barber’s(在理发店); 　　at the doctor’s(在诊所)‎ ‎5、无生命名词的所在格通常用of短语来表示。如：the window of the room ‎6、表示有生命的名词有时也可用of短语来表示所有关系，而且当该名词带有较长的定语时。如：the teachers of the No. 1 Middle School.‎ ‎7、双重所有格结构前的被修饰名词通常指整体中的部分或一个，双重所有格只能用于有生命的名词，这个名词是确定的。被修饰名词前有不定冠词、指示代词、疑问代词、不定代词或数词等限定词时，一般只能用双重所有格。如：an old friend of my uncle’s, a daughter of Mrs Green’s, the house of one of my friends ‎4.名词的普通格作定语 表材料、地点、用途、性质、泛指时间、整体等普通名词可以作定语，一般用单数形式。‎ e.g. stone figures（石像）；paper money（纸币）；country music（乡村音乐）；table cloth（桌布）；river bank（河岸）；school gate（校门口）；book stores（书店）；traffic lights（交 通 灯）；summer holidays（暑假）；evening dress（晚礼服）。‎ 但在个别情况下，也有需用复数的。‎ e.g. sports meet（运动会）；the United States government（美国政府）；students reading-room（学生阅览室）；goods train（货车）；two men doctors（两个男医生）。‎ ‎ ‎ 一、 冠词复习及配套巩固练习 ‎ 不定冠词:a(an),(泛指).a用于辅音发音开头的词前,an用于元音发音开头的词前.‎ 冠词 a book, a university, an hour, an old man ‎ 定冠词:the,(特指).‎ ‎1、不定冠词的基本用法：‎ ‎① 泛指一个。如：There is a book on the table.‎ ‎② 指人或事物的某一种类。如：His father is a driver. Longjing is a wonderful tea.‎ ‎③ 指某一个人或事物，但不具体说明。如：My sister was saved by a PLA man in the fire.‎ ‎④ 用于某一些表示重量、长度、时间等单位前，表示“每一”。如：We have meals three times a ‎ ‎⑤ 表示同样的。如：They are of an age.（他们是同岁。）‎ ‎⑥ 表数量，相当于one,但语意较弱。如：There is a pen and two books on the desk.‎ ‎⑦ 使抽象名词具体化。如：The little girl is a help to her mother. （a hand译"帮手"）‎ ‎⑧ 固定搭配。如：as a matter of fact , in a hurry, in a word ,have a good time, have a headache, a few, a great many students, a lot of, go for a walk, have breakfast, make a decision .‎ ‎ 2、定冠词的基本用法：‎ ‎① 表示上文提到过的人或事物。如：I have bought a book. The book is very useful.‎ ‎② 用于说话人与听话人心中都有数的人或事物。如：Close the window, please.‎ ‎③ 用于表示世界上独一无二的事物前。如：the sun, the moon, the earth, the world等。‎ ‎④ 用于表示方位的名词之前。如：the east, the right.‎ ‎⑤ 用于序数词或形容词的最高级之前。如：the first, the tallest.‎ ‎⑥ 用于形容词之前，使其名词化。如：the sick, the wounded, the deaf, the dumb(哑巴),the rich.‎ ‎⑦ 用于由普通名词构成的专有名词之前。如：the United States, the United Nation.‎ ‎⑧ 用于江河、海洋、海峡、山脉、群岛、建筑物等的名词之前。如：the Changjiang River, the East Lake.‎ ‎⑨ 用于复数姓氏之前，表示“夫妇”或“全家”。如：The Smiths ‎⑩ 用于乐器的名词前。如：play the piano; play the violin.‎ ‎⑩ 用于逢整十数词的复数前,定冠词有时可用于逢整十的复数数词前，表示世纪中的年代。如： He moved to the south in the fifties. 他于50年代搬到了南方。 The war broke out in the 1980s. 战争爆发于20世纪80年代。‎ ‎⑿ 发明物,如：The compass was invented in China. ‎ ‎⒀ 年代名词前,如：He lived in the countryside in the 1970s. 　 ⒁ 固定词组中,如：in the morning(afternoon, evening), on the other hand , at the same time at the same time 同时              by the way 顺便问一句 for the present  暂时               go to the cinema 看电影 in the end 最后                       in the dark 在黑暗中，不知道 in the least 一点，丝毫           in the open 在野外 in the past 在过去                   in the long run从长远来看 in the event of 万一                 in the morning 在上午 in the way 挡道，碍事            on the whole总体上 on the other hand 另一方面      on the contrary相反地 out of the question不可能的  ‎ ‎3、不用冠词的情况：‎ ‎① 表示总称的复数名词之前。如：Children love cartoons.（儿童喜欢卡通影片。）‎ ‎② 不含普通名词的专有名词前。如：We are studying English.‎ ‎③ 名词前有指示代词、物主代词、不定代词或名词所有格修饰时。如：I like this picture; I do not have any money; As time went on, Einstein’s theory proved to be correct.‎ ‎④ 季节、月份、星期等名词前，一般不用冠词。如：She likes spring most.‎ ‎⑤ 呼语前不用冠词。如：What shall I do next, Mother?‎ ‎⑥ 三餐饭前不用冠词。如：What did you have for lunch?‎ ‎⑦ 节假日前不用冠词。如：People give gifts to each other on Christmas Day.‎ ‎⑧ 球类和棋类运动的名称前不用冠词。如：She is fond of playing basketball.‎ ‎⑨ 在一些成对出现的短语中不用冠词。如：arm in arm（手挽手）; hand in hand（手牵手）; side by side（肩对肩）; day and day（日日夜夜）; young and old（老老少少）; from door to door ‎（挨门挨户）; from beginning to end（从头到尾）; from morning till night（从早到晚）等。‎ ‎(10) 某些用介词 by 构成的表方式的短语通常用零冠词： ① 表示乘坐交通工具： by bus 乘公共汽车                        by bike (bicycle) 骑自行车 by plane / by air乘飞机                   by ship (boat) 坐船 by land 走陆路                           by sea 走海路 ‎ ‎② 表示用通讯或通信等方式： by phone 用电话                           by telegram 用电报 by letter 用信件                            by post 用邮寄 by radio 用无线电                          by hand 用手工 ‎(11) 有些短语用零冠词和定冠词均可，只是含义不同： out of question毫无疑问                        out of the question不可能，不值得考虑的 keep house 料理家务                             keep the house 呆在家里不外出 in charge of 负责，管理，主管              in the charge of 在…的管理(负责)之下 by day在白天    by the day按天计算 in case of以防    in the case of就……来说 in charge of负责，管理    in the charge of由……负责 in office执政    in the office在办公室 in sight(of)看见    in the sight(of)在……看来 go to sea去当水手    go to the sea到海边去 out of question毫无疑问  out of the question不可能 take advice征求意见 take the advice听从劝告 be of age成年    be of all age同龄 go to church去做礼拜    go to the church去教堂 in prison坐牢     in the prison在监狱 特别提示：‎ 当地点名词表示地点时，其前用定冠词；表示在这一地点所发生的活动时，其前不加冠词。如：‎ He went to the bed and fetched me a magazine before he went to bed,他睡觉前到床边给我拿了本杂志。‎ 典例：George couldn’t remember when he first met Mr．Anderson，but Lhe was sure it was      Sunday because everybody was at      church．‎ A．/；the    B．the；/    C．a；/  D．/；a ‎【解析】 C不定冠词用于表示星期的名词前，泛指“某个星期几”；at church表示“做礼拜”，at the church表示”在教堂”。故本题选C。‎ ‎ (12) 许多习语用零冠词：‎ at night在夜里；at home在家；day after day 日复一日；by telephone打电话；in danger在危险中；on purpose故意地。 catch fire 着火                        give way 让路                        lose heart 灰心 move house 搬家                    send word 捎信                      take place 发生 by chance 偶然                       catch sight of 看见                 make use of 利用 at day-break 在天亮时                    before dawn 在天亮前 at dusk 在黄昏时                           after sunset 在日落后 after sunrise 在日出前                     towards dark 天快黑时 ‎ at midnight 在半夜                          from dawn till dusk 从早到晚 高考语法通关 ‎1．(2011·重庆调研)Any help from you will be greatly appreciated.Please give me a reply at your earliest ________.‎ A．interruption                B．instruction C．consideration                D．convenience 解析：考查名词辨析。这里表示“请在你方便的时候尽早给我回复”，at your earliest convenience 是固定表达，表示“在你方便的时候请尽早”，符合语境。interruption打断；instruction 指导，指示；consideration 考虑。‎ 答案：D ‎2．If you ask why I plan to study in the United States，the only answer is that it is a(n) ________ for me.‎ A．puzzle                           B．advantage C．challenge                      D．average 解析：考查名词辨析。challenge 意思是“挑战”，即选择在美国学习的理由是因为这样做具有挑战性。其他选项不合语境；puzzle 意思是“困惑”；advantage 意思是“优点，优势”；average 意思是“平均数”。‎ 答案：C ‎3. The conference has been held to discuss the ________ of global warming on people's lives all over the world.‎ A．importance                   B．effects C．protection                               D．attitudes 解析：考查名词辨析。effects 意思是“影响”，即讨论全球气候变暖对人们生活的影响。其他选项不合题意，importance 意思是“重要性”；protection 意思是“保护”；attitudes 意思是“态度”。‎ 答案：B ‎4．(2012·芜湖模拟)We all hold the belief that ________ 2012 London Olympic Games will be ________ success.‎ A．/；a                               B．the；/  C．the；a                            D．a；a 解析：第一空为特指，应用定冠词the；第二空success 为抽象名词具体化，“一个成功的人或事”，应用不定冠词a，类似的词还有failure，pleasure 等。‎ 答案：C ‎5．(2012·长沙期中)It's________ good feeling for people to admire the Shanghai World Expo that gives them________ pleasure.‎ A．/；a                            B．a；/ C．the；a                    D．a；the 解析：句意为：上海世博会给人们带来了欢乐，欣赏世博会是一种美好的感受。有些不可数名词，如knowledge，command，feeling等，前面有“a/an＋形容词”修饰时，表示一件具体的事情或一个……的人。pleasure意为“愉快，快乐”，为不可数名词，故不加冠词。‎ 答案：B ‎6．(2012·合肥模拟)It is generally believed that teaching is ________ it is a science.‎ A．an art much as            B．much an art as C．as an art much as            D．as much an art as 解析：当名词前有what、so、as、too、quite等词修饰时，其形容词被这些词修饰，组成下列结构，如：What a nice book! This is too heavy a box for me to carry. He is not as honest a boy as Mike.等，应采取too/how ＋ 形容词(副词)＋ a(an) ＋ 名词的形式。‎ 答案：D ‎7．(2011·银川模拟)I will go to the ________ to have my hair cut.‎ A．barber                       B．barber shop C．barber's shop                  D．barber's 解析：句意：我要去理发店把头发剪一下。表示店铺或某人的家时，常在名词所有格之后省去shop，house，home等地点名词。‎ 答案：D ‎8．(2011·广州调研)I am really a bit worried because I have no idea what my parents' ________ will be to my poor examination result.‎ A．expression                   B．reaction C．appearance                    D．expectation 解析：考查名词辨析。句意为：我真的有点担心，因为我不知道我父母对我不好的考试结果会是什么反应。expression 表情；reaction 反应；appearance 外表；expectation 期望。‎ 答案：B ‎9．(2011·西安检测)There is no________ in going to school for the students merely to learn some facts.‎ A．doubt                      B．mind C．point                                 D．wonder 解析：考查名词辨析。固定句式There is no point in doing sth.表示“做……是没有必要的”，其他搭配不正确，所以这里选C项。‎ 答案：C ‎10．Here are some ________ for you to follow when you take a test in chemistry.‎ A．patterns                     B．tips  C．topics                               D．efforts 解析：考查名词辨析。语境为“下面给你提出几点忠告，当你参加化学测验时应该遵循”。tip 忠告，意见；pattern 样式，花样，图案；topic 题目，论题，话题；effort 努力，尽力。‎ 答案：B ‎11．(2012·苏州质检)Mr Li has some trouble sleeping，so drinking a glass of milk before going to bed every night is his common________ .‎ A．practice                        B．knowledge C．experience                  D．duty 解析：考查名词辨析。……因此每晚睡前喝一杯牛奶是他通常的做法。common practice 通常的做法，符合题意。‎ 答案：A ‎12．(2012·杭州模拟)—Paul has gone abroad to try his luck.‎ ‎—In my________ ，his decision is not wise.‎ A．word                             B．view C．sight                            D．way 解析：考查名词。句意为：在我看来，他的决定不明智。in one's view表示“在某人看来”。‎ 答案：B ‎13．(2011·徐州一模)My English teacher is really very kind.I'll never forget the________ he has done me.‎ A．favor                                 B．deed  C．help                      D．value 解析：句意为：我的英语老师实在是太好了。我永远不会忘记他对我的帮助。do sb.a favor 帮助某人。‎ 答案：A ‎14．(2012·武汉联考)First impressions are the most lasting.After all，you never get________ second chance to make________ first impression.‎ A．a；the                       B．the；the  C．a；a                                D．the；a 解析：句意为：第一印象最持久。毕竟，你不会再有机会去形成第一印象。第一空后有second，在此表示再一次机会，而不是表顺序，应用不定冠词；第二空中的第一印象是泛指，也不是表示顺序，又根据题干可以判断impression 在此处是可数名词，可数名词单数表泛指时须用不定冠词。‎ 答案：C ‎15．(2012·潍坊期中)If we expect ________ much cleaner world，we should attract ________ world's attention to protecting the world.‎ A．a；a                         B．a；/ C．a；the                          D．the；/‎ 解析：考查冠词。第一空为泛指，指“一个更加干净的世界”；第二空world 前通常用定冠词。‎ 答案：C ‎16．We work together to achieve our common purpose：________ world that is safer，cleaner and healthier than ________ one we found.‎ A．the；the                      B．a；/ C．a；the                       D．the；/‎ 解析：考查冠词的用法。第一空表示泛指，用不定冠词；第二空后面由we found 限定，表特指，用定冠词。‎ 答案：C ‎17．(2012·青州模拟)Many lifestyle patterns do such________ great harm to health that they actually speed up________ weakening of the human body.‎ A．a；/                        B．/；the C．a；the                          D．/；/‎ 解析：句意为：很多生活方式对身体健康是很有害的，实际上它们能加快体质变弱。do harm to...为固定短语，意为“对……有害”；第二空为特指的用法，即特指体质变弱，故用定冠词the。‎ 答案：B ‎18．(2012·深圳调研)There are over 58,000 rocky objects in ________ space，about 900 of which could fall down onto________ earth.‎ A．the；the                B．/；the C．the；/                          D．a；the 解析：句意为：太空中有58 000颗星体，其中有900颗左右可能坠落到地球上。第一空in space“在太空”，固定用法，类似用法还有in nature，in society 等；第二空表示地球，独一无二的事物前须加定冠词the，如the moon，the sun等，‎ 答案：B ‎19．(2012·合肥联考)—What do you think about ________ dress in the shop window?‎ ‎—Oh，it's beautiful.You may give it to Linda as ________ birthday present.‎ A．a；a                      B．the；a C．a；the                          D．the；the 解析：考查冠词的用法。第一空表特指橱窗里的那一件，所以要用定冠词the；第二空泛指一件礼物，所以要用不定冠词。‎ 答案：B ‎20．(2012·锦州一模)It is clear that ________ little money the invention will bring him can hardly support so large ________ company.‎ A．/；the                      B．a；the  C．a；/                        D．the；a 解析：考查冠词。句意为：很显然，这项发明带给他的不多的钱很难支撑如此庞大的一个公司。此题的关键在于hardly 的暗示，说明钱不多或很少，用little 表示“少量的，不多的”，后面又有定语从句修饰，故其前应加定冠词the；第二空处是so＋adj.＋a＋可数名词结构。‎ 答案：D 三、 代词复习及配套巩固练习 代词是代替名词的一种词类。大多数代词具有名词和形容词的功能。英语中的代词，按其意义、特征及在句中的作用分为：人称代词、物主代词、指示代词、自身代词、相互代词、疑问代词、关系代词和不定代词八种。‎ ‎1.人称代词 数 ‎ 人称 格 单数 复数 主格 宾格 主格 宾格 第一人称 I me we are 第二人称 you you you you 第三人称 he she it him her it they them ‎ ‎ 句子的成份 例句 ‎ ‎ 作主语（代替上文中提到的人或物）‎ Mrs. Suzan is an English teacher. She teaches us geography.‎ I can’t read the story. It is written in Russian..‎ 作宾语（用宾格）‎ 直接宾语 Let her play now.‎ We often meet him at the school gate 间接宾语 Granny offered us fruit.‎ The sun gives us light and heat.‎ 介词宾语 Please sit between him and me. ‎ The teacher took good care of us.‎ 作表语 （用主格或宾格）‎ ‎–Who is that?‎ ‎–It’s me.‎ It was I whom you saw at the station.‎ ‎ ‎ ‎1.人称代词不仅仅指人，也可以指事或物。‎ ‎2.人称代词主格单数he, she和it的复数，都是they，宾格形式也相同，为them。‎ ‎3.第三人称的人称代词分阳性he（him），阴性she（her）和中性it（it），复数只有一个形式they（them）‎ 不分性别。‎ ‎4.选用什么人称代词，取决于所要代替的名词。在数和性上要与所代替的名词保持一致。‎ 1. 物主代词 物主代词是用来表示所有关系的，分为形容词性物主代词和名词性物主代词两种。形容词性物主代词放在名词前作定语，相当于形容词；名词性物主代词相当于“形容词性物主代词+名词”，相当于名词，可以作主语、表语或宾语。‎ 物主代词形容词性 数 人称 单数 复数 第一人称 my 我的 our 我们的 第二人称 your 你的 your 你们的 第三人称 his 他的，her 她的，its 它的 their 他们的 物主代词名词性 数 人称 单数 复数 第一人称 mine 我的 ours 我们的 第二人称 yours 你的 yours 你们的 第三人称 his 他的，hers 她的，its 它的 theirs 他们的 物主代词的用法：‎ ‎（1）形容词性物主代词放在名词前作定语。例如：‎ His pencil box is on the desk.‎ This is our school.‎ ‎（2）名词性物主代词作名词用 ‎ 本身就相当于“形容词性物主代词+名词”，因此，后面不可再加名词。‎ ‎ 作主语：‎ ‎ Richard’s school bag is blue and mine is black. 里查德的书包是蓝色的，我的书包是黑色的。（mine=my school bag）‎ ‎ 作表语：‎ ‎ It’s his. 这是他的（东西）。‎ ‎ 作宾语：‎ ‎ He borrows your dictionary and you may borrow mine. 他借你的字典，你可以借我的。（作及物动词的宾语）‎ ‎ “of+名词性物主代词”可以放在名词后作定语，表示强调：‎ ‎ He is a friend of mine. 他是我的一个朋友。‎ ‎·注意：‎ 试比较下面两句句子：‎ This is a photo of mine. 这是我的一张照片。（照片是我拥有的，但不一定照的是我本人）‎ This is a photo of me. 这是一张我本人的照片。（照片上是我本人）‎ ‎ ‎ 2. 反身代词 反身代词用于所强调的动作与动作执行者的关系，强调主语或宾语为同一人或物。‎ 反身代词的形式：‎ 单数 myself 我自己 yourself 你自己 himself 他自己 herself 她自己 itself 它自己 复数 ourselves 我们自己 yourselves 你们自己 themselves 他们自己 反身代词的用法：‎ 句子成分 例句 宾语 直接宾语 My father taught himself Japanese.‎ Please help yourselves to some fruit, everyone.‎ 介词宾语 The twelve-year-old boy can take care of himself.‎ Don’t think too much of yourself.‎ 同位语 主语 同位语 She taught Thomas Edison herself.‎ The detective story itself is worth reading.‎ 宾语 同位语 ‎— Li Ming, I want to ask for leave.‎ ‎— You’d better ask the teacher herself / himself.‎ 表语 同位语 ‎— Who is the man?‎ ‎— It was Mr. Yang himself.‎ 表语 I’m not quite myself today itself. 今天我感到不舒服。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎4.指示代词 ‎（一）指示代词是具有指示概念的代词 this 这； that 那； these 这些； those 那些； ‎ ‎（二）指示代词的用法 ‎1) this(these)一般指时间和空间上较近的人或物，而that (those)常指时间和空间上较远的人或物。‎ e.g. This is a novel and that is a magazine．‎ ‎2)this(these)一般指后面要讲到的事物，而that(those)常指前面讲到的事物。‎ e.g. What he told me is this：he wanted to go to Beijing．/ He didn't come．That is why he didn't know．‎ ‎　 3)that, those 常用来指代前面提到过的某个名词。‎ e.g. The oil output in 1998 was higher than that of 1995．( that 代替oil output) /‎ The cars made in Japan are better than those in Germany．‎ ‎5. 疑问代词 疑问代词的用法：‎ 句子成分 例句 主语 Who invited you to dinner? Whose is the best?‎ What’s in the bag? Which of them will win the prize?‎ 宾语 直接宾语 Whom did you meet on your way home? What is she doing?‎ Which do you want, the red one or the blue one?‎ 间接宾语 Whom are you waiting for?‎ From whom should we learn? What are you talking about?‎ 表语 Who are those women? What are you?‎ Whose is the new bike?‎ 定语 Which class are you in? Whose report is this?‎ What subjects do you study?‎ ‎·注意：‎ ‎1．Who 用于询问别人姓名，身份或关系。What 用于询问别人职业。‎ ‎2．Which 指的物有范围限制，侧重于哪一个；What 指的物无范围限制，侧重于种类。‎ ‎3．Whose 用于明确所有者，Whom 在口语中，whom 多为 who 代替。‎ 反意问句考点分析:????????????‎ ‎1、祈使句的反意问句；‎ ‎2、I think +宾语从句的反意问句；‎ ‎3、主从复合句的反意问句；‎ ‎4、表示判断的情态动词构成的反意疑问句。‎ 考题点击：‎ ‎1、I don’t suppose anyone will volunteer, _______? (01 上海) (C)‎ ‎ A. do I B. don’t I C. will they D. won’t they ‎ ‎2、Brian told you that there wasn’t anyone in the room at that (C)‎ ‎ time, ________? (02 上海春季)‎ ‎ A. was there B. wasn’t there C. didn’t he D. did he ‎ ‎3、There is no light in the dormitory. They must have gone to the lecture, _______? （04上海春季）(D)‎ ‎ A. didn't they B. don' t they C. mustn't they D. haven' t they ‎ ‎4、--- Alice, you feed the bird today, _________? (B)‎ ‎ --- But I fed it yesterday. (99 NMET) ‎ ‎ A. do you B. will you C. didn’t you D. don’t you ‎1. 祈使句的反意疑问句:‎ Don’t do that again, will you? Go with me, will you / won’t you ?‎ ‎ Let’s go and listen to the music, shall we? Let us wait for you in the reading-room, will you ‎2. I think( believe, suppose, expect)+宾语从句的反意问句,附加疑问部分则往往与从句中的主语和谓语动词保持对应关系，但要注意否定的转移。‎ ‎ I suppose that he's serious isn't he? 　　 ‎ I don't think she cares, does she? ‎ ‎3. 主从复合句的反意问句；附加疑问部分一般应与主句的主语和谓语动词保持对应关系。‎ ‎ She says that I did it, doesn't she? 　 　 I told them not everybody could do it , didn't I?‎ ‎6.不定代词 ‎ 不是指明代替任何特定名词的代词叫不定代词。常见的不定代词有all, both, each, every, some, any, many, much, (a)few, (a)little, one, ones, either, neither, other, another, no, none以及含有some-, any-, no-等的合成代词（如：anybody, something, no one）。这些不定代词大都可以代替名词和形容词，在句子中作主语、宾语、表语和定语。但none和由some, any, no, every thing, -body, -one构成的复合不定代词（如somebody等）只能作主语、宾语和表语；而every和no只能作定语。 ‎ 不定代词的形式：‎ 不定代词 词义 复合形式 说 明 some 一些（可数或不可数）‎ something 某物、某事 someone 某人somebody 某人 一般用于肯定句 any 一些，任何（可数或不可数）‎ anything 任何事物 anyone 任何人=anybody ‎ 多用于否定句，疑问句或条件状语从句中 no 没有，无 nothing 无物 nobody 无人no one 无一人 修饰可数或不可数名词，复合形式只具 名词的作用 every 每个，所有的 everything 每一个事物，一切 everyone 每人=everybody ‎ 强调共性，指所有个体都同样.., ‎ all 全体、所有的 这里表示 这里表 代替或修饰可数名词时，指两个以上的 或物，也可代替或修饰不可数名词。‎ each 每个 这里表示 这里表 强调个性,指每个单个个体都同样…‎ few 很少（可数）‎ 这里表示 这里表 修饰可数名词,表示否定 a few 一些，几个（可）‎ 这里表示 这里表 修饰可数名词,表示肯定 little 很少（不可数）‎ 这里表示 这里表 修饰不可数名词,表示否定 a little 一些（不可数）‎ 这里表示 这里表 修饰不可数名词,表示肯定 many 很多（可数）‎ 这里表示 这里表 修饰可数名词 much 很多（不可数）‎ 这里表示 这里表 修饰不可数名词 both 两个，两者都 这里表示 这里表 仅指两个人或物 neither 两者都不 这里表示 这里表 仅指两个人或物 none 没有人或物 这里表示 这里表 指三个以上的人或物，当指可数名词时 谓语动词用单、复数都可以。‎ either 两者中的任何一个 这里表示 这里表 other(s)‎ 其他,别的 这里表示 这里表 another 另一个，又一个 这里表示 这里表 相当于 an other one 一个(人或物)‎ 这里表示 这里表 one 的复数形式是 ones ‎ ‎ 不定代词的用法：‎ (1) one和ones A. 用来指人或物,表示“一个”(泛指)‎ One should always be ready to help others.‎ One should be strict with oneself.‎ One of my friends came to visit me.‎ A. 用来代替上文出现过的名词,以免重复.‎ I haven’t a pen. Can you lend me one?‎ The question is a complicated one.‎ My shoes are similar to the ones you had on yesterday.‎ (1) both, either, neither(都是指两者)‎ A. both:“两者都”,表示肯定,在句中可作主语,宾语,定语,同位语.‎ Both stories are true.两种说法都对.‎ Both of them are good at swimming.‎ These two movies are very interesting. I like both.‎ I wish both of you well.‎ She has eaten both cakes.‎ Both machines can work well.‎ They both love dancing.‎ They were both college students.‎ B. either:“两者中的任何一个”‎ Either of the answers is right.两个答案中有一个是正确的.‎ Either of the plan is equally dangerous.两个计划中任何一个都是同等危险.‎ They are experienced teachers. You can ask either of them for help.‎ Here are two tickets. You can take either of them.‎ Either proposal will have my support.两个提案我都支持.‎ I believe either method will work.‎ C. neither,两个都不,两者中没有一个,全部否定.‎ Neither of the choices is right.‎ I like neither. (I don’t like either.)‎ Neither game is interesting.‎ (2) all：所有的, 一切,指三者以上,可修饰可数或不可数名词 He has written five novels and all of them are good.(主语)‎ Now all has change. (不可数)‎ All roads lead to Rome. (定语)‎ All hope has gone.‎ They all have their troubles.(同位语)‎ We are all students.‎ That’s all. (表语),就这些.‎ (3) ‎ each, every ‎ every, each: 都有“每一个”的意思，但each 可指两个或两个以上的人或物，而every 只能指三个或三个以上的人或物。every 是形容词,只能作定语，而each可以作代词和形容词, 因此既可作定语，也可作主语或同位语。each 作主语的同位语时，主语和谓语动词均为复数。例如：‎ Each of us has got a new book.‎ Every student is doing his best at school.‎ Each of the students has a computer. (强调个体)‎ Each /Every student has a dictionary. (强调全体)‎ Every door is locked.‎ On each side of the road are the high trees.‎ (1) ‎ some: “一些,某些,”多用于肯定句 ‎ any: “任何一个”, 多用于否定句,疑问句和条件句中.‎ I have some words to say.‎ ‎ They don’t know anything.‎ Is there any water in the glass?‎ (2) ‎ none: “没有一个”(指三者以上的全部否定)‎ ‎ no: 没有,后面必须接名词,相当于一个形容词,(no=not any)‎ ‎ None of them know(s) English.‎ ‎ None of us are/is afraid of difficulties.‎ ‎ No one is here.‎ ‎ No plane is 100% safe.‎ ‎ No students come to school on weekends.‎ I have no time ‎ ‎ other:泛指“别的、其他的”, 后面接+名词，‎ ‎ the other: 特指,两个中的另一个.‎ (3) ‎ another: 泛指,指同类中（三个或三个以上）的“另一个”，是指不确定的另一个.‎ ‎ others: 泛指“其他人或物”（不一定是其余的全部）‎ There are other ways of doing it. 做这事还有其他的办法。 Where have the other students gone? 其他学生都到哪里去了？‎ There are fifty students in our class, twenty of us are from the city, two of us are from Dafeng, the others are from the countryside.‎ Give me another (one). 另外给我一个。‎ Others (=Other people) may not think that way. 别的人可能不这样想 He is cleverer than the others （the other students） in her class the others:剩余的全部,特指范围内的另一些（范围总数通常多于两个）‎ 辨析:‎ Many，much都意为"许多"， many + 可数名词，much + 不可数名词。 　　 How many people are there at the meeting? 　　 How much time has we left? 　　 Many of the workers were at the meeting. 　　 Much of the time was spent on learning.‎ one… the other　只有两个，She has two daughters, one is a nurse, the other is a teacher 　 some… others，others…，After class, some students are playing chess, some are singing, others are playing basketball on the playground.‎ some… the others有三个以上， 　 one… another，another… 　 others = other people ‎ (8) anyone 和 any one anyone 仅指人,不与 of 连用；any one 既可指人,也可指物。‎ ‎(9) no one 和 none a) none 后跟 of 短语，既可指人又可指物，而 no one 只单独使用，只指人。 ‎ b) none 作主语，谓语动词用单，复数均可，而 no one 作主语，谓语动词只能是单数。 None of you could lift it. 你们中没有人可举起它。 ---- Did any one call me up just now?　　---- No one.‎ ‎( 10) none 和 nothing ‎ none 只指量，指所指的一类人或物中一个都没有；‎ ‎ nothing 泛指，什么东西都不存在。后面不接 of 短语。‎ 如:--- Are there any eggs in the fridge?‎ ‎ --- None. In fact, there is nothing in the fridge.‎ 归纳 表示“全部”：两者用both，三者以上用all; ‎ 表示“全无”：两者用neither，三者以上用none或no one；‎ 表示“任一”：两者用either，三者以上用any。‎ ‎7. It 的用法 ‎ 1) it作人称代词,代替前面提到的事物.‎ ‎ --- Who is the baby? －It’s my teacher’s son．‎ ‎2) it指代时间,季节,距离.‎ ‎ It’s half an hour’s walk from here to our school．‎ ‎ It’s nice and warm here．But it’s two o’clock now, and it’s time for us to go to school.‎ ‎　　3)it作形式主语，代替由不定式、动名词或从句表示的真正主语。‎ ‎　　 It's important for us to learn a second language．‎ ‎ It's no use talking to him．/‎ It's known to all that the earth goes round the sun．‎ ‎　4) it作形式宾语，代替由不定式、动名词或从句表示的真正宾语。‎ ‎　　 We feel it our duty to help others．‎ ‎ He made it clear that he would leave the city．‎ ‎　　5) 用于强调结构：It is (was) +被强调部分＋that (或who)… ‎ ‎　　注意: 在强调结构中，如被强调部分为时间状语或地点状语，其后的连接词也绝不能为when ‎ where，而应用that 。在复习中，一定要注意句式的不同。‎ ‎　　 It was in Shanghai that I bought the guitar．(that引起强调句)‎ ‎　 　It was Shanghai where I bought the guitar．(where引起定从)‎ ‎　　 It was twelve o'clock when we arrived there．(when引起时间状语从句）‎ ‎　　 It was at twelve o'clock that we arrived there．（that 引起强调句）‎ ‎8. it，one，that 的区别：作为代词，这三个词的对比使用是高考的热点之一。‎ ‎　　---Why don't we take a little break? ---Didn't we just have __________?‎ ‎　　 A．it B．that C．one D．this ‎ ‎　　NMET2001，25．‎ ‎　　The Parkers bought a new house but _________will need a lot of work before they can move in．‎ A．they B．it 　　 C．one D．which ‎ one 用以指代同类事物中的任一，that 特指性强，指代可数与不可数词，而it指代上文提过的同 事物。‎ 高考语法通关 ‎1．(2012·南京调研)I would appreciate ________ ，to be frank，if goods could be delivered as soon as possible.‎ A．you                              B．this C．it                            D．myself 解析：考查代词。此处it 作形式宾语，代替后面的“if goods could be delivered as soon as possible”。to be frank 为插入语。‎ 答案：C ‎2. When ________ comes to saving energy，big changes start with small steps，like turning off the lights.‎ A．that                                B．this  C．it                          D．one 解析：考查代词用法。when it comes to (doing)sth.是固定结构，表示“当涉及某事(或做某事)时”。句意为：当提到节能的时候，大变化从细微的行动开始，比如随手关灯。‎ 答案：C ‎3．(2012·徐州联考)This young man is very clever；he may be ________ Edison.‎ A．the one                          B．the other C．another                     D．one 解析：考查代词。句意为：这个年轻人很聪明，他可能成为另一个爱迪生。another 另一个，这里是一种对比，强调这个年轻人的聪明。‎ 答案：C ‎4. Neither side is prepared to talk to________ unless we can smooth things over between them.‎ A．others                           B．the other  C．another                          D．one other 解析：句意为：除非我们能消除他们之间的矛盾，否则他们两人都不打算和对方讲话。others 没有范围，指别人；another 没有范围，指另一个；the other 指两者中的另一方，根据关键词neither (两者都不)。‎ 答案：B ‎5．(2012·武汉质检)You are a team star！Working with________ is really your cup of tea.‎ A．both                          B．either C．others                             D．the other 解析：句意为：你是队里的明星！与别人一起工作的确是你的所爱。本题考查代词。both 和either 指两者，首先被排除；the other 有范围限定，意为“其余的”，而题干中没有范围和数量限制，故也被排除。others 意为“其他的、另外的或别的人或事物”‎ 答案：C ‎6．(2012·芜湖模拟)—Which one can I take?‎ ‎—You can take ________ of them；I'll keep none.‎ A．both                              B．any C．either                                 D．all 解析：句意：——我能拿哪一个？——你可以全拿走，我一个也不留。根据I'll keep none.可知，有三个或三个以上的东西，而且可以全部拿走，所以选D。‎ 答案：D ‎7．(2012·温州模拟)—How do you usually keep in touch with your friends，by email or letter?‎ ‎—________ .I use telephone only.‎ A．None                           B．Neither C．Any                                  D．Either 解析：考查不定代词。句意为“——你通常是如何与朋友保持联系的，发邮件还是写信？——都不是，我只用电话联系。”neither 表示“两者都不”，none 表示“三者(及以上)都不”，either 表示“两者中任一”，any 表示“三者(及以上)任一”，据语意选B项。‎ 答案：B ‎8. There are two roads leading to the power station along the river.You can take ________ of the roads.‎ A．either                              B．both C．neither                               D．all 解析：考查代词的用法。句意为：沿着这条河有两条路通向那座发电站。你走两条路中的任何一条都可以到达。根据句意，这里应该是“两者选一”，故B、C和D项不正确。either 指“两者中的任意一个”。‎ 答案：A ‎9．(2012·苏州一模)They all wanted to stop working because they were very tired，but ________ of them would say so.‎ A．any                                 B．some C．none                               D．neither 解析：本题考查代词。句意为：他们都想停止工作，因为他们太累了，但是又没有人愿意说出来。根据all 可知他们指三者或三者以上，表示三者及三者以上的全部否定应该用none。‎ 答案：C ‎10．(2012·贵州检测)The number 5·12 is a special number，________，I think，that will be remembered by the Chinese people forever.‎ A．what                              B．it  C．which                     D．one 解析：考查代词。该句中one指代前面提到的a special number，其实one 及其定语从句与前面的a special number 是同位语关系，I think 在句中可作插入语，所以选D项。‎ 答案：D ‎11．When I moved to a new community，I found it different from ________ I had stayed in before.‎ A．one                                B．that   C．it                            D．the one 解析：考查代词。语意表示这个新社区与“我”先前住的那个社区不同，因为空处与前面的community 是同类事物，所以用one代指；同时空后有定语修饰，表特定指代，所以要加the，故选the one。‎ 答案：D ‎12．(2012·福州联考)—Which of the books did you like?‎ ‎—________ of them! They were both dull.‎ A．Neither                             B．Either C．Both                      D．None 解析：考查代词。语意：——你喜欢哪本书？——都不喜欢！两本都很枯燥。根据答句中的信息词“both”可知有两本书，故选Neither表示“二者都不”，因此A项正确。‎ 答案：A ‎13．It is reported that two schools, ________ of which are being built in my hometown, will open next year.‎ A．all                                     B．both C．none                         D．neither 解析：考查代词。语意：据报道，我的家乡正在建设的两所学校将于明年投入使用。根据前面的two schools，可知表示两者，故排除A、C两项；再结合语意可知表示肯定。故B项正确。‎ 答案：B ‎14．—If I had come here a minute earlier, I could have bought the shoes at a discount in this store.‎ ‎—Don't worry. Let's go to ________ store.‎ A．one other                     B．the other C．another                D．one another 解析：考查代词。根据语意可知此处表示不定数量中的一家商店，故用another。‎ 答案：C ‎15．(2012·重庆调研)He said ________ was lost, but he didn't say what it was.‎ A．something                        B．anything C．nothing                D．everything 解析：考查代词。语意：他说有什么东西丢了，但没说是什么。根据语意可知用something。‎ 答案：A ‎16．(2012·日照模拟)I prefer a college in Beijing to ________ in Shanghai, because I like the climate in Beijing.‎ A．one                              B．that C．it                         D．this 解析：考查代词。one代替同名异物的可数名词单数，此处指代前面提到的a college，故选A。‎ 答案：A ‎17．(2012·连云港联考)The weather today in Beijing is much better than  ________ in Shanghai.‎ A．that                              B．one C．it                             D．what 解析：考查代词。语意：今天北京的天气比上海的好得多。用that代替The weather，避免重复，其他三项均无此用法。‎ 答案：A ‎18．(2011·安庆检测)How can I help ________ if people just don't follow my advice?‎ A．that                                    B．it C．what                          D．them 解析：考查代词。语意：如果人们不听从我的建议，我有什么办法呢？此处it表示“人们不听从我的建议”这种情况。‎ 答案：B ‎19．(2012·温州月考)They found ________ difficult that they would finish their work in two days.‎ A．this                                   B．that C．it                               D．one 解析：考查代词。此处it作形式宾语，从句“that they would finish their work in two days”为真正的宾语。‎ 答案：C ‎20．(2012·郑州模拟)He saved all the fish for his children and never tasted ________ himself.‎ A．each                                   B．none C．any                           D．either 解析：考查代词。语意：他把鱼都留给孩子们，自己一点儿都没有尝。根据语意可知此处表示“任何一个，任何一些”，故any正确。‎ 答案：C 代词必考点归纳 1. 物主代词要避免做异类比较: ‎ ‎ His house is lager than I (F)‎ His house is larger than mine.‎ ‎2. that/those：that可替代单数或不可数名词；those替代复数名词 The climate of Beijing is quite different form that of Hainan.‎ My seat was next to that of the mayor.‎ The ears of a rabbit is longer than those of a cat.‎ ‎3.some可用于问句，表希望得到肯定态度。‎ Will you give me some paper?‎ Would you like to buy some apples?‎ ‎4. no = not a (any)‎ I have no money with me.‎ There are no birds in the tree.‎ There is no student in th classroom.‎ ‎5.all/both/every/each...not...=not all/both/every/each为部分否定，其全部否定分别为：‎ none/neither/no one (nothing)‎ Not all the students could understand his explanation.‎ Each child can not go to school in the mountain villiage.‎ ‎6.by oneself亲自，独自 of onself自动地 be oneself身体好 help oneself自助，自己拿in itself本质上，就本身而言 The man is too old to live by himself.‎ The door closed of itself./I’m quite of myself today.‎ ‎7. none/nothing/no one(nobody)‎ None用于三个或以上的人或事物，可与of连用；可回答How many/much...?‎ nothing 仅指事物，视为单数，不与of连用；可回答What...?‎ no one/nobody仅指人，单数，不与of连用；可回答Who...?‎ ‎----How much water is left?----None.‎ ‎----What’s in your pocket?----Nothing.‎ ‎----Who broke the window?----No one.It broke of itself.‎ ‎8.it/they 指代前面提到的名词本身。‎ He bought a pen.It cost him $5./He has two brothers.They are both workers.‎ ‎9.one/ones.可泛指前面提到的人或事物。‎ A chair made of iron is usually heavier than one made of wood.‎ ‎10.the one/the ones特指前面提到的人或事物。‎ ‎----I’m looking for a pen.----How do you like the one in the box.‎ ‎----Who are the boys?----You mean the ones playing basketball?‎ ‎11. other/others。Other 不单用，any/some/no+other+名词;others=other+复数名词 Is there any other boys/any others in the room?‎ ‎12. the other/the others:the other+单数名词；the others=the other+复数名词 In our class some Ss are good at maths, some are good at Chinese,the others are good at physics.(some...some...the others)‎ We have two international Ss, one is from European, the other is from America.(one...the other)‎ ‎14. all/both/each/every/either All/both/each/either可与of连用；every 不可与of连用 If you keep still, you can sit on either end of the boat.‎ Each of us /we each has a chance to go to university.‎ Every of us has a chance to go to university.(F)‎ 四、 数词复习及配套巩固练习 数词:表示数目和次序的词.‎ ‎ 基数词: 表示数目的数词. one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten….‎ 数词 ‎ ‎ 序数词: 表示顺序的数词. first, second, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth…‎ 基数词：表示数目的词为基数词，它的构成如下表：‎ 范 围 特 点 实 例 ‎1~12‎ 无规律 ‎ one, two, three, four, five, six, seven, eight, nine, ten, eleven, twelve ‎13~19‎ 以teen为结尾 ‎ thirteen, fourteen, fifteen, sixteen, seventeen, eighteen, nineteen ‎20~90‎ 以ty结尾 ‎ twenty, thirty, forty, fifty, sixty, seventy, eighty, ninety ‎21~99‎ 十位与个位之间要加连字符 “-”‎ ‎ twenty-five, sixty-five, ninety-nine ‎101~999‎ 百位与十位之间通常用and ‎ three hundred and twenty-five（美语中常将and省略）‎ 千以上 ‎ ‎ ‎ 6275—six thousand two hundred and seventy-five；1200—twelve hundred 序数词：表示顺序的数词为序数词，它的构成如下表：‎ 范 围 特 点 实 例 ‎ ‎ ‎1~19‎ 各基数词尾加th 其中七个例外：first, second, third, fifth, sixth, seventh, eighth, ninth, tenth, 其余，如：four — forth, nineteen — nineteenth ‎ ‎ ‎20,30~90‎ y变i+eth ‎ twentieth, fortieth, ninetieth ‎ ‎ ‎21以后多位数 最后一个数用序数词，其余用基数词 ‎ 21st — twenty-first, 110th — one hundred and tenth ‎ ‎ ‎ 序数词构成的口诀:‎ ‎ 一, 二, 三特殊记,-th从四加(fourth),见-ve去f, 然后再加-th (fifth, twelfth)‎ ‎ 八去t,九去e, 然后再加-th (eighth, ninth), -ty 变为tie, 然后再加-th(twentieth) ‎ 若是碰上几十几,只变个位就可以(twenty-one) ‎ 数词的用法:‎ 1. 编号即可用基数词也可用序数词:‎ Lesson One the first lesson Page15 the fifteenth page Bus No.5 Room201 1Beijing Road 2. 日期表示法:‎ ‎2001, 6, 30---June30, 2001; June30th,2001‎ ‎1988, 5, 1…May1, 1988; May1st, 1988‎ ‎ 3. 年代表示法:‎ ‎ in the +逢十的基数词的复数 ‎ 20世纪八十年代: in the 1980s 或1980’s ‎4. 时刻表示法:‎ 1) 几点过几分(past):分钟数+past+钟点数 ‎7:25 twenty-five past seven ‎9:15 a quarter past nine ‎2:30 half past two 2) 几点差几分(to):下一钟点所差分钟数 +to+下一钟点数 ‎12:54 six to one ‎21:50 9:50p.m 3) 分数表示法:‎ ‎1/2: a /one half ‎ ‎1/4: one- forth ‎2/3:two-thirds ‎3又5分之2: three and three fifths ‎1/10: one in ten one out of ten ‎ 5. 百分数:‎ ‎ 基数词+percent of ‎ ‎ Forty percent of the students wear glasses. (作主语时,谓语动词的数与of 后的名词数一致.)‎ ‎ Two-thirds of the money was spent on food.‎ ‎5.年龄表示法:‎ be+基数词+years old at the age of +基数词 基数词+ of age in + one’s + 整十位数基数词(复数)‎ My son is three years old. = My son is three years of age.‎ He went to America at( the age of) twenty.‎ Mary is in her sixties. ‎ 注意: 1) 表示确切的数目: ‎ a hundred two hundred ; a thousand two thousand ; ‎ five dosen of eggs two score of eggs (40个蛋) ‎ ‎ 2) 表示不确切的数目:‎ ‎ tens/scores/dozens of (数以十计的) hundreds of thousands of millions of(数百万的) several hundred of(好几百)‎ 一天半:one and a half days=one day and a half.‎ 五、形容词和副词复习及配套巩固练习 ‎1.形容词的用法： 形容词是指用来修饰、说明名词或不定代词，表示人或物的性质、特征和状态。一般放在它所修饰的名词前作定语，也可独立作表语或宾语补足语等。 ① 作定语： This is an interesting story. Kitty is a clever cat.  ②. 作表语： Yao Ming is very tall. Our classroom is big and bright. ‎ ‎③ 作宾语补足语： Don't make your hands dirty. We're trying to make our school beautiful. 注意： a. 有些形容词只能作表语。如：alone, afraid, asleep等。 如： That old man feels alone because his children are out. I'm afraid he can't come. b. 形容词与不定代词something, anything, nothing, everything等连用时，要放在这些词后面。 如： There is something wrong with my DVD machine. It's nothing serious. c. 某些形容词可以和定冠词连用，表示一类人或事物，其作用相当于一个名词。 如： the young(年轻人)，the poor(穷人), the rich(富人) d. 如果有两个以上的形容词修饰同一个名词时，其前后排列顺序一般如下： 限定词(a/the, this/some/her……)+数量词(先序数词后基数词)+观点+大小+形状+新旧+颜色+产地+材料+名词。 如：a big old German computer  2．副词的用法： 副词是用来修饰动词、形容词、其他副词或整个句子，有时也能修饰名词，表示时间、地点、方式、程度、动作、频度等，在句中主要用作状语。‎ ‎① 副词修饰动词，告诉我们动作是怎样进行的，什么时候进行或者在什么地方发生的，一般位于动词之后。 如：They went to the park early yesterday. We must study hard. ② 副词修饰形容词或副词，则告诉我们这些形容词或副词的程度如何，一般位于这些词前。 如：Michael Jordan jumps very high. Dai Yuqiang sings quite well. 注意： a．副词表示频度修饰动词时，位于连系动词和助动词之后，行为动词之前。 如：Mr. Wang usually comes to school on foot. The boy is often ill. b. already和yet的区别：already用于陈述句，一般用于句中，但不能和时间状语放在一起，译为“已经”；yet用来谈某事在预料之中，用于疑问句时译为“已经”，但用在否定句中则译为“尚未，还没有”，一般都放于句末。 如： The train has already arrived. I have already read the book. Have you found your book yet? I have not finished my homework yet. c. ever用于疑问句或带if的肯定句中或含hardly等否定意义的肯定句中，表示“曾经”一般要放在动词前面；它不用于现在完成时的简略回答，而要用Yes, I have或No, never表示。 如：The old man hardly ever goes out. (　hardly ever 可译为：几乎从不　) “Have you ever been to the new library?” “No, never”. 3．形容词与副词的相互转变： 形容词是用来修饰名词，副词是用来修饰动词，形容词或其它副词，它们在具体应用中可以互相转化，规律如下： a. 在形容词词尾直接加-ly，构成副词。如： usual-usually, bad-badly等。 [注]：不是所有以-ly结尾的单词都是副词，某些名词后加-ly可以转化为形容词。 如：sisterly, brotherly, friendly, comradely, lovely等。 b. 以“辅音字母+y”结尾的单词，变y为i，再加-ly，如：heavy-heavily, happy-happily等，并且要注意这些单词的变化：polite-politely, true-truly, terrible-terribly等。‎ ‎3.形容词的比较级和最高级的构成:‎ 形容词的比较级和最高级 说 明 ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 例 词 ‎ ‎ 一般情况 加er, est smaller,smallest ‎ ‎ 以e 结尾 加r,st larger,largest 单音节词和少数多音节的形容词，加词尾er ,est 以"辅音字母+y "结尾的词 改y为i，再加er,est busier,busiest ‎ ‎ 重读闭音节结尾，末尾只有一个辅音字母 双写末尾辅音字母，加er,est fatter,fattest ‎ ‎ 以ow,er结尾的双音节词 加er ,est narrower,narrowest　　cleverer,clevest 多数双音节和多音节的词 加more most ‎ ‎ more beautiful, most important　　‎ ‎　　‎ 副词的比较级和最高级 　　1．大多数以ly结尾的副词前加more 和most 来构成比较级和最高级。 　　2．少数单音节副词，加er,est 构成其比较级和最高级 。 　　几个特殊的形容词和副词 原级 比较级 ‎ 最高级 good ,well better best bad, ill, badly worse worst many ,much more most little less least far farther, further farthest,further old older, elder oldest, eldest ‎　 4.形容词和副词比较级的用法:‎ 1) 两个人或事物作比较,用比较级(A＞B)‎ He is stronger than Tom. ‎ ‎ Mary works harder than John(does). 玛丽比约翰工作努力。 ‎ This city is more beautiful than that(city). 这城市比那城市更美丽。 ‎ You look younger than before. 你看起来比以前年轻。 ‎ ‎ He can run faster than you.‎ 2) ‎ "the+比较级…，the+比较级…"结构，意为"越……，越……"，表示程度的平行增长.‎ ‎ The higher the temperature (is),the greater is the pressure.(=the greater the pressure is.) ‎ 温度越高，压力就越大。  ‎ The older he gets, the wiser he becomes. 他越长越聪明。 ‎ The bigger, the better. 越大越好。 The higher he climbs, the colder he feels.‎ The more widely we travel, the better we know about our country.‎ 我们走的地方越多,就越了解我们的国家.‎ 3) ‎ "比较级+and+比较级"结构，意为"越来越……"，表示程度逐渐增长.‎ Our life is getting better and better. 我们的生活越来越好。 ‎ Our country has become stronger and stronger. 我们的国家越来越强大了。 ‎ He is running faster and faster. 他越跑越快。 ‎ 注意： 当形容词需加上more变为比较级时，表示"越来越……"， 需用"more and more+形容词原形"的结构。 ‎ Shanghai is becoming more and more beautiful. 上海变得越来越美丽。 ‎ More and more people give up smoking. 越来越多的人戒烟。  ‎ 4) 表示两者程度相同,用as+形容词原级+as (A=B):‎ I am as old as you. 我和你年龄一样大。 ‎ Tom works as hard as Mary. 汤姆和玛丽工作一样努力。‎ 1) 表示A不如B时,用not as + as或 not so + as (A＜B John is not as/so clever as Jack. 约翰不像杰克那样聪明。‎ It is not so hot today as (it was) yesterday. ‎ He doesn't read as/so clearly as she. 他读得不像她那样清楚。 ‎ She didn't sing as/so well that night as she usually does.她那天晚上唱得没有平时好。‎ 2) 英语倍数表达法:‎ ‎.① 倍数 + 形容词（或副词）的比较级 + than + 其他。如：‎ The hall is five times bigger than our classroom. 这个大厅的面积比我们教室大五倍。‎ The car runs twice faster than that truck. ‎ 这辆轿车的速度比那辆卡车快两倍。（是那辆卡车的三倍快）‎ ‎ ② 倍数 + as + 形容词或副词的原级 + as + …‎ ‎ The room is four times as big as this one.‎ ‎ The big box is four times as heavy as the small one. 大箱子是小箱子的四倍重。‎ Asia is four times as large as Europe. 亚洲的面积是欧洲的四倍。‎ There are seven times as many people as I expected. 是我预料的人数的七倍。‎ There is five times as much coffee in this glass as in that one.这个杯子里的咖啡是那个杯子里的五倍。‎ 形容词、副词比较级的重难点 ‎⑴ "as + adj. / adv. + as" 或"not so (as ) + adj. / adv. + as"句型。该句型常用来描述两个比较对象在程度上的相似或不同之处（即平时说的"等级比较和不等级比较"）。‎ 如： The building is as high as that tower. 这座大楼和那座塔一样高。 ‎ My computer is not so(as) expensive as yours. 我的电脑不如你的贵重。 ‎ ‎⑵ "as many / few + 可数名词复数 + as"或" as much / little + 不可数名词 + as "结构。前者描述数目上的接近；后者描述量的相近。 ‎ 如： You may borrow as many books as you can.你能借多少书就借多少。 ‎ ‎"Drink as much water as you can," the doctor said to him.医生对他说："你要尽可能地多喝些水。 ‎ ‎⑶ "主语 + 比较级 + than any other +可数名词单数"或"主语 + 比较级 + than the other 可数名词复数"的结构表示：主语所描述的事物比其它（任何一个）都......"。用比较级形式表示最高级含义。‎ 如： Shanghai is larger than any other city in China.上海是中国最大的城市。 ‎ Li Ming is much cleverer than any other student in their class. 李明是他们班中最聪明的学生 ‎⑷ 诸如 not , never 之类的否定词与形容词或副词的比较级连用，表示最高级含义。意为"再没有比......更......"。‎ 如： It is not a better idea. 这是一个再好不过的办法。 ‎ I have never heard such an interesting story. 我从来没有听过比这更有趣的故事。 ‎ ‎⑸ "no + 比较级 + than ..."结构表示对两个比较对象都进行否定（可以用neither ... nor ... 结构来改写）。‎ 如： This computer is no better than yours. ‎ 这台电脑并不比你的好。（相当于Neither this computer nor yours is good.） ‎ I'm no more foolish than you.我们俩都不傻。（相当于Neither I nor you are foolish.） ‎ ‎⑹ "not more + 比较级 + than ..."结构表示在程度上前者不如后者。‎ 如： This book is not more interesting than that one.‎ 这本书不如那本书有趣。（相当于The book is less interesting than that one.） ‎ The girl is not more selfish than her mother. 这女孩不像她母亲那样自私。 ‎ ‎⑺ "比较级 + than + 形容词"，意为"与其......倒不如......"。‎ 如： He was much luckier than clever. 与其说他聪明，倒不如说他运气好。 ‎ Jack is much harder than clever. 与其说杰克聪明，倒不如说他努力。 ‎ ‎⑻ "would rather ... than, prefer ... to ..., prefer to do ... rather than ... "，这三个句型表示"宁愿......而不......; 喜欢......胜过...... ; 宁愿做......而不愿做......"含义。虽无比较级形式，但表示比较级含义。‎ 如：She would rather die than give in. 她宁死不屈。 ‎ I prefer playing basketball to going to the cinema. 我宁愿打篮球也不愿去看电影。 ‎ He preferred to go out rather than stay home. 他宁愿出去也不愿呆在家里。 ‎ ‎⑼ "The + 比较级 ... ， the + 比较级 ... "，该结构意为"越......， 越......"。‎ 如：The harder you work at English, the greater progress you will make. ‎ 在英语学习上你越用功，取得的进步就越大。 ‎ The more difficult the questions are, the less likely he is able to answer them. ‎ 问题越难，他回答出来的可能性就越小。‎ ‎4.形容词副词最高级的用法:‎ 三者(或三者以上)的比较才能用最高级,通常用…the+最高级+限定范围的状语(in the world, among them, in the class等)‎ They're the biggest animals in the world. 它们是世界上最大的动物。 ‎ Shanghai is one of the biggest cities in the world. 上海是世界最大城市之 一。(one of the+形容词最高级+名词复数表示"最……之一")  ‎ He is one of the tallest students in the class. 他是班上个子最高的学生之一。 ‎ He jumps (the) highest among those boys.‎ Who sings best in your class?‎ ‎ 注意： 如不表示比较，也没有表示比较范围的状语，最高级前不用the时，作"十分"、"非常"解。 ‎ It is a most useful tool. 这是一种非常有用的工具。 ‎ He is a brightest student. 他是一个非常聪明的学生。‎ 知识总结：  形容词和副词的原级比较、比较级及最高级：  　　 1. as+原级+ as（as+原级+a/an+单数可数名词+ as），其否定形式为：not as/so+原级+ as 　　 2. 比较级+than+比较对象（less+原级+比较对象） 　　 3. 比较级+and+比较对象或more and more +原级 　　 4. the+比较级…，the+比较级… 　　 5. the+比较级+of the two 　　 6. the+最高级（+单数可数名词）+of/among+复数名词或in+单数名词 　　 7. be one of/among+ the+最高级+复数名词 　　 8. the last+原级（+单数可数名词）+of/among+复数名词或in+单数名词 　　用形容词表示甲是乙的几倍时，用下面三个句型，用副词表示则一般只用前两个句型。 　　1.……倍数+形容词 (或副词) 的比较级+than 　　　 This rope is twice longer than that one． 　　　 这根绳的长度是那根绳的三倍。(比那根绳长二倍) 　　　 This hall is five times bigger than our classroom． 　　　 这个大厅比我们的教室大五倍。(是我们教室的六倍) 　　　 The car runs twice faster than that truck． 　　　 这辆小车的速度比那辆卡车快两倍。(是那辆卡车的三倍) 　　2. ……倍数+as+形容词或副词+as ‎ ‎　　　 Asia is tour times as large as Europe． 　　　 亚洲的面积是欧洲的四倍。 　　　 This big stone is three times as heavy as that one． 　　　 这块大石头的重量是那块的三倍。(这块石头比那块重二倍) 　　　 The plane flew ten times as high as the kite． 　　　 那架飞机飞行高度是那个风筝的十倍。(高出九倍) 　　3. ……倍数+the size(length，height…) + of 　　　 This street is four times the length of that street． 　　　 这条街是那条街的四倍长。 　　　 This hill is four times the height of that small one． 　　　 这座山的高度是那座小山的四倍。(比那座小山高三倍) 　　　 也可用：The height of this hill is four times that of that small one． 　　要用名词表示“量”的倍数时，则用以下两个句型： 　　1.……+倍数+more+名词(可数，不可数)+than 　　　 There are four times more books in our library than in yours. 　　　 我们图书馆藏书(数量)是你们图书馆藏书的五倍。(我们图书馆藏书比你们的多四倍。) 　　　 We have produced twice more grain this year than we did last year. 　　　 我们今年生产的粮食比去年增长两倍。(是去年的三倍) 　　2. ……倍数+as many(或much)+名词+其他+as… 　　　 After the technique was introduced，the factory produced twice as many tractors in 1988 　　　 as the year before． 　　　 采用新的技术以后，那个工厂1988年生产的拖拉机数量是前一年(1987年)的两倍。 　　　 (比前一年增长一倍) 　　　 There is three times as much water in this pot as in that one． 　　　 这个壶里的水(量)是那个壶里的三倍。 　　同级程度的比较，用as…as, the same as, such…as 引导： 　　Henry is a worker as good as Peter(is)． 　　=Henry is as good a worker as Peter(is)． 　　=Henry is such a good worker as Peter(is)． 　　亨利和皮特一样是个好工人。 　　Henry does not have so／as many book as I have． 　　亨利的书没有我的那么多。 　　His name is the same as his father's(name)． 　　他的名字和他爸爸的一样。 　　含有名词的as...as结构需要注意词序的问题： 　　句型a．as＋adj．＋a／an＋名词单数＋as＝a＋名词单数＋as＋adj．＋as 　　He is as honest a man as you＝he is a man as honest as you. 　　句型b．as many＋名词复数＋as 　　　　　 as much＋(a／an)＋名词＋as 　　It is generally believed that teaching is as much an art as it is a science． 　　句型c．倍数＋as＋adj．＋名词＋as 　　After the new technique was introduced，the factory produced twice as many tractors in 2010 as the year before． 　　as…as， (not) so…as 结构中的形容词、副词只能用原级，不能用比较级。 ‎ ‎　　John plays foo tball as well as，if not better than，David． 　　the+比较级…，the+比较级…，表示“越……，越……”。 　　The more tickets you sell，the more money you will get． 　　你卖的票越多，挣的钱越多。 　　The more you talked，the less attention he paid to you. 　　你说得越多，他越不注意听你讲。 　　The longer you stay，the better(it will be)． 　　你呆的时间越长越好。 　　比较级+and+比较级，表示“越来越……”。 　　The new city is becoming more and more beautiful． 　　这个新城市变得越来越美丽了。 　　the+比较级+of the two+名词： 　　The taller of the two boys is my brother． 　　两个男孩中的那个高的是我的弟弟。 　　用介词by表示相差的程度。 　　She is taller than I by three inches．(=She is three inches taller than I．) 　　她比我高三英寸。 　　I missed the last train by one minute． 　　我差一分钟没赶上最后一趟火车。 　　一个人的两种性质的比较。用more…than…结构： 　　—Ann acts quite unfriendly． 　——安不是非常友好。 　　—I think she’s more shy than unfriendly．　　　——与其说她不友好，不如说她害羞。 　　否定+比较级=最高级 　　除了“the＋最高级”外，最高级还有其它表达方式。如：否定词never与比较级连用。 　　How beautifully she sings! I have never heard a better voice． 　　There is no greater love than that of a man who lays down his life for his friends． 　　为朋友而放弃生命的人的爱是最伟大的爱。 　　He has never spent a mole worrying day． 　　他度过了最忧心忡忡的一天。 　　比较的对象不能相互包容。注意： 　　The Mississippi River is longer than any other river in the United States． 　　密西西比河比美国其他任何一条河都长。 　　比较等级的修饰语： 　　1. 修饰原级：fairly, quite, rather, so, very, too等。 　　2. 修饰比较级：much, even, far, rather, still, any, no(而不用very, quite, fairly， 　　　　 greatly等)，a bit, a little, a head, two meters, a great deal. a lot , by far等。 　　　 　The students study even harder than before． 　　　　 学生们比以前学习努力了。 　　　　 A car runs a great deal faster than a bike． 　　　　 汽车跑起来比自行车快许多。 　　3. 修饰最高级的有：序数词，by，far，nearly，almost，by no means，not really，not quite， 　　　　 nothing like。 　　　　 The bridge being built now is by far the longest across the Yellow River． 　　　　 目前正在建的那座桥是横跨黄河之上最长的桥。 ‎ ‎　　　　 I’d like to buy the second most expensive camera． 　　　　 我想买便宜一点儿的照相机。 　　比较的对象应该相同。 　　The weather here is warmer than that of Shanghai． 　　这里的气候比上海的暖和。 　　The radios made in our factory are better than those(made) in your factory． 　　我们工厂生产的录音机比你们工厂生产的好。 　　The population Of China is larger than that of any other country in the world．(人口与人口相比，用代词that) 　　中国的人口比世界上其他任何一个国家的人口都多。 　　China has a larger population than any other country in the world．(国家和国家相比较) 　　中国的人口比世界上其他任何一个国家的人口都多。‎ 多个形容词作定语时的排列顺序：  　　当两个以上的形容词修饰一个名词时，与被修饰的名词关系较密切的形容词靠近名词；如果几个形容词的密切程度差不多，则音节少的形容词在前，音节多的在后。如：a small wonderful gift. 　　常用的顺序为：限定词(these，those)+数量形容词(three)+描绘性形容词(beautiful)+大小、长短、高低等形体性形容词(large，long，high)+新旧(old)+颜色(red)+国籍(Chinese)+材料(wood)+用途(writing)+被修饰名词(desk)。 　　为了方便记忆，不妨试试如下口诀： 　　限定描述大长高，形状 年龄与新老； 　　颜色国籍出材料，用途类别往后靠。 　　记住以上规则是必要的，但还应多阅读，多体会，增强语感。如： 　　all these last few days 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 最近的这些日子 　　a light blue silk skirt 　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　 一件浅蓝色丝裙 　　the first／last two paragraphs　　　　　　　　　　　　 最前／最后两段 　　another three English books 　　　　　　　　　　　　　 另外3本英语书 　　some beautiful little red flowers 　　　　　　　　　　 一些美丽的小红花 　　all old brown woolen carpet　　　　　　　　　　　　　　一件破旧的棕色羊毛毯 　　all expe nsive purple cotton dress　　　　　　　　　　　一件昂贵的紫色棉衣 　　a beautiful white Japanese military jeep 　　　　　　　一辆漂亮的白色日本军用吉普车 　　the first beautiful little white Chinese wood bridge 　第一座美丽的中国小白木桥  形容词后置的情况：  　　1. 修饰不定代词something, anything, nothing, everything等时： 　　　　 There is something difficult in this book. 　　2. 形容词后面有介词短语或不定式短语的时候： 　　　　 This is a student worth of praise. 　　3. 用and或or连接两个形容词通常放在被修饰的名词之后，起强调修饰的作用： 　　　　 They will turn their motherland into a country, beautiful and modern. 　　4. 形容词同表示数 量的词组连用时亦放在后面：  　　　　 The pipe is tw elve feet long.‎ 同根副词辨析：  　　close接近地 　　　　closely 仔细地，密切地 　　free免费地　　　　　freely 自由地，无拘束地 　　hard 努力地　　　　 hardly几乎  　　late 晚，迟　　　　 lately 近来 ‎ ‎　　most 极，非常 　　　mostly 主要地  　　wide 广阔地　　　　 widely 广泛地 　　high 高 　　　　　　highly 高度地，非常地  　　loud 大声的　　　　 loudly大声地（含有喧闹意思） 　　deep 深，迟 　　　　deeply 抽象意义上的“深” 　　near 邻近 　　　　　nearly 几乎 易错点点拨：  　　1．“the＋比较级”特指两人或两个事物中较为突出的一个。 　　　 If the manager had to choose between the two，he would say John was the better choice． 　　2. senior(年长的，高级的)，junior(年幼的，初级的)，superior(优越的)，inferior(下等的，低劣 　　　 的)等词与to连用，表示比较级。 　　　 He is three years senior to me．他比我大三岁。 　　3. 注意下列结构中各个词的排列顺序： 　　　 what + a/an+形容词+可数名词单数 　　　 what+形容词+不可数名词/名词复数 　　　 such +a/an+形容词+可数名词单数 　　　 such+形容词+不可数名词/名词复数 　　 no such+名词（名词前不能加冠词） 　4. so many/so much/so few/so little+名词（其中的many, much, few, little等词都表“多少”之 　 意，little还可当“小”解释，这时用such little+名词）。 　5. 固定句型“cannot/can never be too...”的考查，意为“越……越好”或“再……也不过分”。 　6. 当too...to...结构中的副词too后接apt, ready, anxious, eager, glad, willing等形容词时，该 　　 结构表达的即为肯定的含义。 　　 She is too willing to marry him. 她很愿意嫁给他。 　7. 当too...to...结构中的副词too前面有all, but, only, quite等修饰时，该结构表达的也为肯定的 　　 含义。 　　 I am only too pleased to help you. 我很高兴帮助您。 ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎1．(2012·西安二模)When you study the local map，you'll find this town is________ .‎ A．twice the size of that one B．twice as a large town as that C．twice as larger as that one D．twice as larger a town as that 解析：句意：当你研究当地的地图时，你会发现这座城镇是那个的两倍大。倍数的表达方式：A is ＋倍数＋the＋名词(如size/length)＋of B；B项中不定冠词位置错误；C、D项中as后应用形容词原级。‎ 答案：A ‎2．(2012·太原检测)Believe it or not，swimming is________ as any to lose unwanted weight.‎ A．a way as good                B．as a good way C．as a way good               D．as good a way 解析：考查固定短语。as...as表示“和……一样”，固定表达方式有“as＋adj./adv.＋as”“as＋adj.＋a/an＋n.＋as”等。‎ 答案：D ‎3．(2012·芜湖调考)David got a higher grade in the final exam，for，you see，he made ________ mistakes.‎ A．few                       B．fewer   C．little                            D．less 解析：考查形容词比较级。所填词修饰可数名词mistakes，且根据题干意思是否定，由前一分句中的higher可知所填词用比较级，因此选B。‎ 答案：B ‎4．(2012·徐州模拟)—Do you think that the 11th Chinese National Games were a success?‎ ‎—Yes，________ ！It couldn't be ________ .‎ A．relatively；better                                B．approximately；worse C．absolutely；better                              D．fortunately；worse 解析：本题考查副词和形容词在语境中的运用。relatively 相对地，比较地；approximately 大约；absolutely 当然是，绝对正确；fortunately 幸运地。根据语境知，第十一届全运会绝对是一个成功的盛会，没有比它更好的了，故C项正确。‎ 答案：C ‎5．(2012·宁德二模)Of the two cameras，I would prefer ________ one，which is very easy for me to carry.‎ A．a smaller                        B．the smallest  C．a small                              D．the smaller 解析：考查形容词比较级。由of the two cameras 可知，总共有两台相机，其中“小的那台”，应该用比较级smaller，同时又是“确指”的概念，所以用the smaller，选D项。‎ 答案：D ‎6．(2012·安庆检测)When it was his turn to deliver his speech，________ ，he walked towards the microphone.‎ A．nervously and embarrassingly B．nervous and embarrassedly C．nervously and embarrassing D．nervous and embarrassed 解析：该题考查形容词作状语。形容词一般作定语，但也可作状语，表状态或结果。如：He lay in bed，awake.再如：Her husband came back，drunk.‎ 答案：D ‎7．My grandfather is as ________ as a young man and hates sitting around doing nothing all day.‎ A．enthusiastic                B．energetic  C．talkative                     D．sensitive 解析：依据后半句hates sitting around doing nothing all day 可知这里表示“精力充沛的”，故选B项。enthusiastic热情的；talkative 健谈的；sensitive 敏感的。‎ 答案：B ‎8．Even students with ________ intelligence can be excellent students after bettering their study habits.‎ A．average                         B．unusual  C．splendid                         D．popular 解析：考查形容词辨析。average 表示“一般的，平常的”；unusual 表示“异乎寻常的”；splendid 表示“极好的，壮丽的”；popular 则表示“流行的”。根据语意，此处表示“智力一般的学生在改进学习习惯之后也能变得很出色”，所以选A项。‎ 答案：A ‎9．(2012·抚顺质检)Young people go to college with the expectation that________ educated people get a higher pay.‎ A．good                     B．better C．best                         D．the best 解析：本题考查形容词、副词的比较级。句意为：年轻人上大学，带着这样的期望——得到更好教育的人会得到更高的工资报酬。所以本题应该选择B项。‎ 答案：B ‎10．The increase of the number of the students makes the limited computers not________ to each student.‎ A．available            B．affordable C．helpful                     D．acceptable 解析：考查形容词词义辨析。语境为：学生数量的增加使有限的电脑不够每个学生都使用。固定短语be available to意为“可享受的，可得到的，可使用的”。be helpful to对……有帮助的，有益的，有用的；affordable付得起的，不太昂贵的；acceptable可接受的，合意的，可承受的，可忍受的。语境暗示学生多，电脑少，因此应是不够用。‎ 答案：A ‎11．(2012·启东模拟)Though many extra planes and trains are used to carry passengers，traffic tools are ‎ still________ needed during the “May Day” holidays.‎ A．eagerly                    B．badly C．equally                       D．slightly 解析：考查副词。尽管增加了许多航班和火车班次以便运送旅客，但是在五一假期里交通工具还很急需。eagerly 热切地；badly很，非常；equally 平等地；slightly略微，稍微。只有B项符合语意。‎ 答案：B ‎12．(2012·西安一模)On snowy days，you have to drive very ________ to avoid traffic accidents.‎ A．cautiously                  B．neatly C．smoothly                     D．properly 解析：句意为：在下雪天，你必须谨慎驾车以避免交通事故。cautiously 谨慎地；neatly整洁地；smoothly平滑地；properly适当地。‎ 答案：A ‎13．(2012·扬州调考)He was robbed last night，but________ he didn't have much on him then.‎ A．fortunately                    B．eventually C．certainly                        D．surprisingly 解析：fortunately幸运地；eventually最终；certainly当然；surprisingly惊讶地。句意为：他昨晚被抢劫了，但幸运的是那时他身上没有多少钱。‎ 答案：A ‎14．Sorry, somebody borrowed the book last week，but I'll let you know once it is________ .‎ A．possible                        B．probable C．available                         D．punctual 解析：句意为：对不起，上周有人把书借走了，但一旦有的话，我会让你知道。available 可得到的；probable 可能的；punctual 准时的。‎ 答案：C ‎15．(2012·沈阳模拟)This new kind of chemicals will help keep the air，soil and water________ from pollution.‎ A．free                               B．empty C．loose                                D．short 解析：句意为：这种新的化学物质将有助于使空气、土壤和水免受污染。此处free表示“免于，不受……影响的”，和from 搭配。‎ 答案：A ‎16．(2012·威海检测)—Jack is really a brave guy.‎ ‎—So he is.And we can't admire his courage________ .‎ A．too much                           B．a lot  C．very much                     D．a little 解析：考查固定结构。从语意看，答话人也认为Jack是个勇敢的男孩，用can't ...too much 表示“再……也不为过”。语意：我们非常欣赏他的勇气。‎ 答案：A ‎17．(2012·绍兴月考)My mom once worked in a very small village school，which is________ only on foot.‎ A．acceptable                        B．adequate C．accessible                         D．appropriate 解析：考查形容词辨析。句意为：我妈妈曾经在一个小村庄的学校教书，这所学校只有步行才能到达。这里用accessible 表示“可进入的，可接近的”。acceptable 可接受的；adequate 适当的，充分的；appropriate 合适的，适当的。‎ 答案：C ‎18．(2012·南通检测)—Do you like the place of interest?‎ ‎—On the contrary，it's the________ place that I want to visit.‎ A．worst                          B．last  C．best                                 D．latest 解析：考查形容词辨析。根据答语中的On the contrary 可知，答话者对这个地方不满意。B项的last 表示“最不可能的”，即那是我最不想参观的地方。‎ 答案：B ‎19．(2011·成都二模)After the accident, the names of injured passengers who have been sent to hospitals were ‎ published online and updated ________.‎ A．extremely                     B．constantly C．vivitly                     D．particularly 解析：考查副词辨析。语意表示在事故发生之后，受伤并被送往医院治疗的乘客名单被公布到网上，并且不断得到更新。用constantly表示“经常地，持续不断地”。‎ 答案：B ‎20．When you arrive at the airport, you can wait for our car to pick you up, or, ________， you may just get into a taxi and come directly to our company.‎ A．instantly                          B．accidentally C．clearly                   D．alternatively 解析：考查副词辨析。语意表示“到达机场之后你可以等我们的车来接你，或者也可以直接打车来公司”，用alternatively表示(引出第二种选择或可能的建议)“要不，或者”。‎ 答案：D 六、动词时态和语态复习及配套巩固练习 ‎ 实义动词: 表示动作或状态的词,在句中能独立做谓语: want, lend, walk, study, run. ‎ ‎ 连系动词: 在句中不能独立做谓语,必须跟表语一起构成谓语.be, become, look, seem get(变得)等.‎ 动词 助 动 词: 用来构成时态,语态,语气的动词,不能独立做谓语.be, have, will, shall, do. ‎ ‎ 情态动词: 表示说话人对某一行为或状态的态度,认为“可能”,“应当”“必须,” 不能独立做谓语:can, may, must should等.‎ ‎ 及物动词: 后面必须带宾语,意思才完整.They cleaned the classroom. ‎ ‎1.实义动词 He lent me an interesting book. I bought a new camera. ‎ ‎ 不及物动词: 本身意义完整,不需要带宾语.The baby sleeps very soundly.那个小孩睡的很熟.‎ ‎ The horse runs very fast. We are studying English now.‎ ‎ He runs a supermarket. We are studying at school.‎ ‎ He wrote a poem. We read English every morning. ‎ ‎ He writes very well. We are reading at this moment.‎ ‎2. 连系动词:‎ ‎ be, look, seem, turn(变成), get(变得), become, grow(渐渐变成), go(变成, 处于…状态), remain(仍然是) ‎ feel, smell, sound.‎ We are friends. You look so tired. ‎ The baby has fallen asleep. ‎ It’s getting warmer and warmer.‎ The noise grew louder.‎ He went mad.‎ 1. 助动词:‎ He is watching a movie.‎ ‎ My mother is doing some cooking.‎ ‎ I haven’t heard of it.‎ ‎ Will you have a test next week?‎ 2. 情态动词: ‎ (1) can/could(could为can的过去式) 的基本用法:‎ ‎① 表示能力，如：He can speak English better than you.‎ ‎② 表示“许可”时can可以和may换用，如：You can (may) go home now.‎ ‎③ 在疑问句和否定句中表示“怀疑”、“猜测”或“可能性”，‎ ‎ 如：Can this green bike be Liu Dong's?‎ ‎ Anybody can make mistakes.‎ (2) may和might (might为may的过去式)的基本用法:‎ ① ‎ 表示允许或征询对方许可，有“可以”之意，如：You may use my dictionary ‎ ---May I watch TV after supper?‎ ‎ ---Yes, please. /Certainly.‎ ‎ --- May we swim in this lake?‎ ‎ ---No, you mustn’t. (mustn’t是“禁止”或“不许可”)‎ ‎ ② may或 might都可以表示可能性，表示“或许”、“可能”之意，如果用might表示可能性，则语气更加不肯定，如：They may (might) be in the library now .‎ (3) ‎ must的基本用法:‎ ① must表示“必须”、“应该”之意，其否定式 must not，缩写形式为 mustn't，表示“不应该”，“不准”、“不许可”或“禁止”之意.‎ ‎ We must study hard and make progress every day ‎ You mustn't touch the fire ② 对以must提出的疑问句，如作否定回答时，要用needn't或用don't (doesn't) have to (不 必)来回答，‎ ‎--- Must we finish the work tomorrow?‎ ‎---- No, you needn't (don't have to), but you must finish it in three days.‎ ③ 在肯定句中must可以表示推测，表示“一定”或“必定”之意，如：---- Whose new bike can it be? ---- It must be Liu Dong's. I know his father has just bought him a new one.‎ ‎“情态动词+have done”的用法 ‎ 1.在否定、疑问句中表示对过去发生过的事情的猜测, “可能做过…‎ ‎(1) can/could+have+done 2. 在肯定句中表示“本来可以做而未做”‎ ‎ The door was lacked. She couldn’t have been at home ‎ There is nowhere to find them. Where can they have gone? 到处找不到他们，他们可能到什么地方去呢？‎ You could have been more careful.‎ He could have passed the exam, but he was too careless.本来他能够通过考试,但是他太粗心.(虚拟语气)‎ ‎(2) can't+have+done:表示对过去事情的否定推测，译成“不可能做过某事”。‎ Mr. Smith can‘t have gone to Beijing, for I saw him in the library just now.‎ Mary can't have stolen your money. She has gone home.‎ ‎(3) may/might+have+done:表示对发生过的事情的推测，意思是“可能已经”或“也许已经”，用于肯句 中。 ‎ ‎ —What has happened to George?‎ ‎—I don't know. He may have got lost.‎ ‎（4）must+have+done:表示对过去事情的肯定推测，译成“一定做过某事”，只用于肯定句。 ‎ It must have rained last night, for the ground is wet.‎ You must have been mad to speak to the servant.‎ (5) should+have+done:表示本来应该做某事，而实际没做.‎ ought to + have+ done:表示过去应做某事而 实际未做。‎ shouldn‘t+have+done:表示本来不应该做某事，而实际做了。含有指责对方或自责的含意.‎ Tom, you are too lazy. The work should have been finished yesterday.‎ ‎ You ought to have helped him ‎ You ought not to have given him more help.你不应该帮助他那么多。‎ ‎ Look, Tom is crying. I shouldn't have been so harsh(严厉) on him.‎ (5) need+have+done: 表示本来需要做某事而没有做.‎ ‎ needn‘t+have+done:表示“本来不需要做某事而做了”。‎ ‎ He need have hurried to the station. In that case, he wouldn't have missed the train. 他本来需要快点去车站,那样的话,他就不会误了火车。‎ I needn‘t have bought so much wine—only five people came. 我本来没有必要买这么多酒，只来了五个人。‎ 三点说明:‎ ‎ 1、情态动词 + v 表示对现在或将来动作的猜测。‎ ‎ 情态动词 + have + p.p表示对过去动作的猜测 ‎ 2、情态动词的过去式与原形相比，多点礼貌，少点冒昧，‎ ‎ 语气更为委婉。‎ ‎ 情态动词在一般疑问句中的回答：‎ ‎ Yes, I can.‎ ‎① Can you sing? No, I can’t ‎ Yes, you may.‎ ‎② May I come in? No, you mustn’t. ‎ ‎ Yes, you must.‎ ‎③ Must I hand in the book now? No, needn’t /don’t have to ‎ Yes, you must.‎ ‎④ Need I finish it now ? No, you needn’t.‎ ‎【考点诠释】‎ 情态动词考点透析 考点一、情态动词基本含义的考查 情态动词的基本含义，一直是高考考查的重要内容。例如：‎ ‎1. The fire spread through the hotel very quickly but everyone______get out. ‎ A. had to     B. would     C. was able to     D. could ‎2. When can I come for the photos? I need them tomorrow afternoon.‎ ‎—They______be ready by 12:00.‎ A. can    B. should     C. might     D. need ‎【解析】can：能够；should:应该，表示责任、义务。Might：可能；need：需要。它们应该在12点前准备好。所以，答案是B。‎ 二、情态动词表示推测的考查 对情态动词表示推测的用法，是高考考查情态动词的一个重要方面。例如：‎ ‎1. Sorry, I’m late. I______have turned off the alarm clock and gone back to sleep again .‎ A. might    B. should    C. can     D. will ‎【解析】might have done : (过去)可能做过某事；shouldhave done :本应该做某事。根据本句提供的情境I’m late 表明说话人可能把闹钟关上了。答案是：A。‎ ‎2. My sister met him at the Grand Theatre yesterday afternoon,so he______your lecture.‎ A. couldn’t have attended     B. needn’t have attended C. mustn’t have attended    D. shouldn’t have attended ‎【解析】couldn’t have done: (过去)不可能做某事； needn’t have done:本来不必做某事；mustn’t have done:‎ 一定未做过某事： shouldn’t have done:本不该做某事。根据提供的情境My sister met him at the Great Theatre表明他不可能参加讲座。答案是：A。‎ ‎3.Mr Bush is on time for everything. How______it be that he was late for the opening ceremony?‎ A. can    B. should    C. may    D. must ‎【解析】can表示可能性。布什先生按时做一切事，他怎么可能开幕式迟到呢？答案是：A。‎ ‎4.I heard they went skiing in the mountains last winter?‎ ‎—It______true because there was little snow there.‎ A. may not be    B. won’t be C. couldn’t be     D. mustn’t be ‎【解析】may not be : 可能不是；won’t be：不会是；couldn’t be：不可能是； mustn’t be ：一定不是。根据提供情境there was little snow 说明山里滑雪是件不可能的事，may not 语气不如couldn’t强。答案是：C。‎ 分析：高考对表示推测的情态动词集中在must, can, could, may, might上，准确掌握它们使用的场合，是解决问题的关键。Must 用于肯定陈述句，表示肯定推测；can, could用于疑问或否定陈述句，表示可能性推测；may, might用于陈述句，表示可能性推测；用于否定陈述句中，can’t （不可能）的语气比may not（可能不）强。此外，还要注意有对过去和对现在两种情况的推测,对过去推测用情态动词+have done ，对现在推测用情态动词+ 动词原形。‎ 三、情态动词表示虚拟的考查 情态动词＋have+过去分词表示与过去事实上相反的情况，也是高考单项选择题涉及到情态动词的一个重要方面。‎ ‎1. There was a lot of fun at yesterday’s party. You______come, but why didn’t you?‎ ‎ A. must have     B. should C. need have     D. ought to have ‎【解析】ought to have done 表示本来应该做某事而实际没做，should do 表示现在应该做某事，与题中 at yesterday’s party 表示的时间不一致。所以选D。‎ ‎2.I was really anxious about you. You______home without a word.(NMET2001,33)‎ A. mustn’t leave        B. shouldn’t have left C. couldn’t have left   D. needn’t leave ‎3.Oh, I‘m not feeling well in the stomach. I______so much fried chicken just now.‎ ‎ A. shouldn’t eat     B. mustn’t have eaten C. shouldn’t have eaten     D. mustn’t eat ‎【解析】该句所表达的意思是刚才我不因该吃那么多炸鸡，而实际上是吃了那么多，可以判断用shouldn’t have eaten. 答案是 C。‎ 分析：高考对情态动词表示虚拟‘用法，表示与过去事实相反的情况。近几年高考，主要侧重should （not）have done 这一句式上，表示本来不该做却做了或本来该做却未做的事，在复习时，还应关注其它几种虚拟形式，如need (not)have done 表示本来需要做而未做或本来不需要而做的事等等，以做到有备无患。‎ 考点四、情态动词与助动词混合考查 ‎1.Tom ,you didn’t come to the party last night?‎ ‎—I______, but I suddenly remembered I had homework to do .‎ A. had to      B. didn’t    C. was going to     D. wouldn’t ‎【解析】had to:不得不；didn’t:没来；was going to：打算来；wouldn’t:不愿来。句意：——汤姆，昨晚你没来参加舞会吗？——我本打算来，但我突然记起有作业要做。But是关键词，所以答案是：C。‎ ‎2.Your phone number again? I______quite catch it .‎ ‎—It’s 86184867.‎ A. didn’t    B. couldn’t     C. don’t    D. can’t 典题链接 ‎【示例1】—I’ve taken someone else’s green sweater by mistake.‎ ‎—It ______ Harry’s.He always wears green. A.has to be B.will be C.mustn’t be D.could be 解析:could 在此处表示猜测，意思是“可能”。 答案：D ‎【示例2】—Mum，I’ve been studying English since 8 o’clock.______ I go out and play with Tom for a while?‎ ‎—No，I’m afraid not.Besides，it’s raining outside now. A.Can’t B.Wouldn’t C.May not D.Won’t 解析:前一说话者意在强烈要求妈妈允许他出去玩一会。意为：It’s been so long a time，and it’s quite necessary for me to go and play. 答案：A ‎【示例3】—Excuse me，but I want to use your computer to type a report. ‎—You ______ have my computer if you don’t take care of it. A.shan’t B.might not C.needn’t D.shouldn’t 解析:后者意为如果你不爱惜电脑的话，就不允许你用。shall用于二、三人称表示允诺。如：‎ You shall have a copy if the book is published.‎ 书一出来你就会得到一本。‎ You shall get the answer right this afternoon.‎ 今天下午你就可以得到答复。 The enemy shall be wiped out.敌人一定会被消灭。‎ 答案：A ‎【示例4】I often see lights in that empty house. Do you think I ______ report it to the police? A.should B.may C.will D.can 解析:空房子常亮着灯，不正常，所以应该报告警方。准确掌握各情态动词的基本意义且紧密结合上下文才能正确地使用，因而二者不可或缺。 答案：A ‎【示例5】Children under 12 years of age in that country ______ be under adult supervision when in a public library. A.must B.may C.can D.need 解析:那个国家里12岁以下的孩子到公共图书馆去须由大人监护。这是法律条文或图书馆的管理规定，人人必须遵守。 答案：A ‎【示例6】—Catherine, I have cleaned the room for you.‎ ‎—Thanks. You ______ it. I could manage it myself. A.needn’t do B.needn’t have done  C.mustn’t do D.shouldn’t have done 解析:needn’t have done表示“过去本来没有必要做而做了”，而shouldn’t have done表示“过去本来不应该做而做了”。 答案：B 思维升级 ‎　　“情态动词＋have＋过去分词 ”结构是情态动词专项考查的难点和重点，记住以下最常考查的结构： ‎(1) could have done “过去本来能够做某事而没有做” ‎（2）can’t/couldn’t have done “过去不可能做了某事” ‎（3）may/might have done “过去可能做了某事” ‎（4）must have done “过去一定做了某事”‎ ‎（5）needn’t have done “过去本来没有必要做而做了某事” ‎（6）should/ought to have done “过去本来应该做某事而没有做” ‎（7）shouldn’t/oughtn’t to have done “过去本来不应该做某事而做了” ‎【示例7】I have lost one of my gloves. I _____ it somewhere.‎ A.must drop B.must have dropped C.must be dropping D.must have been dropped 解析:must have done表示“过去一定做了某事”。句意为：我丢了一只手套，我肯定是掉在什么地方了。 答案：B ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎1. 【2012·泰安期末】Some young people these days just___________ go out of the Internet bars into the real world．‎ A．mustn’t    B．shouldn’t   C．won’t    D．needn’t ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：进来一些年轻人不愿意走出网吧到现实来。won’t“不愿意”符合句意。‎ ‎2. 【2012太原市高三调研】What's your opinion of Mr．Li's request that we ______ spend half an hour reading English aloud every morning?‎ ‎       A．must               B．would                     ‎ C．should           D．could ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查request的用法。request 后面的名词性从句要用虚拟语气，即主语+（should）+动词原形。‎ ‎3. 【2012上海市青浦区高三年级期终调研】 I didn’t see her in the conference room this morning. She ________ have done the presentation at the meeting. ‎ A. couldn’t                   B. shouldn’t                  C. needn’t                    D. may not ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查“情态动词+have done”的用法。从第一个句子告诉我们：没有看到哦她出席会议，所以用“情态动词+have done”表示对过去事情有把握的否定的猜测，意思是：不可能做……。‎ ‎4. 【2012·金华十校期末】You'd better put on a heavy coat．Sometimes it        be very cold here at night．‎ ‎       A．should                 B．can   C．will        D．must ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。语境为：你最好穿上大衣。在这里晚上有时很冷。这里表示客观可能性，意思是：可以，可能。‎ ‎5. 【2012·顺义素质展示】 — God! My cell phone is missing.‎ ‎— You ______ have left it at home. I heard you telephone our daughter in the bathroom.‎ A. shall             B. must           C. would           D. could ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查情态动词。根据答语第二句的内容可知第二个说话人认为对方“一定”是把手机忘在家里了。‎ ‎6. 【2012·顺义素质展示】I ran all the way to school yesterday, otherwise I ______ late for the annual talent show.‎ A. was             B. had been         C. would be        D. would have been ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气。句意：昨天我一路跑到学校，不然年度才艺表演我就会迟到。本句的后半句是虚拟语气，是对过去情况的假设，所以用would have done结构．‎ ‎7. 【2012·上海春招】You _____ bring your identification when you open a bank account.‎ A. may            B. can                C. must               D. will ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：当你开银行账户的时候，你必须带你的身份证。‎ ‎8. 【2012池州普通高中高三质监】—Is it good to look up every new word when I come across it in reading?‎ ‎       —No. You       , because you are likely to guess the meaning from the context.‎ ‎       A．don’t have to          B．shouldn’t               ‎ C．can’t                      D．mustn’t ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。从答语的后半句可以看出，他认为没有必要把每一个生词的意思都查出来，因为可以通过上下文的语境来猜测他们的意思是，表示没有必要，用don’t have to。‎ ‎9. 【2012·九江一模】Churchill warned Hitler, " If you dare to invade Britain, you _______pay for it with great cost．"‎ ‎       A．will.              B．shall                C．may                   D．should ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。句意：丘吉尔警告希特勒，“如果你胆敢侵略英国，你要为此付出巨大的代价的。”shall用于第二、第三人称，表示说话人给对方命令、警告、允诺或威胁。故选B项。‎ ‎10．【2012·枣庄期末】You _________ either go with her or stay at home. It all depends on yourself！‎ A. will           B. must          C. should        D. may ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查情态动词辨析。may 可以。句意为：你可以和她一块去，也可以呆在家里，这完全取决于你自己。‎ ‎15. 【 2012北京市西城期末】—Why are you in such a hurry?‎ ‎    —Don't you remember that we ____ be home by 8p．m．to see our favorite TV show?‎ A．can B．would C．must        D．may ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查情态动词。 must 在这里表示“必需”。句意为：--为什么这么匆忙啊？--不记得吗？我们必须得8点前到家，看我们喜爱的电视节目吗？‎ ‎16. 【2012安徽宿州一次质检】—What’s your feeling now?‎ ‎       —I am terribly sorry. If only I      here yesterday!‎ ‎       A．came                      B．would have come     C．have come              D．had come ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查if only的用法。 if only 意思是：要是……就好了，由时间状语yesterday来看，这是对过去所发生事情的虚拟，所以用过去完成时。‎ ‎17. 【2012·西安一次质检】If you       smoke, you could at least go to the smoking area.‎ ‎       A．can   B．must  C．will   D．shall ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查情态动词的特殊用法。must在这里表示“偏偏，非要”。句意为：要是你非吸不可的话，至少得到吸烟区里吸。‎ ‎18. 【2012届四川省德阳市高中一次诊断】—Jenny has dyed her hair red again.‎ ‎—It        be true! I can hardly believe it.‎ ‎       A．mustn’t               B．may not             ‎ C．can’t                          D．shouldn’t ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。由答语的第二句“I can hardly believe it.”可以看出，我不相信对方所说的，所以选can’t，意思是：不可能。答语句意为：----不可能是真的！ 我不相信你说的话。‎ ‎19. 【2012·三明联考】—The conflicts between North and South Korea call for talks to solve the problem.‎ ‎    —Quite right. I would rather the UN ________ something immediately.‎ ‎    A. would do      B. does                 C. did        D. will do。‎ ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气的用法。很显然，would rather后的句子是对将来事情的虚拟，所以用一般过去时。‎ ‎ ‎ ‎20. 【2012.02·桐乡模拟】I’m surprised that your story ______ the first prize.‎ ‎  A. should win                                       B. can win C. should have won                                  D. can have won ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查情态动词+have done的用法。should have done表示“不该做的事情竟然做了”。句意为：你的小说竟然获得了一等奖太让我吃惊了。‎ ‎21. 【2012·合肥质检】—Come to supper with us, Peter.‎ 一Great ！ I    _______  bring a bottle of wine.‎ A. will    B. can    C. may    D. must ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】 考查情态动词的用法。这里说的是将来的动作，表示意愿。答语意思是：我愿意带瓶白酒。故选A。‎ ‎22．【2012 哈尔滨一中期中】---Can I pay the bill by check?‎ ‎---Sorry, sir. But it is the management rules of our hotel that payment      be made in cash.‎ ‎       A．shall                   B．need                   C．will                    D．can ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】本题考查情态动词。shall用在条约、规章、法令等文件中表示义务或规定，一般用于第三人称)，意为“应该，必须”。句意：——我可以用支票付账吗？——对不起，先生。只是这是我们旅馆的管理规定：付账必须使用现金 ‎23. 【2012唐山高三期末】If passers-by ___ a blind eye to the injured little Yueyue in Foshan, Guangdong, she___ alive now．‎ ‎       A．didn't turn; would be                  B．hadn't turned; would be ‎       C．didn't turn; would have been           D．hadn't turned; would have been ‎【答案】D考查虚拟语气。由常识可知，小悦悦事件已过去的事情，所以这是对过去发生事情的虚拟，所以从句用过去完成时，即had done,主句用would have done。‎ ‎【解析】‎ ‎24. 【2012·潍坊期末】It     have been her to leave her child alone．She isn’t such a person。‎ A．couldn’t   B． mustn’t   C. mightn’t  D. wouldn’t ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。由语境可知，leave应该是过去的一个动作，很显然这是对过去发生事情的否定猜测，所以应该用couldn’t have done，意思：不可能……。语境为：他不可能把孩子单独留在家里。他不是那种人。‎ ‎25. 【2012黑龙江佳木斯一中四次调研】The government urged that every effort ____ to bring down house prices.‎ ‎   A. should make          B. would be made   C. be made        D. must be made ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气。此处urge后的宾语从句用should+动词原形的形式，should被省略；宾语从句还是make every effort to do sth的被动形式。句意：政府紧急督促要尽一切努力降低房价。‎ ‎26. 【2012江西丰、樟、高、宜四市联考】Our teacher insisted that the key words worth paying attention _______ before class．‎ ‎      A．to underlined　                                        B．was underlined ‎ ‎       C．to be underlined　                                    D．to being underlined ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气。分析句子结构可知，worth paying attention to作the key words的后置定语；insist表示”坚持主张”时，其宾语从句使用虚拟语气，谓语动词使用should do，should    可以省略，因此该从句谓语为(should)be underlined，因此选择C。解该题的关键在于弄清句子结构，不要受思维定势的干扰而误选D。‎ ‎27. 【2012池州普通高中高三质监】—Is it good to look up every new word when I come across it in reading?‎ ‎       —No. You       , because you are likely to guess the meaning from the context.‎ ‎       A．don’t have to          B．shouldn’t               ‎ C．can’t                      D．mustn’t ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查情态动词的用法。从答语的后半句可以看出，他认为没有必要把每一个生词的意思都查出来，因为可以通过上下文的语境来猜测他们的意思是，表示没有必要，用don’t have to。‎ ‎35. 【2012·金华十校期末】The little girl is too thin．She ______ gain some weight if she ate more, but she ______ too little.‎ ‎       A．would; ate             B．will; eats   C．will; ate    D．would; eats ‎ ‎【答案】 D ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气和动词的时态。语境可知，这是对现在情况的虚拟，从句用的是过去时，所以主句用would done。but后的分句描述的是现在的情况，所以用一般现在时。句意为：这个小女孩太瘦了，如果他多吃一点，体重就会增加些，但是她吃得太少。‎ ‎36.【2012郑州预测】—Could I watch'IV for 10 minutes more, mum?‎ ‎    —Oh, dear if you     ．‎ ‎    A．can    B．must    C．may     D．sbouId ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查情态动词的特殊用法。must 意为：偏偏，非要。句意为：---妈妈，我能在多看10分钟的电视吗？---哦，要是你非看不行的话（就看吧）。‎ ‎37. 【2012安徽合肥高三一次质检】The constant rise of meat price requires that effective measures _____ by the government．‎ ‎       A．must be taken     B．be taken ‎        C．will be taken D．should take ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气。这里构成短语：take measures 意为采取措施。require 意思是：要求，后面的宾语从句要用虚拟语气，即(should)+ 动词原形。‎ ‎38. 【2012贵州五校一次联考】 Your suggestion that the door _______ when we leave is reasonable.‎ ‎   A. should shut      B. will shut  ‎ C. would be shut   D. be shut ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查虚拟语气。suggestion 后面的同位语从句要用虚拟语气，即(should+)动词原形。‎ 七、动词词义辨析复习及配套巩固练习 动词是是各类考试的重点，高考试题中，单项填空、完形填空和改错等三项题型中，动词辨义的比重较大，并逐年增加。动词辨义主要指：1、形状相同的动词之间辨义。如：lie, lay; hanged, hung; rise, raise; sit, seat等。2、意义相近的动词之间辨义。如：borrow, lend; speak, say, talk; hope, wish等。3、动词与其它词形相近、意义相似的词的辨义。如：advise, advice; cost, worth; pass, past 等。4、意义不同，但容易混淆的动词的辨义。如：explain, say; discover, invent, uncover; find, find out等。5、某些常用动词的习惯用法的辨义。如：ask, give, call, make, find, get, keep, want, see, hear等。6、某些常用动词短语的辨义。如：give in, give up, turn on, turn off, turn down, turn up等。‎ ‎（一）易混动词 ‎ 1、lay（放）, lie（躺）与lie（说谎）：这三个易混动词构成见下表：‎ 中 文 原 形 过 去 式 过去分词 现在分词 说 明 放 lay laid laid laying 及物动词 躺 lie lay lain lying 不及物动词 说谎 lie lied lied lying 不及物动词 ‎ 2、rise和raise：rise是不及物动词，其过去式是rose，过去分词是risen，而raise是及物动词，是规则动词。‎ ‎ 3、hear与listen to：hear侧重点是听到，听见什么，而listen to是侧重于听的倾向，但hear用于无意中的听见，而listen to却用于集中注意力的听。‎ ‎4、see, watch和look：see用作看电影，剧目；watch则用作看电视比赛，而watch还有在旁观看之意。如：Are you going to play or only watch?；look一般用作不及物动词，只是当盯着某人看时用作及物动词，如：The little boy looked me in the face.（小男孩直盯着我的脸。）‎ ‎5、wind和wound：wind意为蜿蜒而行，其过去式与过去分词都是wound，而动词原形wound意为伤害，其过去式、过去分词都是wounded。‎ ‎6、hang的用法：hang有两个意思：一为悬挂，是不规则动词，过去式、过去分词都是hung；二为绞刑，是规则动词，其过去式、过去分词都是hanged。‎ ‎ 7、hear的过去分词born与borne：bear作为出生讲有两个过去分词born，borne。只有当be+born…短语后没有by介词短语时，才可用born。如:He was born in Shanghai. 而作它用时要用borne。如：She has borne five children. 但如果作忍受讲，则一律用borne。‎ ‎ 8、sit与seat：seat为及物动词时是作容纳讲，sit只是表示一动作。seat如果表示就座时要用be seated。如：They were seated at their desks. 或用seat oneself, 比如:I seated myself in the armchair.‎ ‎ 9、borrow, lend与keep：借入英文中用borrow，借出用lend，但这两个词都是截止性动词或瞬间动词，不能用于长时间的动作，所以我能借多久应用keep。‎ ‎ 10、win与beat：win作胜、赢讲时其后应接，a game, an argument, a battle, a prize, a contest, a race, a bet，但不能接人，如果接人则有另外的含意。如:I have won him. 即我已说服他了，我赢得他的好感。而beat是及物动词为击败、胜过讲，直接接人、队。‎ ‎ 11、steal与rob：steal为偷。rob为抢，其用法不同。steal其后接物+from+某人、某地，而rob其后接人+of+抢的物品。‎ ‎ 12、fit与suit：fit与suit均可作合适讲，但英文中却用在不同的地方。如fit用于尺寸大小的合适，而suit则多用于颜色式样的合适。 ‎ ‎ 13、take, bring 与fetch：英文中拿三个词，即拿来，拿去，去取然后回来(即双程)。所以拿来，带来是bring，拿去带走是take，而去取回来是fetch。‎ ‎ 14、shut与close：shut与close有时是可以互换的，但有些地方则不可这样做。如:在正式场合多用close，而在命令，态度粗暴的场合则用shut。如:Shut your mouth!(闭嘴)；又如:Shut up. 在指铁路、公路交通关闭或停止使用的场合，则要用close。‎ ‎ 15、answer与reply：作为回答讲answer是及物动词，如作不及物动词，则意义不同，如answer for，意为向某人或向某事负责。而reply作回答讲是不及物动词，后跟宾语时，要加上to。‎ ‎ 16、reach，arrive与get to：reach当到达讲是及物动词，而当延伸和拿得到、拿不到时讲，则是不及物动词。作到达讲时还有get to, arrive(at/in)。‎ ‎ 17、cost，spend与take：英文中花费有三个词cost, spend, take，但各有不同用法。cost作 “花费”讲，主语不能是人，而spend的主语不能是物。如: she spent all his money on stamps.而take作花费讲时，可用人也可用物做主语。更多的用法是用形式主语it，如It takes me three hours to finish this work.‎ ‎ 18、lost, gone与missing：作补足语时意为丢失、不见了，可以用lost, gone，但要用 miss时则不能用missed, 而要用missing.‎ ‎ 19、have on, wear, put on及dress：作穿衣服讲的动词分为状态和动作两种。have on与wear作穿着状态讲;但have on不用进行时态，而wear则常要用进行时态。put on是动作，但dress既可用作状态，又可用作穿衣动作，但用作状态时要用其过去分词作形容词如:He was dressed in a b1ue suit作动作讲时，其后不要接衣物而要接反身代词或表示人、物的名词，如：I dress my children in the morning every day.‎ ‎ 20、begin与start ‎ begin与Start 均可作开始讲，并无多少区别，同样可接不定式或动名词，但在下面的场合多要用Start：1)机器的开动发动；2)旅途的开始。如:we shou1d have to start early because there was a lot traffic in the street。‎ ‎ 21、allow 与permit ‎ allow与permit其后直接接动作时要用动名词，如接人后再接动词则要用不定式，所以用在被动语态时一定要用不定式。如：People are not allowed to spit.‎ ‎ 22、find与found ‎ find找到的过去式和过去分词都是found，而found是动词“建立”的原形，其过去式和过去分词是founded，founded，如：The People’s Republic of China was founded in 1949.‎ ‎ 23、speak, say, talk 与tell ‎ 英文中讲有4个词，speak, say, talk, tell，但其中speak, talk多用作不及物动词，但speak后加语言名词时则用作及物动词，如：Please speak English。而say与tell是及物动词，其中tell常用作接双宾语，如：Tell me a story。但也有些特定的习惯用法，如：在作讲实话，讲谎言，表示时间常用单宾语而不能换其它词，如：My watch was broken. It couldn’t tell time correctly。在书信、便条、海报上写着英文应为It said …。在作辨别不同讲时是tell，如：Can you tell me the difference between the two？而讲别人好坏话时用speak，如：The father always speaks well of his son.。‎ ‎ 24、excuse me 与sorry ‎ excuse me用于来打拢对方前以提醒对方注意的提示语，而sorry则表达因作了某事向对方道歉。‎ ‎ 25、care for 与care to do ‎ care for其后要接不定式时则要省去for或换用名词，如：Would you care for a cup of tea？但care for作照顾讲时与look after相同。‎ ‎ 26、与名词易混的动词有：advise(v.), advice (n.); accept(v.), except(prep.); pass(v.), past(prep.); bathe(v.), bath(n.); breathe(v.), breath(n.); choose(v.), choice(n.); succeed(v.), success(n.); ‎ ‎ 27、意义相近的动词：ring摇铃，打铃，电话铃响，strike专指敲钟，打几点，撞击；suggest提出实验性或推测性的建议，advice表示对经验不足人的一种忠告；look由视觉得出的印象，seem暗示一定根据的判定，appear外表印象而实际或结果并非如此；stay停留，逗留，remain遗物，某物被取走一部分后剩余部分；discover（发现）找到早已存在但未被人所了解的东西，invent（发明）研制出不存在的东西；remember记忆起以前经历或知道的事，remind提醒某人做某事。‎ ‎ 28、动词 + 副词 + 介词：catch up with, look forward to, come up with, keep up with, go in for, look down on, get on with …‎ ‎ 29、动词 + 介词to的词组有：come to, stick to, object to, agree to, turn to, attend to, belong to, devote to, reply to …‎ ‎ 30、与in相结合的动词有：give in, hand in, bring in, drop in, succeed in, take in, check in, engage in, fill in, trade in …‎ ‎（二）动词短语 ‎ 动词短语是指动词和介词、副词或名词的习惯搭配。有关动词短语的测试点主要涉及结构上选用恰当的搭配词，不同搭配含意上的辨异及不同短语的辨异。需掌握以下要点：‎ ‎1、根据动词短语的不同特点，掌握其运用规律。‎ ‎ (1) 动词+副词(不及物)‎ ‎ Harry turned up after the party when everyone had left. 晚会后，人们都已离去，哈里出现了。‎ ‎ (2) 动词+副词(及物)‎ ‎ Please turn every light in the house off. 请把房子里的每一盏灯都关掉。‎ 注意：①如果宾语较长，就应避免把副词同动词分开。如：She turned off all the lights which had been left on. 她关掉了所有还在亮着的灯。②如果宾语是人称代词，只能放在动词和副词之间。如：She gave them away. 她送掉了它们。‎ ‎(3) 动词+介词(及物)‎ I'm looking for my glasses. 我在找我的眼镜。‎ 注意：①当它跟宾语时，不能把介词放在宾语后面。②动词短语可以放在句子或从句末尾。如：She's got more work than she can cope with. 她的工作多得使她应付不了。‎ ‎ (4)动词+副词+介词 ‎ I look forward to seeing you soon. 我盼望不久就见到你。‎ ‎ 注：“动词+介词”、“动词+名词+副词”、“动词+副词+介词”，这三种搭配都是及物的，如变成被动语态，不可漏掉介词。In this way both grain and vegetable can be well looked after. (不能漏掉after) 这样一来，粮食和蔬菜都能兼顾了。‎ ‎2、熟悉同一动词和不同介词或副词、不同的动词和同一介词或同一副词搭配在意义上的差异。‎ ‎ (1)同一动词和不同介词搭配时，意义上的差异。如：①hear from收到…的来信，hear of听说。 ②look after照料，look at看，look for寻找。‎ ‎ (2)同一动词和不同副词搭配时，意义上的差异。如：①ring back回电话, ring off挂断电话, ring up打电话 ②put away放好, put on穿，上演, put up挂起，举起。‎ ‎ (3)不同动词和同一介词搭配时，在意义上的差异。如：look for寻找, call for去取(某物)，去接(某人), ask for请求, wait for等候, send for派人去叫。‎ ‎ (4)不同动词和同一副词搭配时，在意义上的差异。如：①break out发生，爆炸, carry out进行，开展, go out熄灭, hand out分发, let out放出, look out当心, sell out卖完, set out出发, take out取出, work out算出。②break down出毛病, come down落下来, get down下车, take down取下, write down写下。‎ 短语动词是高考考查的一个热点，分析近年高考试题可知，高考对动词短语的考查主要有以下几个方式。‎ 一、不同的动词，后面加上相同的小品词 使用频率较高的这类动词有：call, cut, come, go, get, go, look, put, set, turn, take, pay, pick, make等。常见的介词或副词有：in, off, out, up, away, for, on, over等。‎ ‎1. 动词+ away构成的短语动词有：‎ throw away扔掉；put away把……收拾好；give away捐赠，分发；carry away运走；run away 潜逃；跑开；go away 走开 ‎2. 动词+ for构成的短语动词有：‎ answer for负责；provide for供养；call for要求；plan for打算，为……计划；hope for希望，期待；ask for索取，寻找；send for派人去请；go for努力获取；pay for偿还，赔偿；wait for等待; look for寻找等。‎ ‎3. 动词+ on构成的短语动词有：‎ try on试穿，试验；put on穿上，上演；have on穿着，戴着；pull on穿，戴；hold on不挂断，坚持，继续；‎ carry on继续开展，坚持；keep on继续；go on继续；get on上（车）；come on赶快等。‎ ‎4. 动词+ over构成的短语动词有：‎ come over过来；hand over移交；go over仔细检查，复习；get over克复，恢复；look over检查；think over仔细考虑；take over接受，接管；hand over 移交；turn over翻转等等。‎ ‎5. 动词+ up构成的短语动词有：‎ bring up抚育，培养；call up召唤，打电话给；come up走进，上来; cut up切碎; fix up修理；give up放弃；go up 上升，增长；grow up 长大；look up尊敬，向上看，查寻；make up虚构，弥补，组成；put up举起，搭建；pick up 捡起，（开车）接某人，偶然得到；set up建立，创（纪录）; send up发射; show up 揭露，露面；turn up出现，把……调高一点; take up占据，开始从事等等。‎ ‎6. 动词+ out构成的短语动词有：‎ come out出来; go out出去，熄灭; look out留神，当心; walk out走出; set out出发，开始; put out扑灭，生产; give out发出，发表; hand out分发; pick out挑选; find out找出，发现; speak out大声地说; turn out生产，打扫; get out出去，离开; work out计算出，解决，实行，行得通; carry out实现，执行; bring out出版；start out 出发，动身等等。‎ 二、同一个动词后面加上不同的小品词（即介词或副词）‎ 常见的这类动词有：break，die, call, cut, come, go, get, go, look, put, set, turn, take, pay, pick, make等等。‎ ‎1. break + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ break down击败，摧毁，发生故障，（身体）垮掉；break out爆发；break through突破，突围；break off 中断，突然停止；break up打碎，分解，驱散；break in闯入（不及物）；break into破门而入（及物）；break away突然离开，逃脱，脱离等等。‎ ‎2. bring +介词的短语动词有：‎ bring about使发生；bring back拿回来，使恢复；bring down打倒，降低；bring in引进；bring out出版，生产；bring up培养，养育；bring over把……带来等等。‎ ‎3. come + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ come in进来；come from 来自于……；come about产生；come over过来; come out出来，出现；come by从旁经过；come up上来，走进; come across偶遇；come along发生，进步；come after跟着……来；come back回来；come around绕道而来；come down下来；come on快点，赶快等等。‎ ‎4. cut + 介词的短语动词有：‎ cut in插嘴，插入；cut into切入；cut across抄近路；cut back减少；cut off切断；cut up切碎; cut away砍掉；cut down砍倒，削减；cut out剪取，剪掉；cut through通过，穿过等等。‎ ‎5. call + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ call after以……的名字来命名；call for要求；call back叫回，召回，回忆；call up使人想起，给某人打电话；call on号召，拜访某人；call in （at）在某地稍作逗留，邀请；call off取消等等 ‎6. get + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ get about传播；get through到达，做完，通过，度过，打通（电话）；get in进入，陷入；get on上车，进展，融洽相处；get off下车，下来；get out出去，离开；get over 克服；get across通过，被理解；get along与……融洽相处；get away离开，脱身等等。‎ ‎7. give + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ give up放弃；give in屈服，投降; give away赠送，捐赠，无意中泄漏，错过；give over移交，交出；give off放出，发出，排出；give out分发，散发，放出（光，热）；give back归还。‎ ‎8. go + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ go ahead着手，开始（做），进行；go along进展，前进；go around流传，传播；go away离去，走开；go beyond超过；go by过去，流逝；go down下降；go up上升；go for喜欢；go off离开，停止；go on继续，发生；go over复习，温习；go through经历，穿过等等。‎ ‎9. look + 介词/ 副词的短语有：‎ look after照顾，照料；look away把目光移开；look around环顾；look at看；look down朝下看；look for寻找；look into调查；look out当心；look over检查；look through浏览，检查；look up向上看，查阅等等。‎ ‎10. turn + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ turn about / round（使）向后转，回头，转身；turn against（使）反对（某人）；turn away转过脸去，拒绝；turn back往回走；turn down调低，关小，拒绝；turn in上缴，上交；turn into（使）变成；turn off关掉；turn on打开；turn out熄灭，生产；turn over翻过来；turn to求助于，转向；turn up调高，到达，出现等等。‎ ‎11. put + 介词/ 副词的短语动词有：‎ put aside把……放在一边，积蓄；put away把……收拾好，积蓄；put back把……放回原处；put down放下，镇压；put forward提出，建议；put in放进；put off推迟，拖延；put on穿上，戴上，增加，上演；put out生产出，出版；put up举起等等。‎ ‎12. be / get / become + 过去分词/ 形容词+ 介词的短语动词有：‎ be dressed in穿着；be fond of 爱好，喜爱；be lost in沉溺于；be located in位于；be addicted to沉溺于；be used to习惯于；be curious about对……好奇；be engaged in忙于……；be glad to乐意……；be convinced of确信，认识到；be aware of知道；be worried about担心等等。‎ ‎13. 动词+ 副词+ 介词的短语动词有：‎ add up to合计达；break away from从……脱离开；come up with找到，提出；catch up with赶上；get down to开始认真地做某事；go in for参加，追求；keep away from远离；keep up with跟上；date back to追溯到；put up with忍受，容忍；run out of用完；watch out for当心；look down upon瞧不起；go ahead with开始，着手；go along with一起去，同意；hold on to坚持等等。‎ 三、动词不同，小品词也不同。这一类题应该是最难的，因为它考查面广且灵活多变。‎ ‎【例】She’s having a lot of trouble with the new computer, but she doesn’t know whom to__________ .‎ A. turn to         B. look for C. deal with          D. talk about ‎【解析】turn to“求助于”；look for“寻找”；deal with“处理”；talk about“谈论”。句意是“她使用这部新电脑一直有麻烦，但她不知道该找谁帮忙。”故正确答案为A。‎ ‎【考点诠释】‎ 考点一、考查动词词义辨析 ‎　　这类试题的四个选项是在结构上都很相近的动词。要做好这类试题，必须明确各个动词的词义和用法，然后根据题意需要选用合适的动词。‎ ‎　　例Recently, these companies have _______ some workers because of the drop in economy.‎ ‎　　A. hired               B. dismissed ‎　　C. refused             D. employed 考点二、 考查近义动词辨析 ‎　　这类试题的四个选项无论在意义上还是在结构上都是很相近的动词。面对这类试题，必须要从四个动词的语义差别、用法特点等入手才能选出符合题意的动词。‎ ‎　　例When his brother was to cross the street, he was knocked down by a truck and badly _______。‎ ‎　　A. injured             B damaged ‎　　C. harmed             D. destroyed ‎　　【解析】 这四个动词都有“伤害，损害”之意，但具体用法不同。injure指在意外事故中“受伤”；damage主要指对于物体的不彻底的破坏，这种破坏或因自然灾害所致，或因人为造成，常含可以修复之意；harm用于肉体或精神上的伤害，有时可指引起不安或不便；destroy表示毁坏十分彻底，常含无法修复再用之意。从题意来看，答案为A。‎ 考点三、考查动词与其宾语的固定搭配 ‎　英语中有许多动词与其宾语有固定的搭配和习惯用法。碰到这类试题时，解答的关键是弄清题意，然后根据题意选择符合固定搭配或习惯用法的动词。‎ ‎　　例 With modern equipment, many mysteries have _______ to light in recent years.‎ ‎　　A. bought            B. come ‎　　C. thrown            D. appeared ‎　　【解析】 题意为“由于有现代化的设备，近年来许多谜团被揭开”。“揭露，将……曝光”是come to light，故答案为B。‎ 考点四、 考查动词与其宾补的固定搭配 ‎　英语中有些动词后跟宾补时，有其固定搭配，如let/have/make sb. do sth.，get/force sb. to do sth.，allow/permit/forbid sb. to do sth.等。解答这类试题的关键是分析句子结构，找到作宾补的不定式，然后看不定式前是否有不定式符号to，最后确定该用什么动词。‎ ‎　　例The card reads: “Dear Mom and Dad, they are _______ everyone write home. Love, Joey.”‎ ‎　　A. advising           B. suggesting C. letting             D. making ‎　考点五、 考查系动词 ‎　　动词作系动词用时，后面常接形容词、名词、分词和不定式等，此时动词没有进行时和被动语态。这类动词有：appear, become, feel, look, sound, seem, taste, prove, remain, stay, smell, grow, turn, go, come, fall, stand, lie, exist等。解答这类试题的关键首先是弄清题意，然后是分析句子结构，由此可判断出该动词是否用作系动词，最后确定所要填入的答案。‎ ‎　　例The effect of the medicine on this kind of disease remains _______. ‎ ‎　　A. seen            B. to be seen ‎　　C. seeing           D. to see ‎　　【解析】 题意为“这种药对这种疾病的效果尚待观察。”由题意可知，remain在此是用作系动词，且see这一动作还没有发生，答案锁定在B和D中间；the effect和see之间是被动关系，所以答案为B。‎ ‎【备考提示】1. 全面牢固地掌握英语基础知识?高考英语单项选择题几乎覆盖了中学阶段所有的语言项目,这就要求同学们必须打好基本功?‎ ‎2．着重训练在具体的语境中灵活运用语言知识的能力?近几年的高考单项选择题越来越重视情景的设置,几乎每一道题都放在实际的交际中会出现的语境中进行考查?‎ 考点六、考查同根动词短语的辨析 这类试题的四个选项都是由同一个动词加不同的介词或副词构成。从历年高考试题来看，那些搭配能力强、语义丰富的常用动词短语是命题的重点对象。解答这类试题时，一定要在理解语境的基础上，从语义逻辑、固定搭配、前后关系等角度去确定答案。‎ 例How I wish that I could _______ my ideas in simple and wonderful English when chatting on the net.‎ A. set out           B. set off C. set in            D. set up ‎【解析】分析题意为“我多么希望在网上聊天时能用简单而又漂亮的英语表达我的思想啊”。由题意可知，空缺处应该是“表达；解释”之意，而四个选项中只有set out有此意，故答案为A。‎ 考点七、考查同根介词或副词的动词短语的辨析 这类试题的四个选项是由不同的动词加相同的介词或副词构成。解答这类试题的关键首先还是弄清题意，然后选出符合题意和句子结构需要的动词短语。‎ 例When I was twenty, I had to _______ before graduation and work in a clothes shop to help support my family.‎ ‎ A. drop out                B. come out C. leave out                  D. stay out 例Take care during the holidays! Drinking too much can _______ heart disease and cause high blood pressure.‎ A. contribute to            B. relate to C. attend to               D. devote to ‎【解析】分析题意为“节日期间要当心！喝酒太多会导致心脏病和引起高血压。”由题意可知，空缺处应该是“导致”之意，四个选项中，只有A项contribute to有此意，故答案为A。‎ 考点八、考查不同动词构成的动词短语的辨析 这类试题的四个选项是由四个不同的动词构成的动词短语。解答这类试题的关键是根据题干意思，选出符合题意的动词短语。‎ 例The society today offers the young generation more chances to _______ their talent and skills.‎ A. give out            B. take in C. show off            D. carry on ‎【解析】分析题意为“当今社会给年轻一代提供了更多的机会来展示他们的才能和技能。”由题意可知，空缺处应该是“炫耀；展示”之意，故答案为C。‎ 考点九、考查“动词+副词+介词”短语的辨析 这类试题的四个选项要么是四个不同动词，但副词相同、介词不同的动词短语；要么是四个动词相同、副词相同、介词不同的动词短语。解答这类试题时，弄清题意诚然重要，但还要注意该短语的尾词是介词、副词还是不定式符号to，切忌想当然。‎ 例—Do you know the plan his daughter will _______ spread a lot?‎ ‎—Really? I don’t know it yet.‎ A. get down to           B. come up to C. live up to             D. look up to ‎【解析】分析题意为“你知道他女儿将要着手做的那个计划已经传开了吗？”“真的？我还不知道。”四个选项中，get down to，“着手做”；come up to，“不亚于；相等”；live up to，“不辜负；达到高标准”；look up to，“尊敬”。由此可知，只有A项符合题意。句中的his daughter will get down to是定语从句，修饰先行词the plan。‎ 例 “I can’t _______ your rudeness any more，leave the room，”shouted Mary.（2009武汉调研）‎ A. put up to           B. put up from C. put up into          D. put up with ‎【解析】分析题意为“‘我再也不能忍受你的粗鲁了，滚出去’，玛丽大声喊道。”从题意可知，空缺处应该是“忍受”之意，四个选项中，只有D项中的put up with有此意，故选D。‎ ‎【备考提示】1. 全面牢固地掌握英语基础知识?高考英语单项选择题几乎覆盖了中学阶段所有的语言项目,这就要求同学们必须打好基本功?‎ ‎2．着重训练在具体的语境中灵活运用语言知识的能力?近几年的高考单项选择题越来越重视情景的设置,几乎每一道题都放在实际的交际中会出现的语境中进行考查?‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012全国II】12. We ______ to paint the whole house but finished only the front part that day.‎ A. set about   B. set up  C. set out   D. set down ‎【答案】C 【解析】此处set about开始做. . .，后接名词、动名词；set up建立；set out开始做. . .，后接不定式；set down写下，记下。根据to paint可知选set out。句意：那天我们开始粉刷整个房子但只完成了前面的部分。‎ ‎【考点】考查动词短语的含义。‎ ‎【2012湖北卷】21. Two lawyers have donated $50,000 to ________ our school’s campaign “Help the Needy”, which was started by our former headmaster three years ago A. sponsor                     B. launch              ‎ C. organize                   D. plan ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查动词辨析。难度中等。‎ ‎【解析】该句意为：两位 律师捐赠了5，0000美元赞助我校“帮助贫困生”活动……‎ A项意为“赞助”，符合句意；B项意为“发射，开办”，C项意为“组织”，D项意为“计划”，都与句意不同。故A项正确。‎ ‎【2012湖北卷】22. Finally, my thanks go to my tutor, who has offered a lot of suggestions and comments on my paper and ________ every page of my draft.‎ A. approved                   B. quoted                    ‎ C. polished                    D. folded ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查动词辨析。难度中等。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：最后，我要感谢我的辅导老师，他给我的论文提出了很多批评和建议，并对每张稿件作了推敲。C项意为“推敲”,符合句意,故C项正确。A项意为“通过”，B项意为“引用”，D项意为“折叠”，都与句意不符。‎ ‎【2012湖北卷】23. Walking alone in the dark, the boy whistled to ________ his courage.‎ A. hold up        B. keep up       C. set up                D. take up ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查动词短语辨析。难度中等。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：独自在黑暗中行走，男孩吹口哨保持勇气。B项意为“维持，不使低落”，符合句意。A项意为“举起”，C项意为“建立”，D项意为“拿起”，都与句意不符。‎ ‎【2012湖北卷】24. I’m so glad you’ve come here to ________ this matter in person.‎ tick to /look fore to _________neutralA. lead to            B. see to                     C. turn to                  D. refer to ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查动词短语辨析。难度中等。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：很高兴你能来亲自负责这起事件。B项意为“负责”，符合句意；A项意为“导致”，C项意为“向……求助”，D项意为“参考”，都与语意不符。‎ ‎【2012江苏卷】26.     — OK, I've had enough of it. I give up.‎ ‎—You can't________ your responsibilities.‎ A. run off with       B. run up against  C. run out of       D. run away from ‎【考点】动词短语辨析 ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】run away from意为“逃离，躲避”，run off with意为“偷走；与……私奔”；run up against意为“偶遇”；run out of意为“用完”。句意为：——好了，我已受够了，我放弃。——你不能逃避你的责任。根据句意，应选D项。‎ ‎【2012安徽卷】28. The athlete's years of hard training      when she finally won the Olympic gold medal.‎ ‎ A. went on       B. got through          C. paid off       D. ended up ‎ ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考点本题考查动词词组。‎ ‎【解析】pay off 有很多含义：1 付清某人的工资并解雇他 偿清欠款等等 2. 对某人或某事进行报复 3.使人得益，有报偿 4.贿赂 ‎【最新模拟】‎ ‎1.【2012届保定市高三第一次模拟】30. His friends suggest that he should take any job he can get and shouldn’t________and choose.‎ A.  pick       B.  take          C.  start             D.  mind ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词词义辨析。句意：他的朋友建议他应该做他能得到的工作而不应该挑挑拣拣。‎ ‎2.【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】29．—Dad，it’s raining heavily and I haven’t got my umbrella．How can I go back home?‎ ‎       —No worry，Honey！I’ll be right there to         you         ．‎ ‎       A．take；up                B．catch；up              C．pick；up               D．bring；up ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词短语的用法。此处pick up意为：接某人。句意：---爸爸，雨下得很大并且我没有伞。我怎么回家啊？---亲爱的，别担心。我要去那里接你。‎ ‎3.【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】8．The statement said five people died at the scene in this accident, while 15 others, their teacher included, were ___ dead by the afternoon．‎ ‎       A．convinced        B．described               C．committed            D．confirmed ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词短语辨析。句意：有报告称：5人在意外事故中当场死亡，然而另外的15人包括他们的老师截止到下午被证明死亡。此处were confirmed dead意为：被证明死亡。‎ ‎4.【2012届河北省邯郸市高三第一次模拟考试】33. The color of that T-shirt        and made all the other clothes pink.‎ A. went                 B. disappeared              C. ran                          D. fell ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词词义辨析。此处ran意为：褪色。句意：T恤衫的颜色掉了把其他所有衣服都染成了粉红色。‎ ‎5.【2012届贵州师大附中高三年级检测】9. It ______ unusual courage and determination to make the break with his family.‎ ‎     A. took                               B. needed                            C. spent                        D. shared ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词的用法。此处it为形式主语，后面的to make the break with his family是真正的主语。‎ ‎6.【2012届山东省菏泽重点高中高三下学期4月模拟】24. Lucy has ________ all of the goals she set for herself in high school and is ready for new challenges at university.‎ A. acquired                    B. finished                    C. concluded                 D. achieved ‎【答案】 D ‎【解析】考查动词词义。此处achieve意为“完成，做到，获得(胜利等)，达到(目的)”，指克服困难之后取得成功、成就或实现预期的目的，强调结果。根据其宾语all of the goals可判断出“Lucy达到／实现了所有的目标”。acquire 意为“取得，获得”；finish 意为“完成，结束”；conclude 意为“结束，终止”。‎ ‎7.【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】29．        him or her leave a message in case anyone happens to drop in while I am out.‎ ‎       A．Get                     B．Have                   C．Ask                    D．Take ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词词义辨析。根据后文的leave动词原形可知用have，解题关键：have sb do sth。‎ ‎8.【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】3. He has talents by which he might ________ himself.‎ A. expose                  B. admire        C. distinguish     D. hide ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词辨析。此处expose 意为“揭露，揭发；使曝光；显示”；admire意为“钦佩；赞美”；distinguish 意为“区分；辨别；使杰出，使表现突出”；hide 意为“隐藏；隐瞒”。句意：他有一些别与常人的能力。‎ ‎9.【2012届湖北省八校高三第二次联考】26. The U.S. government on Wednesday ________ former Commerce ‎ Secretary Gary Locke as ambassador to China, making him the first Chinese-American ever to take the post.‎ A. accumulated                    B. reflected                   C. distinguished            D. confirmed ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词词义辨析。此处confirm sb as意为：任命某人为。。。。句意：星期三美国政府任命原商务部部长Gary Locke为中国大使，使他成为第一个美籍华人出任这个职位的人。‎ ‎10.【2012届湖北省八校高三第二次联考】27. Miss Green often said “God helps those who help themselves”, intending to ________ on us the significance of being independent.‎ A. base                                B. impress                    C. focus                       D. rely ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词词义辨析。此处impress on sb sth意为：使。。。意识到（重要性）。句意：格林女士经常说：“自助者天助”，她有意识地使我们意识到独立的重要性。‎ ‎11.【2012届湖北省武汉市高三适应性训练】23．One reason why the housing prices in big cities are going up all the time is that people are ________ into overcrowded cities in great numbers．‎ ‎       A．breaking               B．pouring                  C．filling                   D．squeezing ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词词义。此处pour into意为：涌向。。。；句意：大城市房价一直上升的原因之一是人们大量的涌入过分拥挤的大城市。‎ ‎12.【2012届湖北省武汉市高三适应性训练】24．Do not fear them; for there is nothing covered that will not be ________, and nothing hidden that will not be made known．‎ ‎      A．criticized               B．defined                  C．estimated               D．revealed ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词词义。此处criticize 批评；define 限制；estimate估计；reveal揭发；揭露。句意：不要害怕，没有不被揭露的事情，任何隐藏的事情都得被人们知道。‎ ‎13.【2012届南宁市高中毕业班第一次适应性测试】31．Learning to        makes it easier for one to get along well with others in work and life.‎ ‎       A．create                 B．live                     C．share                   D．learn ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词词义。此处create创新；live生活；share分享；learn学习。句意：学会分享使人在工作和学习中与他人相处更容易。‎ ‎14.【2012届云南省昆明市高三下学期复习教学质量检测】15．Recently the south of the country has been worst         by the drought.‎ ‎       A．impressed            B．affected               C．expressed            D．designed ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词词义。此处impress刻印；affect影响；express表达；design设计。句意：最近我国南方受到严重的旱灾的影响。‎ ‎15.【2012届四川省泸州市高三第一次高考模拟】20．Your daughter ____ to be a famous musician, so you should keep her practicing the piano．‎ ‎       A．promises               B．agrees       C．expects                D．pretends ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词词义。此处promise很可能；预示；agree同意；expect期待；pretend假装。句意：你女儿有可能成为著名的音乐家，所以你应该让她练习钢琴。‎ 八、动词时态复习及配套巩固练习 ‎1.一般现在时的用法: 动词原形，be—am/is/are ‎ ‎ 1) 表示经常发生的动作或存在的状态。常与频度副词sometimes, often, always, usually, seldom及时间副词every day / night / week / month / year连用,如： He often stays up late. 他常熬夜。 We go home every month. 我们每月都要回家。 I watch TV at night. 我晚上看电视。‎ ‎ 2) 表示客观真理或永恒的状态。如： The earth travels round the sun. 地球绕太阳旋转。 Trees turn green in spring. 春天树木变绿。 Liquid turns into gas when it is hot enough. 足够热时，液体变为气体。 Practice makes perfect. 熟能生巧。‎ ‎3) 习惯性的爱好或行为。如： I like dancing while she likes singing. 我喜欢跳舞，而她喜欢唱歌。 We get up at six. 我们六点起床。 He studies very hard. 他学习很刻苦 ‎4) 表示已经计划、安排好了或时间表上所安排,将要发生的事情。主要用于表示开始或移动的动词：come, go, leave, arrive, begin, start, stop, close, open等。如：‎ The train arrives at five past eight and leaves at ten past eight. 火车八点过五分到，八点过十分离开。 Our class begins at 7:45. 我们的课七点四十五开始。 The shop opens at eight o’clock. 商店八点开门 ‎5) 时间、条件、方式及让步状语从句中的谓语动词是将来的动作或状态时，用一般现在时表示。(主将从现原则)如： If you come, we will wait for you. 如果你来，我们就等你。 When he gets here, the work will be finished. 当他到这儿时，工作将做完了。 Though he disagrees with us, he will do as we decided. 尽管他不赞成我们当观点，他还是会按我们的决定去做。‎ ‎2.一般过去时的构成及用法: 动词的过去式  ‎ ‎ 1) 表示在过去某个时间所发生的动作或所处的状态。常与yesterday, last week, in 1989, just now, a moment ago, the other day等连用.‎ ‎ He was here just now. 他刚才还在这里。 What did you do yesterday? 你昨天做了什么事？‎ ‎ 2) 表示过去一段时间内的经常性或习惯性动作.‎ ‎ We often played together when we were children.‎ ‎ He used to smoke a lot, but he doesn’t now. ‎ ‎3.一般将来时的构成及用法: will/shall+do   1) 表示在现在看来即将要发生的动作或存在的状态,常与时间副词tomorrow, soon或短语next year/week / month, in a few days, in the future, sometime 连用.‎ ‎ What will you do this afternoon. 你今天下午干什么？ We will have a meeting tomorrow. 我们明天要开会。 He is going to study abroad next year. 明年他要出国学习。  We shall have a lot of rain next month. 下个月将下很多雨。‎ ‎ I think she will pass the exam ‎ 2) 一般将来时的其他几种方式:‎ ‎ (1) 用“be going to+do”表示打算和预测。如： We are not going to stay there long. 我们不准备在那里多待。(表打算) ‎ I’m afraid they’re going to lose the game. 恐怕他们会赛输。(表预测) Look, it’s going to rain. 瞧，要下雨了。(表预见)‎ ‎ (2) 用“be to+动词原形”:表示按计划或安排即将要发生的动作；有时也表示命令、禁止或可能性。如： He is to leave for Beijing tomorrow. 他决定明天去北京。 Tell him he’s not to be back late.  告诉他不准迟回。‎ ‎(3) 用“be about to+do:表示就要做或正好要做的事情。往往暗含一种时间上的巧合。如： He is about to leave. 他即将要离开。‎ Don’t leave. Li Lei is about to come. 不要走了，李蕾就要来了。 Be quiet. The concert is about to start. 安静下来，音乐演唱会就要开始了。 Sit down, everyone. The film is about to start. 大家坐好，电影马上就要开发始了。 注：该结构通常不与具体的时间状语连用。如： 误：He is about to leave soon [tomorrow]. 另外，该结构在美国英语中还可表示“打算”(主要用于否定句)。如： I’m not about to lend him any more money. 我不打算再借给他任何钱。‎ ‎(4) 用“be due to+do”表将来。主要表示按计划或时间表将要发生某事： He is due to leave very soon. 他很快就要离开。 His book is due to be published in October. 他的书计划10月份出版。‎ ‎(5) 用现在进行时(即be＋doing)表将来。表示按计划或安排要发生的事。如： The students are leaving on Sunday. 学生们星期日出发。 We’re having a party next week. 我们下星期将开一个晚会。 注：该用法有时表示即将发生的动作。如： I’m leaving. 我走了。‎ ‎(6) 用一般现在时表示。表示按规定或时间表预计要发生的事。如： The train leaves at 7:25 this evening. 火车今晚7:25分开。 Tomorrow is Wednesday. 明天是星期三。 We have a holiday tomorrow. 我们明天放假。‎ ‎4 .过去将来时的构成及用法: would/should+ do 表示在过去某个时候看来将会发生的动作或情况.‎ ‎ He said that he would go to see a movie.‎ ‎ Mike told us that he would be back in a week.‎ ‎ He told us that he was going to attend the meeting ‎ The building was to be completed next month ‎ We were about to leave there when it began to rain heavily and suddenly.‎ ‎ He was leaving the next day ‎ He said he would stay with us 过去将来时的四种形式 ‎①would/should+动词原形 ‎②was/were going+ to do ‎ ‎③ was/were about+ to do(正要干什么)‎ ‎④was/were +to do ‎ ‎5. 现在进行时的构成及用法 : am/ is /are +doing ‎ (1) 表示此时此刻或现阶段正在进行的动作, 常与now, listen, look, these days, nowadays, at this moment, at present连用.‎ ‎ They’re having a meeting. 他们在开会。 ‎ I’m studying at an evening school. 我在上夜校。‎ ‎ Look! They are working in the field.‎ ‎ (2) 表示现阶段正在进行的动作或表示长期的或重复性的动作，说话时动作未必正在进行。 ‎ ‎ He is teaching in a school. （目前这个阶段正在进行的动作）‎ ‎ They are planting trees these days.‎ ‎ (3) 现在进行时表将来, 表示按计划或安排要发生的动作(主要用于表示移动的动词:go, come ,leave, move, arrive, start ,fly)‎ ‎ I’m leaving tomorrow.‎ ‎ My aunt is coming to see me.‎ ‎ (4) 现在进行时与always, continually, constantly, all the time等连用表示赞扬、厌烦等语气。如： You’re always interrupting me! 你老打断我的话!(抱怨) My father is always losing his car keys. 我爸老丢车钥匙。(不满) She’s always helping people. 她老是帮助别人。(赞扬) ‎ ‎ 6. 过去进行时的构成及用法: was /were +doing ‎ (1) 表示在过去某一时刻或某一阶段正在发生的动作。常与those days,, at that moment, at nine o’clock last night连用.‎ ‎ What were you doing this time yesterday? 昨天这个时候你在做什么？ During the summer of 1999 she was travelling in Europe. 1999年夏天她在欧洲旅行。‎ ‎ The boy was doing his homework when his father came back .‎ He was taking a walk leisurely by the lake when he heard someone shouted for help.‎ What were you doing at nine last night?‎ ‎ (2) 表示过去将来，多用于go, come, leave, start, take off等动词. He said he was leaving for home in a day or two. 他说他一两天之内就动身回家了。‎ ‎ (3) 过去进行时与always, continually, constantly, all the time等连用表示赞扬、厌烦等语气.‎ ‎ My brother was always losing his key.‎ They were often talking in class ‎7.将来进行时的构成及用法: will be+ doing ‎ (1) 表示在将来某个时间正在发生的动作.‎ ‎ At this time tomorrow, I’ll be taking a test. 明天这时我会在考试。 This time next week I’ll be lying on the beach. 下星期这个时候我就会躺在沙滩上了。 Don’t phone me between 7 and 8 p. m. We’ll be having dinner then.‎ ‎(2) 表示安排将要做的事，与现在进行时有时可互换。如： We’ll be spending the winter in Australia. 我们将在澳大利亚过冬。 We’re spending the winter in Australia.‎ ‎8.现在完成时的构成及用法: have +done ‎ (1) 表示过去发生的动作对现在所造成的结果或影响,常与already, yet, just, ever, before, lately, recently,never, once, twice , for… , since…等词连用.‎ ‎ He has left the city.（结果:他不在这个城市）‎ ‎ Someone has broken the window.（结果: 窗户仍破着）‎ ‎  They have lived here since they moved Beijing to 1995‎ ‎ He has been away for an hour. 他走了一个小时了。‎ (1) 表示从过去某一时刻开始一直持续到现在的动作或状态。常与“since+时间点”，“for+时间段”，so far, in the last /past few years, up to now, till now等时间状语连用.‎ She has been a dancer for ten years. 她已当了十年的舞蹈演员了。 ‎ We’ve planted thousands of trees in the past few years. 过去几年我们种了成千上万棵树。 So far there has been no bad news. 到现在为止还没有什么坏消息。 They’ve lived here since 1989. 从1989年起他们就在这里住了。 I saw Julia in April and I haven’t seen her since then. 我四月见到朱莉娅，从那之后就没见到她了。‎ (1) 还用于以下句型中:‎ It/This/That is the first （second/third…）time＋that从句 It/This/That is the only…＋that从句 It/This/That is the ＋最高级… ＋ that从句 ‎ It/This/That is the first time that I have come to Zhejiang.‎ ‎ It/This/That is the only party that I have ever really enjoyed in my life.‎ It/This/That is the most interesting book that I have ever read.‎ (2) 现在完成时与一般过去的区别:‎ 前者强调对现在的影响和结果，后者强调这个动作发生的时间是在过去：‎ ‎ I saw this film yesterday.我昨天看了这部电影。（强调看的动作发生过了。） I have seen this film.这部电影我看过了。（强调对现在的影响，电影的内容已经知道了。） I lived here for ten years. 我在这里住过10年。 (现在不住这儿了)‎ I’ve lived here for ten years. 我在这里住了10年。(现在仍住这儿)‎ He bought a house ten years ago. 他10年前买了一栋房子。(现在是否仍拥有这房子不清楚) He has bought a house. 他买了一栋房子。 (现在已拥有这房子) He has been to Paris three times. 他去过巴黎三次。 He has gone to Paris. 他去巴黎了。(即现在不在这儿)‎ ‎(5) .比较since和for since 用来说明动作起始时间，for用来说明动作延续时间长度。 I have lived here for more than twenty years.我在这儿住了20多年了。 I have lived here since I was born.我自出生就住在这儿。 I have not heard from my uncle for a long time.我好久没收到叔叔的信了。 注意：并非有for 作为时间状语的句子都用现在完成时。 I worked here for more than twenty years. 我在这里工作过20多年。(我现在已不在这里工作。) I have worked here for many years.我在这里工作了多年了。(现在我仍在这里工作。) 小窍门：当现在完成时+一段时间，这一结构中，我们用下面的公式转化，很容易就能排除非延续动词在完成时中的误用。 汤姆学习俄语有3年了。 ‎(对)Tom has studied Russian for three years. ‎=Tom began to study Russian three years ago，and is still studying it now. Harry结婚6年了。 ‎(错)Harry has got married for six years. ‎=Harry began to get married six years ago，and is still getting married now. ‎9. 过去完成时的构成和用法  :had +done ‎ (1)表示过去某个时间之前已经完成的动作，即过去完成时的动作发生在“过去的过去”，句中有 显的参照动作或时间状语，这种时态从来不孤立使用.标志词：‎ ‎ by the end of +过去时间 ‎ by the time +从句（用一般过去时）引导的句子或主句用过去完成时 ‎(2) 用法:‎ ‎1) 用在told，said，knew，heard，thought等动词后的宾语从句中。‎ He told me he had finished all the work. 他告诉我他已完成了所有的工作。‎ She said (that)she had never been to Paris.她说她从来没去过巴黎。‎ He said that he had learned some English before.他说他以前学过英语。‎ ‎ 2) 用在状语从句中： By the end of that month Jack had collected more than a hundred foreign stamps. ‎ 到那个月底，杰克已收集了一百多张外国邮票。 ‎ When I got to the airport, the flight had taken off. 当我到达机场时,飞机已经起飞了 When the police arrived，the thieves had run away.等到警察来的时候，贼早已经跑了 By the time he was twelve，Edison had began to make a living by himself ‎(3) 过去完成时与一般过去时的区别:‎ 一般过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或存在的状态，而过去完成时则表示过去某一时间以前(即过去的过去)发生的动作或存在的状态.‎ I lost y new book.‎ He said that he had met her before.‎ ‎ 10. 现在完成进行时的构成和用法: have been +doing ‎ (1) 表示现在以前这一段时间里一直在进行的动作，这动作可能仍在进行，也可能已停止： He’s been watching television all day. 他看了一天电视了。 He has been doing this work for three years. 这工作他已干了三年了。 It has been raining since last Sunday. 自上周星期日以来就一直在下雨。 The war has been going on for nearly a decade. 战争已进行近十年了 ‎ It has been raining since two days ago.‎ ‎ (2) 现在完成进行时与现在完成时的区别如下：‎ ‎1. I have written an article. 　(强调:已完成性)　　　‎ ‎ I have been writing an article. (强调: 持续性，未完成性) ‎ ‎2.有些延续性动词，如live, teach, work, study, learn, stay等因现在完成时与现在完成进行时差别不大。‎ I have lived here for ten years. ‎ ‎= I have been living here for ten years.‎ Notes：表短暂动作的动词（finish, marry, get up, come, go等）一般不能用现在完成进行时。‎ ‎ 11. 将来完成时的构成和用法: will +have done ‎ (1) 表示到将来某个时间为止势必会完成或预计要完成的动作.‎ He will have arrived by now. 他现在应当已经到了。‎ He will have gone back to England.他想必回英国去了。‎ When we get there，she’ll have gone to work. 我们到那里时她会已上班去了。‎ On Monday he’ll have been in Britain for three years. 到星期一，他在英国就满三年了。‎ ‎(2) 现在完成时、过去完成时与将来完成的区别 现在完成时以现在时间为参照点，表示在“现在”以前完成的动作或持续到“现在”的状态，过去完 成时则以过去时间为参照点，表示在“过去”某一时间以前发生的动作或持续到“过去”某一时间的状态，将来完成时则以将来时间为参照点，表示在“将来”某一时间为止已经完成的动作或持续到“将来”某一时间的状态：‎ He has finished writing his novel. 他已写完了他的小说。‎ He had finished writing his novel by the end of last year. 去年年底他就写完他的小说。‎ He will have finished writing his novel by the end of next year. 到明年年底他就会写完他的小说了。‎ ‎12、时态与时间状语 时间状语 一般现在时　every...，sometimes,at...，on Sunday 一般过去时　yesterday，last week，an hour ago，the other day，in 1982，just now 一般将来时　next...，tomorrow，in+时间 现在完成时　for，since，so far，ever，never，just，yet，till/until，up to now，in past years，always，recently 过去完成时　before，by，until，when，after，once，as soon as 过去进行时　this morning，the whole morning，all day，yesterday，from nine to ten last evening...when，while 将来进行时　soon，tomorrow，this evening，on Sunday，by this time，tomorrow，in two days，tomorrow evening ‎【考点诠释】‎ 考点一、一般现在时与现在进行时 ‎1．一般现在时 ‎（1）考查表示按时间表将要发生的动作或事件 例1—Look at the timetable. Hurry up! Flight 1026 _______ off at 18: 20.‎ A. takes B. took C. will be taken D. has taken ‎【解析】飞机起非的时间是时间表上的安排，所以无论将来什么时候发生都用一般现在时，答案应是A。‎ ‎（2）考查表示特征、能力或现时的情况或状态 例2 This machine _______. It hasn’t worked for years.‎ A. didn’t work B. wasn’t working C. doesn’t work D. isn’t working 例3 The house belongs to my aunt but she _______ here any more.‎ A. hasn’t lived B. didn’t live C. had lived D. doesn’t live ‎【解析】句中的谓语动词是现在时，故不住在这里也应该是现时的情况，答案应为D。‎ ‎（3）考查表示普遍真理、事实 例4Months ago we sailed ten thousand miles across this open sea, which _______ the Pacific, and we met no storms.‎ A. was called B. is called C. had been called D. has been called ‎【解析】尽管我们横渡太平洋是几个月前的事情，但是海洋的名称是存在的事实，所以用一般现在时，答案是B。‎ ‎2．现在进行时 ‎（1）考查表示现在或现阶段正在进行的动作或发生的事 例5 I have to go to work by taxi because my car _______ at the garage.‎ A. will be repaired B. is repaired C. is being repaired D. has been repaired ‎【解析】句中的谓语动词是现在时态，所以现在汽车正在被修理，故答案选C。‎ 例6Since I won the big prize, my telephone hasn’t stopped ringing. People _______ to ask how I am going to spend the money.‎ A. phone B. will phone C. were phoning D. are phoning ‎（3）考查表示某个按最近的计划或安排将要进行的动作、即将开始或结束的动作 常用的这类动词有：go, come, leave, arrive, land, meet, move, return, start, stay, stop, give, change, fly, work等。‎ 例7Ladies and gentlemen, please fasten your seat belt. The plane _______.‎ A. takes off B. is taking off C. has taken off D. took off 考点二、一般过去时与过去进行时 ‎1．一般过去时 主要考查表示过去某个特定时间或某一段时间发生的动作或情况 例8It’s said that the early European playing-cards ________ for entertainment and education.‎ A. were being designed B. have designed C. have been designed D. were designed ‎【解析】句中的the early说明以前欧洲扑克牌的设计是为了娱乐和教育，用一般过去时说明过去某个特定时间发生的动作或情况，答案是D。‎ 例9My cousin went to Canada two years ago. He _______ there for a few months and then went to America.‎ A. worked B. would work C. would be working D. has been working ‎【解析】此题中的two years ago说明是发生在过去的事情，所以答案是A。‎ ‎2．过去进行时 ‎（1）考查表示过去某一时刻或某阶段正在发生的动作，强调未完成 例10—Has Sam finished his homework today?‎ ‎—I have no idea. He _______ it this morning.‎ A. did B. has done C. was doing D. had done ‎（2）考查表示过去某一时间将要发生的动作 例11—What were you doing when Tony phoned you?‎ ‎—I had just finished my work and _______ take a shower. A. had started B. started C. have started D. was starting ‎【解析】“我”刚刚完成手头的工作，将要去洗澡，所以答案是D。‎ 一般过去时与过去进行时的区别如下：‎ 一般过去时：完成性 过去进行时：未完成 考点三、现成完成时与现在完成进行时 ‎1．现成完成时 ‎（1）考查表示所发生的动作或事情对现在的影响或产生的结果 例12Although medical science _______ control over several dangerous diseases, what worries us is that some of them are returning.‎ A. achieved B. has achieved C. will achieve D. had achieved ‎【解析】尽管句中未出现时间状语，我们从句意可以判断出医学已经控制住了一些危险的疾病，所以答案是B。‎ ‎（2）考查表示一个从过去某个时间开始，延续到现在的动作 例13My friend, who _______ on the International Olympic Committee all his life, is retiring next month.‎ A. served B. is serving C. had served D. has served ‎【解析】此题中的时间状语all his life 说明我的朋友从过去到现在一直在奥委会工作，答案应是D。‎ 例14My brother is an actor. He _______ in several films so far.‎ A. appears B. appeared C. has appeared D. is appearing ‎2．现成完成进行时 主要考查表示一个从过去某时开始发生，一直延续到现在并可能延续下去的动作。‎ 例15Now that she is out of a job, Lucy _______ going back to school, but she hasn’t decided yet.‎ A. had considered B. has been considering C. consider D. is going to consider ‎【解析】因为失业，Lucy一直考虑重返校园，但是到现在还没做出决定,所以答案为B。‎ 现在完成时与现在完成进行时的区别如下：‎ 现在完成时：完成性　　　　　强调动作的结果 现在完成进行时：未完成性　　动作在不久前持续进行的情景 考点四、 主动表示被动的三种情况 ‎1. 不及物动词与状语连用，用以表示主语的品质和状态。‎ 常见动词是：cut, sell, read, write, fill, cook, lock, wash, drive, keep等。‎ ‎2. 一些连系动词的主动式＋形容词。‎ 常见动词是：look, smell, taste, sound, feel, prove, turn out等。‎ 请同学们看下面一道题：‎ 例16 The roast duck_______delicious and a lot_______in two hours.‎ A. was tasted； was sold B. tasted； was sold C. was tasted； sold D. tasted； would sell ‎【解析】根据所给情景，taste应为连系动词，英语中连系动词不用被动语态，所以第一空填tasted，后半句意为“烤鸭两小时内被卖掉很多”，所以答案为B。‎ 上题可以变化如下：‎ 例17 The roast dark which Mr and Mrs White prepared_______well.‎ A. sold    B. had been sold   C. was sold   D. would sell ‎3. 五个“发生”： happen, take place, occur to, break out，come about等。‎ 例18 ___is well known to everyone, the Olympic Games_______every four years.‎ A. It; are held B. As; take place C. That; happen D. As; break out ‎【解析】本题考查定语从句和表示“发生”等词的用法。A项it 不对，are held正确，改成以下句子正确：It is well known to everyone that the Olympic Games are held every four years. C、D项中That与break out不妥，B项中as引导的定语从句修饰the Olympic ... 整个句子，take place相当于are held，所以答案为B。‎ 考题名师诠释   ‎【例1】What we used to think         impossible now does seem possible.‎ A.is                             B.was                           C.has been                    D.will be 解析:句意为：我们原先认为不可能的事,如今确实显得可能了。此句貌似简单，实则相当复杂。What we used to think为主语从句的主语从句，答案was为主语从句的谓语动词，主句的谓语动词为一般现在时。‎ 答案:B ‎【例2】was giving a talk to a large group of people,the same talk I         to half a dozen other groups.‎ A.was giving                B.am giving                  C.had given                  D.have given 解析:我在给一大群人做报告，与给其余六组人做过的是同一个报告。‎ 答案:C 链接·提示 依据上下文的时间概念，推断出所需要的时间(过去的过去)。‎ ‎【例3】Look at the timetable.Hurry up!Flight 4026        off at 18:20!‎ A.takes                         B.took                          C.will be taken              D.has taken 解析:按照规定、时间(刻)表安排定时进行了的动作，通常用一般现在时表达。句意为：看看时间表。快点!4026次航班在18点20分起飞。‎ 答案:A 链接·提示 近年高考题对时态的考查变得更加灵活，把握准句意显得更加重要。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012江西卷】26．--Look! Somebody       the sofa.‎ ‎    --Well, it wasn’t me. I didn’t do it.‎ ‎       A．is cleaning       B．was cleaning    C．has cleaned      D．had cleaned ‎【答案】C　　‎ ‎【解析】句意为”看,有人已经打扫了沙发.是的,不是我,我没有做.过去发生的动作对现在造成的影响用现在完成时.‎ ‎【2012湖南卷】33. -- I remember you were a talented pianist at college. Can you play the piano for me?     -- Sorry, I ____ the piano for years.‎ ‎       A. don't play   B. wasn't playing    C. haven't played    D. hadn't played ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】根据remember, can可知语境为现在，for years得出为从过去到现在，所以用现在完成时态。动词的时态 现在完成时态 ‎【2012湖南卷】27. The moment ____ soon, he thought to himself, waiting nervously.‎ ‎       A. came  B. has come    C. was coming       D. is coming ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】根据soon可知为将来的事情，且是直接引语，应为现在，所以选D，进行时态表将来。动词的时态 现在进行时态表将来 ‎【2012湖南卷】25. Close the door of fear behind you, and you ____ the door of faith open before you.‎ ‎       A. saw    B. have seen   C. will see      D. are seeing ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】从前一分句为祈使句可知此语境为将来的情况，而且这是一常见句型：“祈使句+and+表将来的句子”。动词的时态 一般将来时态 ‎【2012重庆卷】27. Food supplies in the flood-stricken area ______.We must act immediately before there’s left.‎ A. have run out     B. are running out     C. have been run out    D. are being run out【答案】B ‎【解析】分析题干语境可知，食品供应即将耗尽。run out为不及物动词短语，不能使用被动形式，由此可排除C和D两个选项。B选项为现在进行时态，可以表示将来，符合题意。因此，正确答案为B选项。‎ ‎【2012重庆卷】22.-kevin,you look worried. Anything wrong?‎ ‎  -Well, I____ a test and I’m waiting for the result.‎ ‎ A. will take           B. took         C. had taken      D. take ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】根据答语的后半句可知，现在Kevin正在等待测试的成绩，参加测试为一个过去的动作，应该使用一般过去时态。因此，正确答案为B选项。‎ ‎【知识拓展】一般过去时表示过去某时发生的动作或状态，也可表示过去某段时间内经常或反复发生的动作。其标志性状语常为in the past, yesterday, just now, the day before yesterday, last week, in 2000, two weeks ago等。‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】33. Jack is a great talker.   It’s high time that he              something instead of just talking.‎ ‎   A.  will do           B.  has done        C. do        D. did ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】在句型 “It’s high/ very time that…”中， 从句中的谓语动词用did或should do.所以选D项。‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】31.  I feel so excited! At this time tomorrow morning I       to Shanghai.‎ A.  will be flying              B.  will fly       ‎ C.  have been flying           D.  have flown ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】at this time tomorrow morning作时间状语，所以用将来进行时，选A项。‎ ‎【2012四川卷】9.—Did you catch what I said? 高666考%%资&&&源##网 ‎—Sorry. I ______ a text message just now.‎ A. had answering     B. have answered    C. would answer    D. was answering ‎【答案】 D ‎ ‎【解析】句意为：“你听懂我所说的了吗？”“对不起。我刚刚在回短信。”根据句意及时间状语just now可知，回短信的动作正好是发生在问话人说话的那一时间点，即表示过去某一时间点正在发生的动作，故选过去进行时态D。‎ ‎【2012陕西卷】24.—Can I call you back at two o’clock this afternoon?‎ ‎   —I’m sorry, but by then I______ to Beijing. How about five?‎ A. fly        B. will fly   C. will be flying    D. am flying ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】根据问句中的two o’clock和应答句中的by then可知所填词表示的动作在当时正在进行，用将来进行时，选C。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】22. By the time you have finished this book, your meal ______ cold.‎ A. gets                   B. has got         C. will get                D.is getting ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】此处by the time 后接现在时，表示将来之前发生的动作，故用将来时。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】25. George said that he would come to school to see me the next day, but he ______.‎ A. wouldn’t              B. didn’t                 C. hasn’t                  D. hadn’t ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】时态考点。‎ ‎【解析】前半句的would come是过去将来时，但是仍然发生在过去.‎ ‎【2012北京卷】30. Our friendship _____ quickly over the weeks that followed.‎ A. had developed                        B. was developing C. would develop                       D. developed ‎【答案】 D ‎【解析】描述在过去阶段发生的动作，强调状态，用一般过去式。‎ ‎【2012全国II】18. The manager ______ the workers how to improve the program since 9 am.‎ A. has told   B. is telling    C. has been telling   D. will have told ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】现在完成进行时表示：过去某一动作从过去开始一直延续到现在，现在刚刚结束或还在进行。句意：经理从早上9点开始就一直在不停的告诉工人们如何改进这个项目。根据句意选C。‎ ‎【2012全国II】14. ---Did you ask Sophia for help?‎ ‎---I ______ need to – I managed perfectly well on my own.‎ A. wouldn’t   B. don’t   C. didn’t    D. won’t ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】句意：---（过去）你向Sophia寻求帮助了吗？---我没有必要向她求助。我自己就很完美的处理了。对话的内容谈论的是过去的事情，故用一般过去时。‎ ‎【2012天津卷】The three of us___________around Europe for about a month last summer.【A】‎ ‎       A. travelled    B. have travelled    C. had travelled      D. travel ‎【2012天津卷】The letters for the boss___________ on his desk but he didn’t read them until three later. A. were put  B. was put      C. put     D. has put ‎【2012全国新课程】33. I had been working on math for the whole afternoon and the numbers ____ before my eyes.‎ A. swim                          B. swum C. swam                           D. had swum ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查动词时态。‎ ‎【解析】主句用过去完成进行时，所以后半句用一般过去时，只有这样才能具备“过去的过去”的条件。句意：我一整个下午都在做数学题，那些数字在我的眼前晕眩。‎ ‎【2012全国新课程】23. "Life is like walking in the snow", Granny used to say, "because every step_____ ”‎ A. has shown        B. is showing C. shows            D. showed ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查动词时态。‎ ‎【解析】此处是奶奶过去常常说的一句话，这里是直接引语，句子的内容是生活哲理。所以用一般现在时。句意：奶奶过去常常说：“生活就像在雪中行走，因为每一步都看得见。”‎ ‎【2012山东卷】34. The manager was concerned to hear that two of his trusted workers ______.  A. will leave                        B. are leaving              C. have left                          D. were leaving ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查动词时态。‎ ‎【解析】此处用过去进行时表示过去将来时。这里were leaving表示：过去要离开。句意：听到自己最信任的两个职员要离去，经理很关注。‎ ‎【2012山东卷】28. After Jack had sent some e-mails, he _______ working on his project.  A. had started                      B. has started                     C. started                            D. starts ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查动词时态。‎ ‎【解析】根据前半句的谓语动词用了过去完成时，可知后半句用一般过去时，这样才能符合“过去的过去”这一条件。句意：Jack发了几份电子邮件之后，他才开始研究他的项目。‎ ‎【2012届河北省普通高考模拟】27. ----Hi，Jack！When did you arrive in Berlin？‎ ‎   -----Last weekend. I  __________  a different culture since then.‎ ‎    A. was experiencing                        B. will be experiencing C. have been experiencing                  D. had been experiencing ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---Jack！你什么时候到的柏林？---上个周末。从那时起，我就一直在体验不同的文化。‎ ‎【2012届河北省普通高考模拟】32．It_________five or ten years before the new medicine is tested on human beings．‎ A. will take      B．took                 C．takes          D. has taken ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：5或10年后这种新药才能在人类身上试验。‎ ‎【2012届保定市高三第一次模拟】22.“You'd better not ring me up between 9 and 10.  I________an important meeting then"，Dr. Lee said.‎ A.  have      B.  had           C.  was having       D.  will be having ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词时态。此处考查的是将来完成时will be having。句意：你最好在9和10点之间， 那时我将正在开一个重要的会议。‎ ‎【2012届保定市高三第一次模拟】26.  If only I could have helped you！But I really________no good idea how.‎ A.  have       B.  had             C.  have had   D.  had had ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：要是我能帮助你该多好啊！可是我真的不知道怎样帮助你。第一句为虚拟语气句，第二句为真实语意的句子，故用一般过去时。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】21. ---What happened to Bill?‎ ‎---He _____ really fast when suddenly he ran headfirst into a parked car.‎ A. had run        B. was running     C. has run          D. has been running ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。后面的suddenly提示一瞬间的突发性动作，所以前后应该是过程+突发瞬间的逻辑关系，描述过程使用B选项过去进行时。C选项强调完成，D选项强调最近一直，都和现在有关，排除。A选项描述过去的过去，即过去动作的先后顺序，就要理解为run跑的动作发生在前，完成后再发生run into撞上的动作，明显是不合理的。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】24. ---Do we have to wear our school uniforms tomorrow?‎ ‎---I think so. We _____ the coming-of-age ceremony in the afternoon.‎ A. will be attending  B. have attended    C. attend           D. attended ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。根据原文的tomorrow和in the afternoon，明显可以了解动作发生在将来，所以排除表现过去+现在的B选项、表现纯现在的C选项和表现纯过去的D选项。此题极其简单，干扰项设置值得商榷。‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】28．—Who do you guess I am?‎ ‎       —Sorry，your name         my mind．‎ ‎       A．slipped    B．has slipped      C．had slipped      D．slips ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---你猜我是谁？---对不起，我忘了你的名字。此处表示已经想不起来了。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】17．—How long ___ like this?‎ ‎       —Three weeks! It's usual here that rain ___ without stopping these days of the year．‎ ‎       A．has it rained; pours                       B．is it raining; is pouring ‎       C．has it been raining; pours                    D．does it rain; pours ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。第一空根据答语像这样已经下了三天了，所以用现在完成进行时；第二空每年的这些日子都不停的下雨，用一般现在时。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】20．—Mary, are you sure your aunt ___ back from America?‎ ‎       —Yes．My mother ___ me．I am going to see her now．‎ ‎       A．has come; told            B．came; had told C．had come; tells         D．is coming; has told ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---玛丽，你确定你姑姑已经从美国回来了吗？----是的。我妈妈告诉我的。我现在就要去看她。‎ ‎【2012届河南省郑州市高三第二次质量预测】28. —Do you know what Kate is doing now?‎ ‎—Well, she _______ a book when I saw her a while ago.‎ A. is reading   B. had read     C. read    D. was reading ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---你知道凯特现在正在做什么吗？---刚才我看到她的时候她正在读书。‎ ‎【2012届河南省郑州市高三第二次质量预测】30. The number of deaths from heart disease will be reduced greatly if people _______ to eat more fruit and vegetables.‎ A. have persuaded B. are persuaded C. persuade  D. will be persuaded ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。此处指被说服，在条件状语从句中用一般现在时代替一般将来时。‎ ‎【2012届河南省郑州市高三第二次质量预测】33. I wonder if Sally has lost my phone number. I _____her call for the last two hours.‎ A. had expected     B. have expected C. am expecting     D. have been expecting ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】查动词时态。句意：我想知道Sally是否丢了我的电话号码。我最后两个小时一直在等她的电话。‎ ‎【2012届江西省六校联考】23.—If it hadn’t been raining so hard, I might have been home much earlier.‎ ‎   —It’s too bad you _____ it. Nancy _____ here and she ____ to see you.‎ ‎       A. didn’t make; is; was              B. won’t make; will be; wants ‎       C. didn’t mak e; was; wanted        D. wont’ make; would be; wanted ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。本题的第一句为虚拟语气，第二句为真实语气的句子。  对过去的假设，事实为过去，用过去时。‎ ‎【2012届江西省六校联考】34. Our food supply _____. We’d better get some in case there’s ____ left.‎ A. is running out, none        B. has run out of, none C. is using up, nothing       D. has used up, nothing ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。 表示快用完不是已用完;后面有特定范围指食物.‎ ‎【2012届河北省邯郸市高三第一次模拟考试】34. — Are you still very busy?‎ ‎— Yes, I       the report for the manager and it won’t take long.‎ A. have just finished               B. am just finishing C. had just finished      D. am just going to finish ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---你依然很忙吗？---是的，我就要完成经理的报告了，它不会用多长时间了。此处用进行时表将来时。‎ ‎【2012届甘肃省高三第一次高考诊断】18．---Sorry, sir, your car isn’t ready yet．It ____ by our workers．‎ ‎    --- Oh, my God, when can I come to fetch it?‎ A．is repaired          B．has been repaired    C．is being repaired     D．will be repaired ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---对不起，先生，你的车还没修好。它正在被工人们修。--啊，我的天啊，我什么时候来取呀。‎ ‎【2012届贵州师大附中高三年级检测】15. —I hope you liked the concert last night.‎ ‎ —How on earth do you know I went to the concert? I ____ you.‎ ‎   A. haven’t told               B. hadn’t told               C. didn’t tell                        D. won’t tell ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：---我希望你喜欢昨晚的音乐会。---你究竟是怎么知道我去听音乐会了？我（过去）没告诉过你。‎ ‎【2012届山西太原五中4月月考】25. Some analysts predict that slowing economic growth ________ enterprises reduce their intake of new workers.‎ A. contributes to    B. has led to   C. will cause   D. will see ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词时态及用法。此处根据see sb do sth可知选D。‎ ‎【2012届山西太原五中4月月考】27. ---Have you seen the movie The King's Speech?‎ ‎     --- No. Who _____ it?‎ A. had directed      B. has directed       C. directed      D. directs ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。电影The King's Speech已经上映，上映导演是过去的动作。故用一般过去时。‎ ‎【2011届江苏省苏、锡、常、镇四市高三调研测试（一）】23. Jeremy, who _____ on his food, looked up at the mention of the word cash.‎ ‎    A. has been concentrating          B. has concentrated C. had been concentrating   D. had concentrated ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。根据主句是一般过去时可知，非限制性定语从句用过去完成进行时。‎ ‎【2012届吉林省吉林市高三第二次模拟】27．— That’s the third time he’s won the award in this field.‎ ‎    — Yes. He __ his maximum potential in the past decade.‎ ‎       A. explored                     B. is exploring      C. has been exploring                D. has explored ‎【答案】 C ‎【解析】考查时态：“近十年来，我一直在挖掘自己最大潜能，所以又获奖了。”‎ ‎【2012届山东省菏泽重点高中高三下学期4月模拟】23. Professor James will give us a lecture on the Western culture, but when and where _______ yet.‎ A. hasn’t been decided          B. haven’t decided C. isn’t being decided             D. aren’t decided ‎【答案】 A ‎【解析】 现在完成时表示已经完成的动作或从过去某个时候开始一直延续到现在的动作。根据时间状语yet可判断出要用现在完成时。因为主语与decide之间存在被动关系，所以要用现在完成时的被动语态，表示“还没有被确定下来”。‎ ‎【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】27．I _____while listening to music. Luckily, Jack woke me up in time!‎ ‎       A．had fallen asleep             B．have fallen asleep C．fall asleep        D．fell asleep ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：我在听音乐的时候睡着了，幸运的是，Jack及时把我叫醒。‎ ‎【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】34．Have you seen my dog? I        for it and still haven’t found it.‎ ‎       A．looked             B．was looking     C．have been looking           D．had been looking ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词时态。句意：你看见我的狗了吗？我一直在找它但还没有找到。‎ ‎【河南省郑州市2012届英语信息卷（三）】9. I was giving a talk to a large group of people, the same talk I______to half a dozen other groups.‎ A. am giving     B. was giving        C. have given              D. had given ‎【答案】D ‎ ‎【解析】考查动词时态。主句用的时态为过去进行时，而the same talk所发生的时间在此之前，因此表示“过去的过去”，故用过去完成时态。‎ 九、动词语态复习及配套巩固练习 ‎ 主 动 语 态: 主语是动作的发出者. We speak English.‎ 语态 ‎ ‎ 被 动 语 态: 主语是动作的执行者. English is spoken by us. ‎ Mark Twain wrote this book.‎ This book was written by Mark Twain.‎ Tom broke the window.  ‎ The window was broken by Tom ‎1.各种时态的被动语态形式:‎ ‎ 1) 一般现在时: am / is / are +done (过去分词). ‎ 例: Visitors are requested not to touch the exhibits.‎ ‎ Rockets（火箭）are used to send up satellites（卫星）．‎ ‎2) 一般过去时: was/were done　　 ‎ 例: I was given ten minutes to decide whether I should reject the offer.‎ ‎ The flowers were watered yesterday.‎ ‎ The twin towers were attacked in 2001．‎ ‎3) 现在进行: am/is /are being done 　 例: A new cinema is being built here The problem is being discussed at the meeting now.‎ ‎4) 过去进行时: was/were being done ‎ ‎ A meeting was being held when I was there.‎ The machine was being repaired at this time yesterday.‎ ‎5) 一般将来: shall/will be done ‎ 例: Hundreds of jobs will be lost if the factory closes. ‎ ‎ The matter will be discussed at the next meeting.‎ ‎6) 过去将来: should/would be done 　‎ 例: The news would be sent to the soldier's mother as soon as it arrived. ‎ ‎ Miss Li said the book would be given to the students the next morning ‎7) 现在完成时: has /have been done. ‎ 如: The boy may has been infected with AIDS．‎ ‎ All the preparations for the task have been completed, and we are ready to start. ‎ ‎ A boxer has been beaten down．‎ ‎ 8) 过去完成: had been done ‎ 例: By the end of last year another new gymnasium had been completed in Beijing. ‎ ‎ She said the report had been typed by Li Mei for two weeks.‎ ‎9) 情态动词的被动语态:情态动词+be done ‎ The baby should be taken good care of by the baby-sitter.‎ ‎ He said that the mistakes must be corrected in time.‎ ‎2.主动语态改为被动语态的步骤:‎ ‎ 1) 找宾语 ----即动作的承受者 ‎ 2) 判断宾语的单复数 ----即be动词的单复数.‎ ‎ 3) 判断动词的时态 ----即be动词的时态.‎ ‎ 4) 修改谓语的时态 ----即原句动词改为过去分词 ‎ 5) 修改原句的主语 ----即by+ 主语/ 宾语.‎ ‎ Eg: ①They make shoes in that factory.(单宾语)‎ ‎ Shoes are made (by them) in that factory.‎ ‎ ②The doctor has saved the child.‎ ‎ The child has been saved by the doctor.‎ ‎ ③His mother gave him a present for his birthday. (双宾语)‎ He was given a present by his mother for his birthday.‎ 或: A present was given to him by his mother for his birthday.‎ ‎④ My friend told me a good news. (双宾语)‎ ‎ A good news was told by my friend.‎ ‎ I was told a good news.‎ ‎⑤Someone caught the boy smoking a cigarette.(宾语补足语) ‎ ‎ The boy was caught smoking a cigarette. ‎ ‎ They painted the door green.‎ The door was painted green.‎ ‎ 注意: She saw a stranger walk into the building. ‎ 可改为: A stranger was seen to walk into the building (by her). ‎ His father made him study.‎ He was made to study (by his father).‎ 注意:need, want, require等少数表示“需要”的动词后的动名词用主动形式表被动意义 The house needs cleaning. 房子需要打扫了。‎ These children require looking after. 这些孩子需要照看。‎ ‎3.表示“据说”或“相信” 的词组 believe，consider，declare，expect，feel，report，say，see，suppose，think，understand  It is said that...据说 It is reported that...据报道 It is believed that...大家相信 It is hoped that...大家希望 It is well known that...众所周知 It is thought that...大家认为 It is suggested that...据建议 It is taken granted that...被视为当然 It has been decided that...大家决定 It must be remembered that...务必记住的是…… It is said that she will leave for Wuhan on Tuesday.据说她周二动身去武汉。‎ ‎4.不用被动语态的情况:‎ ‎1)不及物动词或某些动词短语无被动语态： appear，die disappear，end (vi.结束)，fail，happen，last，lie，remain，sit，spread，stand,break out，come true，fall asleep，keep silence，lose heart，take place 比较： rise，fall，happen是不及物动词；raise，seat是及物动词。 价格上涨了。 ‎(错)The price has been risen. ‎ (对)The price has risen. 事故发生在上周。 ‎(错)The accident was happened last week. ‎(对) The accident happened last week. 要想正确地使用被动语态，就须注意哪些动词是及物的，哪些是不及物的。特别是一词多义的动词往往有两种用法。解决这一问题惟有在学习过程中多留意积累。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012湖南卷】22. Don't worrry. The hard work that you do now ____ later in life.‎ ‎       A. will be repaid    B. was being repaid       C. has been repaid  D. was repaid ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查动词时态和语态。‎ ‎【解析】从don't可知语境为现在，排除B、D；而later in life可知为将来的动作，故选A。动词的时态 一般将来时态 ‎【2012辽宁卷】35.  Mum, I was wondering if you could lend me a few dollars until I                on Friday.‎ ‎    A.  get paid         B.  got paid       C. have paid      D. had been paid ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】动词时态和语态 ‎【解析】在时间状语从句中用一般现在时表将来，且I与pay之间是动宾关系，所以选A。‎  ‎【2012四川卷】11. They are living with their parents for the moment because their own house ____.‎ A. is being rebuilt     B. has been rebuilt      C. is rebuilt      D. has rebuilt ‎【答案】 A ‎ ‎【考点】本题考查动词的时态和语态。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：他们现在暂时和父母一起居住，因为他们自己的房子正在重建。根据句意可知，应使用被动语态，且house与动词rebuilt之间为被动关系，故使用现在进行时态的被动语态。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】29.     —Have you heard about that fire in the market?‎ ‎— Yes, fortunately no one _____.‎ A. hurt                        B. was hurt                  C. has hurt                   D. had been hurt ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查被动语态。‎ ‎【解析】发生在过去的被动动作。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】21. ---What happened to Bill?‎ ‎---He _____ really fast when suddenly he ran headfirst into a parked car.‎ A. had run        B. was running     C. has run          D. has been running ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。后面的suddenly提示一瞬间的突发性动作，所以前后应该是过程+突发瞬间的逻辑关系，描述过程使用B选项过去进行时。C选项强调完成，D选项强调最近一直，都和现在有关，排除。A选项描述过去的过去，即过去动作的先后顺序，就要理解为run跑的动作发生在前，完成后再发生run into撞上的动作，明显是不合理的。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】24. ---Do we have to wear our school uniforms tomorrow?‎ ‎---I think so. We _____ the coming-of-age ceremony in the afternoon.‎ A. will be attending  B. have attended    C. attend           D. attended ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。根据原文的tomorrow和in the afternoon，明显可以了解动作发生在将来，所以排除表现过去+现在的B选项、表现纯现在的C选项和表现纯过去的D选项。此题极其简单，干扰项设置值得商榷。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】28. Jonny, I can’t believe how much you have changed! You _____ at least one foot!‎ ‎   A. grow            B. grew          C. have grown        D. are growing ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。现在完成时与一般过去时的区别是单选常考点，只要学生了解两种时态在时间表述上的本质区别，即可轻松应对。grow的动作明显发生在过去，现在也出现，将来会继续，所以排除B选项纯过去的grew。A选项和D选项描述纯现在，即忽略所有过去现在将来的区别，但是前面的句子特别强调发生变化，变化的着眼点是过去到现在的变化，所以选择C选项have grown，现在进行时描述的时间就是过去+现在。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】32. Although the Eiffel Tower _____ to last for 20 years, it is still standing today.‎ A. has designed     B. had designed     C. is designed       D. was designed ‎【答案】D ‎【考查】动词的时态和语态题。design的动作应该是被动，所以排除主动的A选项和B选项。design的动作发生在过去，所以排除C选项纯现在。切记，选项中出现主被动区别，首先甄别主被动。‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】28．—Who do you guess I am?‎ ‎       —Sorry，your name         my mind．‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】31．Then I made a complaint to the manager and the problem______ soon．‎ ‎       A．was solved      B．had been solved      C．would solve     D．has been solved ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。句意：问题不久就被解决了。根据soon用一般过去时。‎ ‎【2012届河南省郑州市高三第二次质量预测】30. The number of deaths from heart disease will be reduced greatly if people _______ to eat more fruit and vegetables.‎ A. have persuaded B. are persuaded C. persuade  D. will be persuaded ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查动词的时态和语态。此处指被说服，在条件状语从句中用一般现在时代替一般将来时。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】9. The US troops_______ out of Iraq by the end of next month and they were sent there 9 years ago.‎ A. have withdrawn   B. will withdraw    C. had withdrawn      D. will have withdrawn ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查时态辨析。句意为：美军在下个月末将会已经撤离伊拉克，从开始驻军到撤离有9年了。根据by the end of next month 可知要用将来完成时，故选D。‎ 十、虚拟语气复习及配套巩固练习 ‎1. 语气：语气是动词的一种形式，它表示说话人对某一行为或事情的看法和态度。‎ ‎ 陈述语气: 表示所说的话是事实. We are not ready. What a fine day it is!‎ 语气 祈使语气: 表示所说的话是请求,建议或命令. Open your books, please。‎ ‎ 虚拟语气: 表示所说的话只是一种主观的愿望、假设或推测等. If I were you, I should study English.‎ ‎2. 真实条件句: 如果假设的情况是有可能发生的，就是真实条件句,用陈述语气.‎ ‎ 条件句 非真实条件句: 如果假设的情况是不可能或不大可能发生或实现的,是非真实条件句,用虚拟语气.‎ 如: If it doesn’t rain tomorrow, we will go to the park.‎ ‎ If he had seen you yesterday, he would have asked you about it.‎ ‎3. 虚拟语气在非真实条件从句中的用法:‎ ‎ ‎ 从 句 主 句 与现在事实相反 动词的过去式（be的过去式一般用were）‎ would/ should/ could/ might + 动词原形 与过去事实相反 had + 过去分词 ‎ would/ should/ could/ might + have + 过去分词 与将来事实相反 ‎ 动词过去式，‎ should + 动词原形，‎ were to + 动词原形 would/ should/ could/ might + 动词原形 ‎ 1) 与现在事实相反: If my brother were here, everything would be all right ‎ ‎ If I sold a match today, I could go home now.‎ ‎ If I had time, I would attend the meeting ‎ 2) 与过去事实相反: If I had got two rabbits yesterday, I could have had another big meal. ‎ ‎ If I had known his telephone number, I would have called him.‎ ‎ 3) 与将来事实相反: If it should were to rain, we would call off the match.‎ ‎ If it were Sunday tomorrow, I would go to see my parents.‎ ‎4. 虚拟语气在名词从句中的运用 ；‎ ‎ 1）用于宾语从句 ：‎ ‎ ① 用于表示命令、建议、要求等一类词后面的宾语从句（insist, order, command, suggest, advise, propose, require, request, demand, desire）‎ ‎ We suggested that the meeting (should) be put off.‎ ‎ They insisted that the boy (should) go with them.‎ ‎②用于wish 后面的宾语从句中,其谓语动词形式为：‎ ‎ I wish (that) I were a bird. (与现在事实相反)‎ I wish (that) I had seen the film last night. (与过去事实相反)‎ I wish (that) I wouldcould go. (与将来事实相反)‎ ‎ 2）用于suggestion / proposal / order / plan / advice / idea / request等名词后的表语从句和同位语从句 , 其谓语动词形式为(should)＋动词原形:‎ ‎ My idea is that we (should ) think it over before accepting it.‎ ‎ My suggestion is that we (should) have a meeting has been accepted by others.‎ ‎ We all agree to that suggestion that the meeting (should) be put off.‎ ‎ 3）用于主语从句中 ‎ A. 在句型“It is important (necessary, strange, natural) that .... ”中,从句中的谓语动用( should )+ V.原形 ‎ ‎ ① It’s necessary that we (should have) a walk now. 我们有必要出去散散步。‎ ‎② It’s natural that she (should do) so. 她这样做是很自然的。 ③ It’s important that we( should take good care of )the patient. 重要的是我们要照顾好病人。 ‎ B. 在It is demanded/suggested/ordered/required….that-clause句型中,从句用(should )+V.原型：‎ It is demanded that we should work out a plan ‎ ‎ C. 在 It is a pity/a shame/ no wonder that…..句型中从, 句也常用(should )+V.原型 ‎ It’s a pity that she (should) miss a good chance.‎ ‎ 4) 虚拟语气用在其他从句中:‎ ‎ ① It is (high / about ) time that…从句中的谓语动词用过去式或should＋V.原形，should不能省略．‎ It is high time that you went / should go to school It is time that the children went to bed. 　 It is high time that the children should go to bed.‎ ‎ ② If only 引导的感叹句（要是．．．该有多好啊)表示现在的情况,应用过去式; 如果是过去的情况,应用过去完成时态 ‎ ‎ If only I knew the answer!‎ If only I had seen the film yesterday ‎③ would rather + 从句,动词用过去式或过去完成时.‎ I would rather you attended the meeting this afternoon。(与现在事实相反)‎ ‎ I would rather you told me the truth. (与现在事实相反)‎ I would rather you had gone there last Sunday. (与过去事实相反)‎ ‎④ as if ( as though) 看起来　常用虚拟形式，即表示与现在事实相反，用过去式；与过去事实相反用过去完成式 (had done).‎ He treats /treated the boy as if he were his own son. (与现在事实相反)‎ He speaks/ spoke as if he had known about it. (与过去事实相反)‎ ‎⑤ even if ( even though)即使　‎ ‎ Even if he were here, he could not solve the problem.‎ ‎ Even if I had been busy then, I would have helped you.‎ ‎5). 时间错综虚拟句：当虚拟条件状语从句所表示的与主句表示的发生的时间不一致时，动词的形式要根据它所表示的时间作相应调整。 ‎ If you had listened to the teacher carefully yesterday, you could answer the teacher's question now.‎ ‎(从句说的是过去，主句指的是现在)‎ ‎ If he had not stayed up too late, he would not be so sleepy now.‎ ‎ If you had studied hard before, you would be a college student now.‎ ‎ If it had not been for the prolonged drought in May, we should reap a bumper harvest this year.‎ 要不是五月那场持续的干旱，我们今年可能夺得大丰收。（从句与过去事实相反，主句与将来可能情况相反）‎ ‎6). 省略if的虚拟语气条件句:‎ ‎ Were I you, I would try it again.‎ ‎ Had he been there yesterday, you would have met Jay Chou.‎ ‎ Should it rain tomorrow, we would not go climbing.‎ ‎【考点诠释】‎ 虚拟语气考点透析 ‎ 考点一、虚拟语气的基本用法 ‎1.与现在事实相反的虚拟语气，基本结构为：主语+动词的一般过去时（be动词用were）+其他成分+if+should/would/could...+动词原形+其他成分。例如：‎ ‎①If it were not for the fact that she ______ sing，I would invite her to the party.‎ A.couldn’t      B.shouldn’t     C.can’t     D.might not 解析 句意为：如果不是因为她不会唱歌的事实，我会邀请她来参加那次聚会的。that从句为同位语从句，描述的是事实，用陈述语气。正确答案为C。‎ ‎2.与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，基本结构为：主语+动词的过去完成时+其他成分+if+should/would/could...+have done+其他成分。例如：‎ If the weather had been better，we could have had a picnic.But it ______ all day.‎ A.rained      B.rains      C.has rained     D.is raining ‎3.与将来事实相反的虚拟语气，基本结构为：主语+动词的一般过去时/should do/were to do+其他成分+if+should/would/could...+动词原形+其他成分。例如：‎ If I ______ plan to do anything I want to，I’d like to go to Tibet and travel through as much of it as possible.‎ A.would     B.could     C.had to     D.ought to 解析 句意为：如果我能够计划做我想做的事情，我想去西藏并且尽可能多玩一些地方。句子描述的是与将来事实相反的事情，所以正确答案为B。‎ 考点二、含蓄虚拟条件句 这样的虚拟句不含有if从句，而是以but for/without/or/otherwise等引导的句子代替if从句，主句的谓语动词的形式与前面虚拟语气的基本用法相同。例如：‎ Thank you for all your hard work last week.I don’t think we ______ it without you.‎ A.can manage      B.could have managed C.could managed      D.can have managed 解析 由语境可知这里要表达的意思是：如果没有你们辛勤的工作，我们不可能处理好这件事。很显然，这是对过去发生的事实的虚拟，所以要用could have done，故应选B。‎ 考点三、主从句时间不一致的虚拟条件句 在有些虚拟条件句中，主从句时间不一致，应根据不同情况区别对待。例如：‎ It’s hard for me to imagine what I would be doing today if I ______ in love，at the age of seven，with the Melinda Cox Library in my hometown.‎ A.wouldn’t have fallen      B.had not fallen C.should fall     D.were to fall 解析 句意为：如果不是我在七岁时爱上家乡的Melinda Cox图书馆的话，很难想象今天的我会是什么样子。主句描述的是与现在事实相反的事情，从句描述的是与过去事实相反的事情。正确答案为B。‎ 考点四、名词性从句中的虚拟语气 在含有表示坚持、建议、命令、要求等含义的名词性从句和在it做形式宾语或形式主语的复合句中，宾语补足语是necessary/strange/essential/natural/a pity/a shame等表示“惊奇、惋惜或者理应如此”等含义时，从句中的谓语动词需用“should+动词原形”，其中should可以省略。例如：‎ ‎—Don’t you think it necessary that he ______ to Miami but to New York？‎ ‎—I agree，but the problem is ______ he has refused to.‎ A.will not be sent；that     B.not be sent；that C.should not be sent；what     D.should not send；what 考点五、wish/if only/would rather从句中的虚拟语气 具体说来其基本结构为：wish/if only/would rather+主语+动词一般过去时（表示与现在事实相反，其中be动词用were）/动词过去完成时（表示与过去事实相反）/would+动词原型（表示与将来事实相反）。例如：‎ Look at the trouble I’m in，if only I ______ your advice！‎ A.followed     B.would follow C.had followed      D.should follow 解析 句意为：看我目前的困境，要是我听你的建议就好了。其描述的是与过去事实相反的事情。正确答案为C。‎ 典题链接 ‎1. She might have been in time for the train, but she  ______ late. A. started　　　　　　　　　 B. has started C. was to start                                 D. had started 答案：A 解析：本题考查动词语气。might have done表示与过去事实相反，因此but后用一般过去时态表示实际发生的事。‎ ‎2. I lost your cell phone number, otherwise, I _______ you long before. A. had called                                  B. have called C. would have called                D. should call 答案：C 解析：根据时间状语long before，可知这是对过去的假设，要是知道你的手机号码，我早就给你打电话了。‎ ‎3.—It’s so near! We should have walked there. ‎—Yes, a taxi _______ necessary at all. A. wasn’t　　　                      B. isn’t C. hadn’t been　                      D. won’t be 答案：A 解析：这是一道根据情态动词+have done判断时态的题目。我们知道这个结构只可能有两种时态：过去时和现在完成时，对话内容是恍然发现目的地离得很近，所以本没必要打车，是对过去的虚拟，表示后悔的心情。真实的过去是坐了出租车的。‎ ‎4. ________ it rain tomorrow, we would have to put off the sports meeting. A. Would                                       B. Should C. Might                                        D. If 答案：B 解析：if引导的虚拟将来的结构是：if...should/were to do...,...would do...这个句式可以倒装，变成：were...to do/should ...do...,...would do...。‎ ‎5.________ the traffic jam, we would have arrived earlier. A. In spite of                                  B. Because of C. But for                               D. Due to 答案：C 解析：这是一个含蓄的if虚拟条件句，相当于:If it hadn’t been for the traffic jam, we would have arrived earlier. but for=without,要不是。‎ ‎6. Without your timely help, we _______ in big trouble that day. A. had been                             B. would be C. would have been                         D. were 答案：C 解析：本题同第五题。相当于if it hadn’t been for your timely help, we would have been in trouble that day.‎ ‎7. It’s high time you _______ to make the decision yourself. A. shall learn                                  B. learn C. learnt                                         D. have learnt 答案： C 解析：It’s high time+从句表建议时要用were式虚拟语气，从句中用过去式。‎ ‎8. If you ______ me earlier, you ________ sorry now. A. had listened to; wouldn’t have been B. were to listen to; shouldn’t have been C. had listened to; wouldn’t be D. listened to; wouldn’t be 答案：C 解析：此题是一个混合虚拟语气题，从句是对过去的假设，所以根据if虚拟条件句的规则，要用过去完成时，而主句部分讲的是目前的情况所以要用would + do。‎ ‎  9.—I’m feeling terribly drunk now. ‎—Well, I’d rather you _______ like a fish in the party. A. didn’t drink                               B. hadn’t drunk C. weren’t drinking                         D. not drink ‎10. The man insisted that he______ nothing wrong and _______ free. A. did; set                               B. had done; should be set C. do; be set                                   D. had done; must be set 答案：B 解析：insist只有表示在建议的时候才用虚拟语气，如果是陈述事实的话就不用虚拟语气。所以他说he had done nothing是事实，不是要求。后面的句子才是要求，所以后面用“should do”式虚拟语气结构。‎ ‎11. If only I ______ an umbrella! I was wet through. A. took                                          B. should take C. had taken                                   D. take 答案：C 解析：if only引导were式主观愿望虚拟语气句，“如果……就好了”根据规则，对过去虚拟用过去完成时。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012江西卷】22．We        have bought so much food now that Suzie won’t be with us for dinner.‎ ‎       A．may not                  B．needn’t                   C．can’t                      D．mustn’t ‎ ‎【答案】B　　‎ ‎【考点】考察情态动词的用法 ‎【解析】may not不可以，needn’t不需要，can't不可能， mustn't绝不可能　‎ 本句句意为：既然Suzie不和我们一起吃晚饭，所以我们就不需要买这么多食物。‎ ‎【[2012湖南]29. Sorry, I am too busy now. If I ____ time, I would certainly go for an outing with you.‎ ‎    A. have had                 B. had had                   C. have                       D. had ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】此题考查条件状语从句中的虚拟语气。‎ ‎【解析】从句中用一般过去时表现在的假设。动词的时态 条件状语从句中的虚拟语气 一般过去式表对现在的假设 ‎【2012重庆卷】25.-____you interrupt now? Can’t you see I’m on the phone?‎ ‎  -Sorry Sir, but it’s urgent.‎ ‎ A. Can          B. Should       C. Must         D. Would ‎【考点】情态动词用法 ‎【答案】 C ‎【解析】句意：“——你现在一定要打断我吗？难道你不能看到我在打电话吗？——对不起，先生，事情很急。”根据语境结合选项的词义，C选项符合题意。因此，正确答案为C选项。‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】24.  One of our rules is that every student       wear school uniform while at school.‎ A.  might         B.  could        C.  shall         D.  will ‎【考点】情态动词 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】Shall用于第二、第三人称，表示说话人给对方命令、警告、允诺或威胁。这儿是说根据学校规定学生在校时都必须要穿校服。‎ ‎【2012四川卷】19. I got close enough to hear them speaking Chinese, and I said “Ni Hao ” just as I ____ do in China.‎ A. must               B. might               C. can            D. should ‎【答案】 B ‎ ‎【考点】本题考查情态动词。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：我靠他们足够的近以听见他们说汉语，而且我会像我在中国可能做的那样说“你好”。might表示“可能”。故选B。‎ ‎【2012陕西卷】17. If may car _________more reliable, I would have driven to Lhasa instead of flying last summer.‎ ‎       A. was           B. had been           C. should be          D. would be ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气。‎ ‎【解析】根据主语的谓语动词可知题干是表示与过去事实相反的虚拟语气，从句谓语动词用had done，选B。‎ ‎【2012陕西卷】23.I______ thank you too much for all your help to my son while we were away from home.‎ ‎   A. won’t     B. can’t     C. can       D. will ‎ ‎【答】B ‎【考点】考查情态动词。‎ ‎【解析】所填情态动词与too 构成固定句型can’t/couldn’t …too…，意思是：再……都不为过，选B。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】33. We ______ the difficulty together, but why didn’t you tell me?‎ A. should face                                   B. might face C. could have faced                           D. must have faced ‎【答案】 C。‎ ‎【考点】虚拟语气考点，对过去的虚拟，本能……。‎ ‎【解析】虚拟语气考点，对过去的虚拟，本能……。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】35. Don’t handle the vase as if it ____ made of steel.‎ A. is                            B. were                       C. has been                  D. had been ‎【答案】B。‎ ‎【考点】虚拟语气考点，‎ ‎【解析】对现在的虚拟用were。‎ ‎【2012全国II】17. I’m going to Europe on vacation together with John if I _______ find the money.‎ A. can   B. might   C. would   D. need ‎【答案】A 【解析】此处考查了can的本意“能”，表示“能力”。句意：我要和John一起去欧洲度假，如果我能找到钱。‎ ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎15. 【2012天津卷】 We wouldn’t have called a taxi yesterday if Harold __________us a ride home.【D】‎ ‎     A. didn’t offer                        B. wouldn’t offer               C. hasn’t offered            D. hadn’t offered ‎8【2012天津卷】 It’s quite warm here; we __________turn the heating on yet.【C】‎ A.couldn’t                            B. mustn’t                         C. needn’t                    D. wouldn’t ‎【2012全国新课程】30. I          use a clock to wake me up because at six o'clock each morning the train comes by my house.‎ A. couldn't                       B. mustn't C. shouldn't                      D. needn't ‎【答案】D 【解析】此处考查情态动词，needn’t+动词原形表示：没有必要做某事。句意：我没有必要用闹钟唤醒我，因为每天早上6点火车都经过我的房子。‎ ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【2012山东卷】30. If we _______ adequate preparations, the conference wouldn’t have been so successful.‎ A. haven’t made                     B. wouldn’t make         ‎ C. didn’t make                D. hadn’t made ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】在虚拟条件句中，表示与过去事实相反的情况，从句用过去完成时，主句用would have done的形式。句意：如果我们没有做好充分的准备，会议就不会这样成功。‎ ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【2011全国卷II,8】If you         smoke, please go outside.‎ ‎   A. can           B. should         C. must            D. may ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“如果你非得要抽烟，请到外面去抽。”must (表示主张)一定要，坚持要。根据后一句please go outside的要求，选C。‎ ‎【2011北京卷,24】——I don’t really like James. Why did you invite him?‎ ‎——Don’t worry. He        come. He said he wasn’t certain what his plans were.‎ A. must not    B. need not     C. would not     D. might not ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——我真不喜欢James。你为何请了他？——别担心。他可能来不了。他说他的计划还没安排好。”题干中的he wasn’t certain说明他可能不来，可能来，因此使用不完全否定might not。选D。‎ ‎【2011北京卷,28】——Where are the children? The dinner’s going to be completely ruined.‎ ‎——I wish they         always late.‎ A. weren’t     B. hadn’t been   C. wouldn’t be     D. wouldn’t have been ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——孩子们哪儿去了？这顿饭快要吃不起来了。——我但愿他们不要老是迟到。”wish 引出虚拟语气，题干中出现always，从句虚拟使用一般过去时。选A。‎ ‎【2011北京卷,30】Maybe if I       science, and not literature then, I would be able to give you more help.‎ A. studied    B. would study   C. had studied     D. was studying ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“或许当初我要是学了理科而不是文科，现在就能给你更多的帮助。”then表示过去的时间，if引导的从句是对过去的虚拟，因此使用过去完成时。选C。‎ ‎【2011天津卷,15】I ______ sooner but I didn’t know that they were waiting for me.‎ A. had come     B. was coming      C. would come    D. would have come ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“我本来可以早点来，但我真不知道他们在等我。”but I didn’t know表示了过去时间，因此前句是对过去的虚拟，用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选D。‎ ‎【2011上海春招,27】Some young people these days just ______ go out of their homes to contact the real world.‎ ‎       A. mustn’t      B. won’t  C. mightn’t     D. shouldn’t ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“现在一些年轻人就是不愿意走出家门接触真正的世界。”mustn’t禁止，不允许；won’t不愿意，就是不，偏不，具有主观性；mightn’t可能不；shouldn’t不应该。根据句意选B。‎ ‎【2011江苏卷,34】——I left my handbag on the train, but luckily someone gave it to a railway official.‎ ‎——How unbelievable to get it back! I mean, someone ______ it.‎ A. will have stolen     B. might have stolen   C. should have stolen    D. must have stolen ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——我把我的手提包落在火车上了。但幸运的是，有人拾到交给了铁路部门。——失而复得，简直难以置信！我是说，本来可能有人会偷了去。”will have done将来可以完成，must have done一定做过某事，表示对过去事情的肯定推测，都与题意不符。should have done本来应该做某事，而实际没做，这就意味着希望有人偷包。might have stolen 过去可能做过，语气比较婉转或不肯定，根据句意选B。‎ ‎【2011福建卷,25】——Shall I inform him of the change of the schedule right now?‎ ‎——I am afraid you    , in case he comes late for the meeting .‎ A.will       B.must    C.may      D.can ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——需要我现在就通知他计划有变吗？——恐怕你得这样做，以防他开会迟到。”must (表示必要、命令或强制)必须,得。根据后半句，选B。‎ ‎【2011福建卷,34】——Pity you missed the lecture on nuclear pollution.‎ ‎——I       it, but I was busy preparing for a job interview.‎ A.attended           B.had attended          C.would sttend        D.would have attended ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——真可惜你错过了那场有关核污染的讲座。——我本可以去听的，但我当时忙于工作面试。”对过去的虚拟，用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选D。‎ ‎【2011安徽卷, 26】——What do you think of store shopping in the future?‎ ‎——Personally, I think it will exist along with home shopping but _____.‎ A. will never replace          B. would never replace C. will never be replaced       D. would never be replaced ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——你对将来的商店购物怎么看？——我个人认为会与在家购物并存，但商店购物不会被取代。”根据I think it will exist along with home shopping，排除虚拟的选项D，这是表示将来的时间，考虑到被动语态，选C。‎ ‎【2011浙江卷,11】——How’s your new babysitter?‎ ‎——We ________ask for a better one. All our kids love her so much.‎ A. should  B. might   C.  mustn‘t  D. couldn’t ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——你的新保姆怎么样？——找不到更好的了。我们的孩子们很喜欢她。”should应该；might可能，可以；mustn‘t禁止；couldn’t不可能。根据句意选D。‎ ‎【2011四川卷,20】The police still haven’t found the lost child, but they’re doing all they          .‎ A.can           B.may          C.must       D.should ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“警方依然没有找到失踪的孩子，但他们现在正在做他们所能做的一切。”can可以，能够；may可能，许可；must必须；should应该。根据句意，选A。‎ ‎【2011重庆卷,25】——Why didn’t you come to Simon’s party last night?‎ ‎—— I wanted to ,but my mom simply _________ not let me out so late at night.‎ A. could     B. might       C. would     D. should ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——昨晚你为什么没来参加Simon的聚会？——我想来的，但我妈妈就是不愿我这么晚出来。”could可以，能够，表示可能性或用于婉转语气；might可能，表示不确定；would愿意，偏要，表示意志；should应该，表示建议、命令、决定等。根据题意选C。‎ ‎【2011陕西卷,22】I__________through that bitter period without your generous help.‎ A. couldn’t have gone    B. didn’t go       C. wouldn’t go       D. hadn’t gone ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“没有你的慷慨帮助，我是不可能度过那段痛苦的时期的。”that bitter period表示过去的时间，对过去的虚拟语气用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选A。‎ ‎【2011陕西卷,24】——Will you read me a story ,Mummy?‎ ‎——OK. You________have one if you go to bed as soon as possible.‎ A. might     B. must      C. could    D. shall ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“——妈妈，可以读一个故事给我听吗？——好的，如果你马上上床睡觉的话。”shall 用于陈述句中的第二、第三人称时,表示说话人的意图、允诺、警告、命令、决心等，题中是母亲对儿子的承诺，故选D。‎ ‎【2011湖南卷,28】No one ________ be compared with Yao Ming in playing basketball.‎ A. can             B. need            C. must         D. might ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“在打篮球方面没人能比得上姚明。”can可以，能够；need需要；must必须；might可能。故根据题意，选A。‎ ‎【2011辽宁卷,21】If you     go, at least wait until the storm is over.‎ A. can              B. may             C. must            D. will ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查情态动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“如果你非得走话，至少也要等到这暴风雨过去后。”‎ can可以，能够；may 可能，许可；must(表示主张)一定要，坚持要；will将要，愿意。根据后句的劝告，选C。‎ ‎【2011江西卷23】It _______ be the postman at the door. It’s only six o’clock.‎ A. mustn’t         B.can’t         C.won’t         D.needn’t ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“不可能是邮递员在门口，才六点钟呢。”mustn’t 禁止，不允许；can’t 不可能；won’t 不愿意，就是不，偏不；needn’t 不需要。根据后一句中“现在仅仅是六点”，only一词肯定语气强烈，前一句为门外的绝不可能是邮递员。故选B。‎ ‎【2011江西卷28】We _____John’s name on the race list yesterday but for his recent injury.‎ A.will put         B. will have put         C. would put         D. would have put ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查虚拟语气的用法。‎ ‎【解析】句意为“要不是因为他最近受伤，我们本应该把John的名字加进昨天的比赛名单中。”but for 是虚拟语气的提示，yesterday表示过去的时间。对过去的虚拟，用主语+should / would / could / might + have done表达，故选B。‎ 十一、非谓语动词复习及配套巩固练习 ‎ 动词不定式 非谓语动词 动 名 词 现在分词 ‎ ‎ 分 词 过去分词 动词不定式: to+V.原型:‎ ‎ 动词不定式的形式变化：动词不定式有下列时态和语态的形式变化。‎ 语态式 一般式 完成式 进行式 完成进行式 主 动 to build to have built to be building to have been building ‎ 被 动 to be build to have been build ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ 1.动词不定式的基本用法：动词不定式能起名词、形容词和副词的作用，可在句中作主语、表语、宾语补足语、定语和状语用，如：‎ ‎1）作主语：‎ ‎ To see is to believe．‎ ‎ Not to get there in time is your fault.‎ ‎ It takes us an hour to get there by bus.‎ To master a foreign language is not an easy thing. 掌握一门外语不是一件容易的事。‎ ‎2) 作表语：‎ My job is to drive them to the power station every day.‎ His hobby is to sing. 他爱好唱歌。‎ ‎ The first thing is to telephone her. 第一件事是给她打电话.‎ ‎ 3) 作宾语：‎ I want to know this matter.‎ I don’t expect to meet you here.‎ it作形式宾语:‎ I find/feel to work with him interesting.‎ I find/feel it interesting to work with him We think it important to obey the law.‎ ‎ 4) 作宾语补足语:常用在see, hear, watch, notice, have, make, let等动词后.‎ Tell the children not to play on the street.‎ I saw a little girl run across the street.‎ The doctor advised the patient to take two pills every four hours.‎ advise /allow /ask ‎ beg /cause /expect ‎ encourage/ force ‎ get /hate /invite ‎ order /wish/ oblige sb. to do want/ warn/ remind promise /permit persuade /request…‎ see ‎ watch ‎ look at do make ‎ hear sb+ doing let sb+ do sth.‎ listen to done have feel notice ‎ 5) 作定语:‎ ‎ She was very busy and had no time to visit her friends.‎ Ladies and gentlemen , I have something important to tell you .‎ He is the man to depend on.‎ He is the only person to know the truth.‎ She is always the first to come and the last to leave.‎ ‎ 6) 作状语：‎ Every morning he gets up very early to read English.( 目的状语)‎ They came to help me. 他们来帮助我.(表目的)‎ I came here to see you．‎ The boy is too young to go to school. 这个男孩太小不能上学。(表结果)‎ He hurried to the school to find nobody there . (表结果)‎ ‎ I’m so glad to hear that you have passed the exam. 听说你已经通过考试我很高兴。(表原因)‎ We were very excited to hear the news (原因)．‎ To look at him，you would like him(条件)．‎ ‎ 2.疑问词+动词不定式:‎ How to prevent them from swimming in this river is a problem.‎ How to do it is very important.‎ She doesn’t know when to leave.‎ ‎ The question is how to get there. 问题是怎样到达 ‎ 3.不定式的时态与语态： ‎ ‎ 1）一般式：不定式表示的动作常与谓语的动作同时（或几乎同时）发生，或在它之后发生。‎ ‎ I saw him go out.（同时）‎ ‎ They invited us to go there this summer.（之后）   ‎ They often watch us play table tennis.（同时）‎ We decided to plant more trees this spring.（其后），‎ ‎ I plan to attend the meeting to be held tomorrow.‎ ‎ 2）进行式：不定式表示的动作正在进行。‎ ‎ I’m very glad to be working with you. ‎ ‎ She happened to be writing a letter in the room when I came in.‎ ‎ It’s nice of you to be helping us these days.     ‎ ‎ He pretended to be listening to the teacher carefully. ‎ ‎ 3）完成式：不定式的动作发生在谓语动词之前。‎ ‎ I’m sorry to have kept you waiting.‎ ‎ She seemed to have heard about this matter.  她似乎已听说过这件事。‎ ‎ The article is said to have been read by many people.‎ ‎ They are said to have been working in Tibet for 20 years.‎ ‎ 4.   动词不定式的否定形式：‎ ‎       Try not to be late again next time. 尽量下次不要再迟到。‎ ‎ It’s wrong of you not to attend the meeting.‎ He wished us never to meet her again. 他希望我们永远不要再见到她。‎ Tell him not to make much noises here.‎ tell sb. to do sth.‎ tell sb. not to do sth.‎ ‎ 5. 不定式复合结构:‎ ‎ It is + adj + for sb to do sth (是形容事物的性质的)‎ It is + adj + of sb to do sth (是形容人的品质的)‎ It is difficult for me to learm English well.‎ It is easy for me to finish this work before ten. ‎ It is a great honor for us to be present at your birthday party.‎ It’s careless of you to make such a mistake. 你犯这样的错误真是粗心。‎ It is very kind of you to give me some help.‎ 非谓语动词 二（动名词:V+ing）‎ 动名词 动名词是非限定动词的一种形式，由动词原形+ing构成。它既有动词的特征，又有名词的 特征，在句中可用作主语、表语、宾语、定语、宾语补足语等，但不能用作谓语(故称不定式为非谓语动词)。‎ ‎ 1.动名词的基本用法:‎ ‎ 1）作主语：Seeing is believing.百闻不如一见。‎ Talking is easier than doing.‎ Doing crosswords gives the mind some exercise. 做纵横字谜游戏能锻炼脑筋。‎ Jogging is a healthy form of exercise.慢跑是有益健康的锻炼方式。‎ It’s no use shouting.叫喊并没有用.‎ It’s no use waiting here.‎ ‎ It作形式主语时，可用动词不定式，但下列句型常用动名词：‎ It is + no good (no use, fun, a waste of time) +doing…‎ 如：‎ ‎ 1. It’s no use sitting here waiting. ‎ ‎ 2. Is it any good telling him the truth?‎ ‎ 3. It is great fun playing golf.‎ ‎ 4. It is a waste of time playing computer games. ‎ ‎ 注意:不定式与动名词的区别：‎ ‎ 不定式作主语时经常表示具体动作，而动名词作主语时经常表示抽象动作：‎ ‎ It’s no good eating too much fat.‎ ‎ It’s no good for you to eat so much fat. ‎ ‎2）作表语：Her job is washing and cooking. ‎ My hoby is collecting stamps.‎ ‎3）作宾语:She likes drawing very much.‎ ‎ I don’t enjoy seeing horrible movies.‎ ‎ Mary suggested having a walk.‎ Mary is thinking of going back to New York.‎ She sat there without speaking.‎ I look forward to seeing him again.‎ ‎ 要求动名词作宾语得的动词有:consider (考虑)，，enjoy (喜欢)，mind (介意)，practice (练习)，miss (错过)， finish ，postpone推迟，keep 继续，suggest (建议)，prefer…to，can’t help (禁不住)，feel like ,be used to, ‎ admit to，stick to，lead to，look forward to，‎ ‎4）作定语：一般表示所修饰名词事物的用途。例如：‎ a writing desk=a desk for writing 写字台 a swimming pool=a pool for swimming 游泳池 We need a new working method. 我们需要一种新的工作方法。‎ The doctor told me not take sleeping pills. 医生叫我不要服安眠药。‎ reading room 阅览室           operating table 手术台 building materials 建筑材料         singing competition歌咏比赛 drinking water饮用水           washing machine洗衣机 ‎5）作宾语补足语：‎ ‎ Can we call this serving mankind? 这能叫为人类服务吗？‎ I call this robbing Peter to pay Paul. 我管这叫做拆东墙补西墙。‎ 注：动名词用作宾语补足语时，主要动词通常是call。‎ ‎2. 动名词的时态与语态 动名词根据语义的需要有主动语态和被动语态之分，同时根据所表示动作与谓语动作的关系有一般式和完成式之别。现以动词do为例将动名词的时态与语态归纳如下：‎ ‎ ‎ 主 动 语 态 被动语态 一般式 doing being done 完成式 having done having been done 注：动名词没有进行式和完成进行式。‎ ‎1. 动名词一般式的用法 动名词的一般式所表示的动作可以与谓语动作同时，也可谓语动作之前或之后，有时可能没有明确的先后关系：‎ ‎(1) 与谓语动作同时发生 He kept smiling. 他不停地笑。‎ Everyone is practising speaking English. 大家都在练习说英语。‎ We had a good time in dancing with them. 我们同他们跳舞玩得很开心。‎ ‎(2) 发生在谓语动作之后：‎ He advised leaving early. 他建议早点离开。‎ Would you mind opening the window? 可否劳驾把窗子打开?‎ She is considering changing her job.  她在考虑换个工作。‎ 注：动名词所表示的动作发生谓语动作之后，通常与相关动词或介词等的含义有关。如表示“建议”的动词advise, suggest，表示“推迟”的动词delay, put off，表示“考虑”的动词consider，等等，由于动词本身词义的原因，它们后面用作宾语的动名词所表示的动作通常都发生在谓语动作之后。‎ ‎ (3) 发生在谓语动作之前：‎ Suddenly everybody stopped talking. 突然大家都停止谈话了。‎ I remember mailing the letter. 我记得寄了那封信。‎ After reading your letter I knew what had happened. 看了你的信后我就知道出什么事了。‎ 注：动名词所表示的动作发生谓语动作之前，通常也与相关动词或介词等的含义有关。如动词forget(忘记)，regret(后悔)，remember(记住)，stop(停止)，finish(完成)，admit(承认)等，它们后接动名词作宾语时，动名词所表示的动作通常都发生在谓动作之前。‎ ‎(4) 没有明确的先后关系：‎ Teaching is learning. 教学相长。‎ The film is worth seeing a second time. 这部电影值得再看一次。‎ Learning a foreign language is not easy. 学会一门外语是不容易的。‎ ‎2. 动名词完成式的用法 动名词完成式主要表示发生在谓语动作之前的动作或状态：‎ He apologized for having broken his promise. 他因没遵守诺言表示道歉。‎ He forgot having promised to write her. 他忘了曾答应给她写信。‎ I have no idea of their having done such a thing. 我不知道他们做过那样的事。‎ 注：动名词的一般式和完成式都可表示发生在谓语动作之前的动作，有时两者可互换(用一般式往往显得更简洁)：‎ I remember seeing [having seen] her somewhere. 我记得在什么地方见过她。‎ Excuse me for not answering [having answered] your letter earlier. 请原谅我没有早点给你回信。‎ 有些不强调动作先后关系或句子本身已表明了先后关系的场合，通常用动名词的一般式：‎ Thank you for telling me the news. 谢谢你告诉我这消息。‎ He has worked hard since leaving school. 自从离开学校以来他工作一直很努力。‎ ‎3. 动名词被动式的用法 当动名词的逻辑主语与动名词为被动关系时，动名词则要用被动式：‎ He didn’t mind being left at home. 把他留在家里他并不介意。‎ It felt funny being called Grandmother. 被人叫作祖母感到怪怪的。‎ This question is far from being settled. 这个问题远没解决。‎ 注：(1) 在表示“需要”的动词need, want, require后接动名词时，习惯上要用主动式表示被动意义(但若用不定式，则用被动式表示被动意义)：‎ The outside of the house needs painting [to be painted] . 这房子外面需要油漆了。‎ The machine requires repairing [to be repaired]. 这机器需要修理了。‎ ‎(2) 在be worth后接动名词时也要用主动式表示被动意义：‎ This might be worth thinking about. 这可能值得考虑。‎ The clock is hardly worth repairing. 这台钟简直不值得修理。‎ ‎4. 动名词的否定式：‎ 动名词的否定式是将否定词not置于动名词之前。若动名词为完成式或被动式，否定词not应置于整个结构之前：‎ Don’t be angry with me for not having written. 我没给你写信请别生我的气。‎ He said he so much regretted not being able to swim. 他说他对不会游泳感到非常遗憾。‎ 注：若动名词带有逻辑主语，则否定词应置于逻辑主语之后：‎ I’m surprised at your not having noticed. 你竟未注意到我感到吃惊。‎ Jenny’s not having been trained as a dancer is her one regret. 杰妮没受过舞蹈的专业训练是她感到遗憾的事。‎ ‎  3. 动名词的复合结构:‎ ‎ 动名词前可以加一个物主代词或名词所有格来表示这个动名词逻辑上的主语 ，构成动名词的复合结构或动名词短语 ‎1).物主代词 / 名词所有格 + 动名词 ,在句中作主语: ‎ ‎ Mary`s coming late made her teacher angry. ‎ ‎ Do you mind my smoking? ‎ ‎ Do you mind my reading your paper?‎ ‎ Their coming to help was a great encouragement to us.‎ ‎ Rose’s going won’t be of much help.‎ ‎ 2).人称代词宾格 / 名词 + 动名词, 在句中作宾语:‎ ‎ I`m sure of him coming on time. ‎ ‎ He has never heard of a woman being a pilot. ‎ ‎ I don’t mind Jack (him) going.‎ ‎ She hates young people (them) smoking.‎ 重点考点原创精练 ‎1. Please excuse me ______ your letter by mistake.‎ A. to open                 B. to have opened      C. for opening           D. in opening ‎2. Certainly I posted your letter — I remember _______ it.‎ A. posting                 B. to post                  C. to be posting         D. have posted ‎3. They must be at home — there’s a light _______ in the bedroom.‎ A. to shine                B. to be shining         C. shining                 D. having shined ‎4. If the car won’t start, ______ it.‎ A. try push                B. try pushing           C. to try pushing        D. to try to push ‎5. Mr Smith dislikes ______ such clothes but his wife likes _____ them.‎ A. to wear, to wear    B. to wear, wearing C. wearing, to wear    D. wearing, wear   ‎ ‎6. _____ is a good form of exercise for both young and old.‎ A. Walk                    B. Walking               C. The walk              D. To walk ‎ ‎7. When you’re learning to drive, _____ a good teacher makes a big difference.‎ A. have                     B. having                  C. and have               D. and having  ‎ ‎8. _____ this report _____ in such a short time was quite a difficult exercise.‎ A. Getting, done        B. Get, done              C. To get, to do         D. Getting, to do ‎ ‎9. I regret _______what I said. I shouldn’t have said it.‎ A. to say                   B. saying                  C. to be saying          D. said     ‎ ‎10. I shall never forget _______ the Alps for the first time. It was really beautiful.‎ A. to see                   B. seeing                   C. saw                      D. being seeing ‎ ‎11. In the whole interview, he tried to avoid _______ their questions.‎ A. to answer              B. answering             C. to have answered   D. having answered ‎ ‎12. He was lucky and narrowly missed _______.‎ A. to injure               B. injuring                C. to be injured         D. being injured ‎ ‎13. I understand _______ to discuss the matter.‎ A. your not wanting   B. not your wanting C. you not to want     D. you to not want            ‎ ‎14. Don’t be late. No one would like ________.‎ A. to be kept waiting  B. being kept waiting C. to be kept to wait   D. being kept to wait    ‎ ‎15. He can’t make himself _______. His spoken English really needs ________.‎ A. understand, improving                           B. understood, improving C. understand, to improve                          D. understood, to improve     ‎ ‎ ‎ 参考答案：‎ ‎01—05 CACBC  06—10 DBABB  11—15 BDAAB 分词 ‎ 现在分词: V-ing, 表主动和正在进行 ‎ 分词 ‎ ‎ 过去分词: V-ed, 表被动和已经完成 ‎ 1. 分词的基本用法:‎ ‎ 1)作定语:‎ ‎ He is a promising young man.  ‎ ‎ Make less noise. There’s a sleeping child.  ‎ ‎ Do you know the man standing at the gate?‎ ‎ The boys playing basketball on the playground are in Class One.‎ ‎ We only sell used books.  我们只卖用过的书。‎ ‎ We need more trained nurses.‎ ‎ She bought a computer produced in China. 她买了一台中国生产的电脑 典型例题 ‎　 1） The first textbook ___ for teaching English as a foreign language came out in the 16th century.　‎ A. have written　 B. to be written　 C. being written　 D. written 答案D. 书与写作是被动关系，应用过去分词做定语表被动，相当于定语从句 which was written ‎　 2）What's the language ____ in Germany?　‎ A. speaking　　B. spoken　　 C. be spoken　　D. to speak 答案B. 主语language与谓语动词之间有被动的含义。spoken，在句中作定语，修饰主语language, spoken 与language有被动关系。该句可以理解为：What's the language （which is） spoken in German?‎ ‎2)作表语:‎ ‎ The story sounds so moving.‎ ‎ What you said is really inspiring.  你所说的真令从鼓舞。‎ ‎ She was too frightened to move.她被吓得一动不动。‎ ‎ My watch is broken.‎ ‎3)作宾语补足语:‎ ‎ I saw him walking in the street. ‎ ‎ I heard them singing in the classroom.‎ I had my bike repaired yesterday. 昨天我（找别人）把我的自行车给修了。‎ ‎ I must get my bike repaired.‎ ‎ When I opened the door, I found the ground covered by fallen leaves. ‎ ‎ I saw her being taken to the operating room. 我看见她被送到手术室。‎ We found him greatly changed. 我们发现他变化很大。‎ I heard my name called. 我听到有人叫我的名字。‎ ‎ 4)作状语:‎ ‎ Hearing the bad news, they couldn’t help crying ‎ I got to know him while working in the factory. 时间 ‎ Seen from the hill/ When seen from the hill, our town looks beautiful.‎ ‎ Being ill, Tom couldn’t go to class.‎ ‎ Much discouraged, she moved to London.她很沮丧,搬到了伦敦. 原因 ‎ Tired with waiting, we went home.‎ ‎ Working hard，you will succeed.‎ ‎ Given more time/ If given more time, we could have done it better. 条件 ‎ United, we stand; divided, we fall.‎ He sat in the chair watching TV.‎ Don’t sit there doing nothing. 方式和伴随 He came, followed by his wife.‎ 典型例题 ‎　1）_____ some officials, Napoleon inspected his army.‎ A. Followed　 B. Followed by　 C. Being followed　 D. Having been followed 答案B. Napoleon 与follow 之间有被动的含义。being followed除表达被动之外，还有动作正在进行之意。followed by（被…跟随）。本题可改为： With some officials following, Napoleon inspected his army.‎ ‎　2）There was a terrible noise ___ the sudden burst of light.　‎ A. followed　 B. following　 C. to be followed　 D. being followed ‎　答案B. 由于声音在闪电后，因此为声跟随着光，声音为跟随的发出者，为主动。用现在分词。‎ ‎　3）_______, liquids can be changed into gases.‎ A. Heating　 B. To be heated　 C. Heated　 D. Heat 答案C. ‎ 本题要选分词作为状语。现在分词表主动，正在进行的；过去分词表被动的，已经完成的。对于液体来说是加热的受动者，是被动的，因而选C。它相当于一个状语从句 When it is heated，…‎ 注意：选择现在分词还是过去分词，关键看主句的主语。如分词的动作是主句的主语发出，分词就选用现在分词，反之就用过去分词。例如：‎ Used for a long time, the book looks old. 由于用了很长时间，这本书看上去很旧。‎ ‎ Using the book, I find it useful. 在使用的过程中，我发现这本书很有用。‎ ‎ 3. 现在分词与过去分词的区别：‎ ‎1) 语态上：现在分词表主动，过去分词表被动 ‎ Do you know the woman talking to Tom?‎ The soldier wounded in the war has become a doctor.‎ He is the man giving you the money.（= who gave you…）他就是给你钱的那个人。‎ He is the man stopped by the car.（= who was stopped by…）他就是那个被车拦住的人。‎ ‎ 2) 时态上：现在分词表正在进行，过去分词表已经完成 ‎ developing country boiling water the changing world正在发生的世界 developed country boiled water the changed world已经起了变化的世界 I found the man killed there. 　I found the man standing there.‎ ‎ 4. 分词的时态：‎ 现在分词和过去分词的时态和语态如下表(如动词do为例)： ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎ ‎   主动形式 ‎    被动语态 现在分词 一般式 doing being done 完成式 having done having been done 过去分词 一般式 done ‎ 无 ‎ 1）. 现在分词一般式的用法：‎ 分词表示的动作与主语动作同时发生：‎ When we arrived, we found him sleeping. 我们到达时发现他在睡觉。‎ ‎ Hearing the news, he jumped with joy.　 听到这一消息，他高兴得手舞足蹈。‎ Arriving there, they found the boy dead.　一到那儿，他们就发现那男孩死了。‎ 注：有时现在分词所表示的动作也可略早于或迟于谓语动作，但两者之间没有时间间隔：‎ Seeing nobody at home, he decided to leave a note. 发现没有在家，他决定留个字条。‎ He went home, finding the door locked. 他回到家，发现门是锁着的。‎ 当现在分词所表示的动作略迟于谓语动作时，现在分词通常位于句末。‎ ‎2）. 现在分词完成式的用法 分词表示的动作发生在谓语动作之前：‎ Having been there once，she knew the place quite well. 由于去过那儿一次，她对那地方很熟悉。‎ Having failed twice, he didn’t want to try again. 他已经失败了两次，不想再试了。‎ Having finished his homework, he went out. 做完作业后，他出去了。‎ ‎=As he had finished his homework, he went out.‎ ‎ Having cleaned the room, I went out.‎ Having noted down our names and addresses, the policeman dismissed us(让我们走).‎ ‎ I was unable to accept your invitation, having promised to accompany my parents to the concert.‎ 注：现在分词的一般式和完成式均可表示已 完成或先于谓语的动作，但有区别：现在分词所表示的动作虽然可以先于谓语动作，但两者之间没有时间间隔，而现在分词的完成式所表示先于谓语的动作则与谓语动作有一定的时间间隔：‎ Locking the door, he went out. 锁好门之后，他就出去了。‎ Having invited him here to speak，we’d better go to his lecture. 既然我们请了他来作报告，我们最好去听一下。‎ 有时即使是分词动作与谓语动作几乎同时发生，但如果要强调分词动作的完成性，也应用现在分词的完成式：‎ Having bought our tickets，we went into the theatre. 我们买好票后就走进剧场。‎ 典型例题 ‎　　The secretary worked late into the night, ___a long speech for the president.‎ A. to prepare　 B. preparing　 C. prepared　 D. was preparing　‎ ‎　　答案B. 此处没有连词，不能选D，否则出现了两个谓语动词worked和was preparing。 只能在B，C中选一个。又因前后两个动作同时发生，且与主语为主动关系，应用现在分词。‎ ‎ 典型例题 ‎　 　___ a reply, he decided to write again.　‎ A. Not receiving　　B. Receiving not　 C. Not having received　 D. Having not received　　‎ ‎　   答案C. 本题考查分词的时态与分词的否定式。根据题意判断，分词的动作（接信）发生在谓语动词的动作（决心再写信）之前，因此用分词的完成式。分词的否定式的构成为not +分词，故选C。该句可理解为：Because he had not received a reply, he decided to write again.‎ ‎ 5.  分词的被动语态：‎ Born in a poor family, he could not go to school. 因生于贫穷家庭，他上不起学。‎ Built in 1501，the bridge is over 500 years old. 这座桥建于1501年，已有五百多年的历史。‎ ‎ Who is the woman being operated on? 正在动手术的女人是谁?‎ I saw him being taken away by the police. 我看见他被警察带 ‎ The subject having been opened，he had to go on with it. 话题已经开始了，他不得不谈下去。‎ Having been written in haste, the book has many mistakes. 这书因写得仓促，所以错误不少。‎ ‎ 6. 分词的逻辑主语:‎ ‎1). 何谓分词的逻辑主语 分词属非谓语动词，即不用作谓语的动词，所以它没有真正的主语。但是，分词作为动词的一种形式，它应有自己理论上或逻辑上的主语：‎ I often hear him singing this song. 我经常听他唱这首歌。(him 是singing的逻辑主语)‎ Hearing the news, he couldn’t help crying. 听到这消息，他禁不住哭了。(he是hearing的逻辑主语)‎ 若用的是过去分词或现在分词的被动式，则上面提到的逻辑主语实为“逻辑宾语”：‎ I often hear this song sung. 我经常听到有人唱这首歌。(this song是sung的逻辑主语，但是sing 的逻辑宾语)‎ I saw her being taken to the operating room. 我看见她被送到手术室。(her是being taken 的逻辑主语，但是take 的逻辑宾语)‎ ‎2). 使用分词逻辑主语的易错点 分词作状语，它的逻辑主语通常应是句子主语，否则会出错。请看下例：‎ ‎(1) Finding her car stolen, ______.‎ A. a policeman was asked to help                B. the area was searched thoroughly C. it was looked for everywhere                  D. she hurried to a policeman for help 此题答案应选D，因为句首用作状语的现在分词短语finding her car stolen 的逻辑主语应是“她”‎ 而不是 a policeman, the area, it 等。‎ ‎ 在使用分词的逻辑主语时还要注意根据句意判断是主动还是被动，如：‎ ‎(2) _____ many times, he still didn’t understand it.‎ A. Having been told   B. Though to be told C. Having told           D. He was told 根据句意，he 与 tell 应是被动关系。从时间上看，应该是“被告诉”在先，“没有理解”在后，故选A。比较下题由于句中用了并列连词but，情况有所不同：‎ ‎(3) _____ many times, but he still didn’t understand it.‎ A. Having been told   B. Though he was told C. To have been told  D. He was told 此题答案选D，句中的并列连词 but 表明整个句子为并列句，同时表明 but 前应是一个独立的句子，而不能是一个非谓语动词短语(所以不能选A或C)。‎ ‎7. 分词的否定式:‎ ‎ Not knowing what to do, he went to his parents for help.‎ Not being able to understand English, he didn’t know what they wanted.‎ ‎ 由于他不懂英语，他不知道他们要什么。‎ Not having received any letter, he felt a little worried.‎ Not having finished his work，he could not leave the office. ‎ 由于工作没干完他不能离开办公室。‎ ‎ 8. 连词+分词（短语）‎ ‎　 有时为使分词短语与主句关系更清楚，可在分词前加连词。 连词有： when，while，if though，after, before, as.　但分词的主语和主句的主语必须为同一个。例如：‎ ‎　　While waiting there, he saw two pretty girls come out of the building.‎ 等在那儿时，他看见两个靓妹走出大楼。（waiting 和saw 的主语相同）‎ ‎9. 分词作插入语 分词作插入语的结构是固定的，意思上的主语并不是句子的主语。例如：‎ ‎ generally speaking　一般说来 ‎ talking of （speaking of） 说道 strictly speaking 严格的说 judging from 从…判断 ‎ all things considered 从整体来看 taking all things into consideration　全面看来 ‎   例如：Judging from his face, he must be ill.　从他的脸色看，他一定是病了。‎ ‎　        Generally speaking, dogs can run faster than pigs. 总的来说，狗比猪跑得快。 （speaking 不是dogs 的动作）‎ 十、重点考点原创精练 ‎1. Anyone ______ bags, boxes, or whatever, was stopped by the police.‎ A. seen carry             B. seen carrying         C. saw to carry          D. saw carrying ‎2. The plane crashed, _____ all 200 people aboard.‎ A. killed                   B. having killed         C. killing                  D. had killed ‎3. We solved the problem by reducing our costs and ______ more money.‎ A. borrowed              B. borrowing             C. would borrow       D. had borrowed ‎4. I asked the boss for a month’s holiday and, _____ it or not, he agreed.‎ A. believe                 B. to believe              C. believing              D. believed ‎5. The new manager started last week, ______ with him plenty of new ideas.‎ A. bringing               B. brought                C. to bring                D. to have brought ‎6. Any student ______ will be disqualified from the exam.‎ A. catching cheating   B. catching to cheat    C. caught cheating     D. caught to cheat ‎7. She read the letter through before sending it, ______ for spelling mistakes.‎ A. checked                B. to be checking       C. checking               D. having checked ‎8. Before you decide to leave your job, ______ consider the effect it will have on your family.‎ A. consider               B. considering           C. to consider            D. considered ‎9. If you’re going on a long car journey, ______ sure the vehicle’s in good condition.‎ A. making                 B. to make                C. make                    D. having made ‎10. _______ the road round to the right and you’ll find his house.‎ A. Follow                 B. Following             C. To be following     D. Having followed ‎11. He arrived at the office early, ______ a good example to the others.‎ A. set                       B. to set                    C. to be set                D. having set ‎12. He pushed his way through the crowd, ______ “Excuse me.”‎ A. to say                   B. said                      C. saying                  D. having saying ‎13. The film star walked to his car, ______ a crowd of journalists.‎ A. followed by          B. following by         C. to follow              D. to be followed by ‎14. — Where is David?‎ ‎—He is upstairs ______ ready to go out.‎ A. to get                   B. getting                  C. to be getting          D. having got ‎15. If you go there alone after dark you might be get ______.‎ A. attacked and robbed                              B. attacking and robbing B. to attack and rob    D. to be attacked and robbed ‎16. She gets about quite a lot, ______ for an international company.‎ A. working               B. works                   C. having worked      D. to be working ‎ ‎17. _____ him enough time to get home before you telephone.‎ A. Give                    B. To give                 C. Giving                  D. Given ‎18. She didn’t want to _____ a secretary all her life, so she went back to college.‎ A. go on being          B. go on to be           C. go to be                D. go being ‎19. He was reading his book, completely ______ to the world.‎ A. lost                      B. losing                   C. to lose                  D. to having lost ‎20. Don’t sit there ______ — come and help me!‎ A. watch                   B. watching               C. to watch               D. to be watching ‎21. I found I could easily make myself _______ by using sign language.‎ A. understood            B. understand            C. to understand        D. being understood ‎22. Do not leave the building unless _______ to do so.‎ A. to instruct             B. instructed              C. being instructed     D. instructing ‎23. If you don’t succeed the first time, ______ again.‎ A. try                       B. to try                    C. trying                   D. to be trying ‎24. He’d walked the streets all night ______ somewhere to stay.‎ A. looked                  B. looked for             C. looking                 D. looked for ‎25. Look at that little boy ______ about — perhaps he’s lost his mother.‎ A. wander                 B. wandering             C. to be wandering     D. being wandering ‎ ‎ 参考答案：‎ ‎01—05 BCBAA  06—10 CCACA  11—15 BCABA  16—20 AAAAB  21—25 ABADB ‎【考点诠释】‎ 考点一、考查谓语动词与非谓语动词的识别 英语句子至少应该包括主语与谓语两部分, 而多数情况下谓语都由动词来充当。如果对句子成分划分不清，把谓语动词与非谓语动词混淆, 做题效果可想而知。要克服这一毛病，关键在于正确判断、识别动词在句中是否充当谓语。如：‎ ‎1. The children (play) _____ the violin over there will go on the stage next week.‎ 根据句子结构，我们可以看出这是一个简单句。主语是The children，谓语部分是will go 考点二、考查作状语的非谓语动词的辨析 作状语的非谓语动词主要考查其各种形式的辨析，即是选择动词不定式、现在分词还是过去分词作状语, 不同的状语对非谓语动词的要求不同。 动词不定式主要作目的、结果和原因状语；现在分词和过去分词主要作时间、原因、条件、让步、方式和伴随状语，两者不同之处在于：现在分词作状语时，现在分词的动作就是句子主语的动作,即它的逻辑主语就是句子的主语，它们之间的关系是主动关系，而过去分词作状语时，虽然它的逻辑主语也是句子的主语，但过去分词表示的动作是句子主语承受的动作，它们之间的关系是被动关系。请看下面例题：‎ ‎1.____tired of Tom’s all-talk-no-action attitude, Julia decided to do the job all by herself.‎ A) To get           B) To have got C) Getting          D) Have got 一般来说，在句子中没有连接词的情况下, 逗号是无力连接两个句子的。据此，首先可以确定 这是一个简单句，非谓语动词短语放在句首作状语。依据非谓语动词短语get tired of与其逻辑主语Julia之间的主动关系，以及谓语动词与非谓语动词所表示的动作几乎同时发生，没有明显的先后顺序，可以断定应用现在分词一般式作原因状语,即“由于厌倦了Tom只说不做的工作态度”，故正确答案为C。‎ 考点三、考查非谓语动词逻辑主语的分辨 非谓语动词虽然在句中不作谓语，但仍然有自己逻辑上的主语。历年各种考试的重点在于正确分辨非谓语动词的逻辑主语是什么，两者之间是主动关系还是被动关系，特别是非谓语动词作状语的时候。我们知道，当非谓语动词放在句首作状语的时候，一般来说，它的逻辑主语就是句子的主语，那么，当它的逻辑主语不是句子的主语时，又会出现什么现象呢？请看下面例题：‎ ‎1. The last bus (go)____, we had to walk home.‎ ‎2. Weather (permit)____, the spaceship will be launched tomorrow evening.‎ 这两个非谓语动词短语的逻辑主语都不是句子的主语，而是分别有它自己的逻辑主语， 请再看下面例题：‎ ‎3. The work (finish) _____, they may go home.‎ ‎4. The problem (discuss) _____ at the meeting- room now, the workers had to wait outdoors.‎ 同样，这两道题的结构也是独立主格结构。依据非谓语动词与其逻辑主语之间的被动关系以及非谓语动词所表示动作发生的时间性，可以判断正确答案分别为finished(已完成)和being discussed(正在进行)。‎ 考点四、考查非谓语动词时态与语态的把握 非谓语动词虽然在句中不作谓语，但它仍然具有动词的特征，即可以有自己的主语(逻辑主语),也可以有时态和语态的变化。非谓语动词的各种时态形式都是依据句子的谓语动词的时态形式而变化的。一般情况下，如果非谓语动词所表示的动作在谓语动词所表示的动作同时或之后发生, 就用非谓语动词的一般式或进行式(侧重强调动作正在进行)；如果非谓语动词所表示的动作在谓语动词所表示的动作之前发生，就用非谓语动词的完成式(特别强调动作发生的先后)。非谓语动词的语态在于正确把握非谓语动词与其逻辑主语之间是主动关系还是被动关系。例如：‎ ‎____ that Bob had got promoted, his friends came to congratulate him.‎ A) Heard       B) Having heard C) Hear     D) To hear 依据非谓语动词hear与其逻辑主语his friends之间的主动关系，以及前后句的逻辑关系，可以断定用现在分词形式来作时间状语，再根据现在分词的动作“听说”发生在主要谓语动词“来”之前，由此判断应该用现在分词的完成式(只用作状语时使用)，意为“听说Bob已得到提升，他的朋友都来向他表示祝贺”，故正确答案为B。‎ 考点五、考查非谓语动词作主语时句式的转变 非谓语动词（动词不定式或动名词）作主语主要考查其句式的转变，习惯上通常把it作为形式主语放在句首，作题时要善于分辨这种形式上的转变。请看下面例题：‎ ‎1. It is an honour for me (be) _____ your English teacher.‎ ‎2. It is no use of us (wait) _____ at home like this.‎ 六、考查作定语的非谓语动词的判断 非谓语动词作定语主要考查非谓语动词作后置定语的情况，这里关键要把握住非谓语动词与其逻辑主语之间是主动行为还是被动行为,以及非谓语动词表示的动作发生的时间性，即是正在进行或已经完成还是将要发生。一般来说，用现在分词一般式作定语往往表示动作是主动行为且正在进行当中，如果动作是被动行为且正在进行当中，就用现在分词一般式的被动语态；用过去分词作定语往往表示动作是被动行为且已经完成; 用动词不定式作定语表示将要发生的动作，如果是被动行为，就用动词不定式一般式的被动语态。 例如：‎ ‎1. The boy (cry)____ over there is my younger brother.‎ 依据cry与它的逻辑主语The boy之间的主动关系和cry的动作正在进行，所以用现在分词作定语修饰boy，因而正确答案为crying。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012江西卷】33．Having finished her project, she was invited by the school      to the new students.‎ ‎       A．speaking                 B．having spoken         C．to speak                  D．to have spoken ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】 非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】不定式表目的，又因D选项时态错误，故选C。‎ ‎【2012江西卷】35．John has really got the job because he showed me the official letter        him it.‎ ‎       A．offered                   B．offering                  C．to offer                   D．to be offered ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】非谓语动词 ‎【解析】此处offer的逻辑主语为空格前名词letter，根据句意，两者语态为主动关系，且表伴随，故选B。‎ ‎ 【2012湖南卷】31. The lecture, ____ at 7:00 pm last night, was followed by an observation of the moon with telescopes.‎ ‎    A. starting                   B. being started            C. to start                    D. to be started ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】本题考查非谓语动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】根据last night可知start已经发生，故排除C、D（不定式常表将来），B（being done）一般表进行，也排除。非谓语动词的主动语态和被动语态 现在分词作定语 ‎【2012湖南】23. Time, ____ correctly, is money in the bank.‎ ‎    A. to use                      B. used                        C. using                       D. use ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】因为本句已有谓语动词is，且没有连词或引导词，故排除谓语形式D；而time与use 为被动关系，所以选B。谓语与非谓语动词 过去分词作条件状语或时间状语 表被动 ‎【2012湖南】21. We've had a good start, but next, more work needs ____ to achieve the final success.‎ ‎    A. being done               B. do                           C. to be done                D. to do ‎【答案】C ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】因为work与do为被动关系，而need后表被动用-ing的主动形式表被动含义，或用不定式的被动形式，故选C。谓语与非谓语动词 不定式的被动语态 作宾语 短语need to be done。‎ ‎【2012重庆卷】31. Before you quit your job, ______how your family would feel about your decision.‎ A. consider   B. considering      C. to consider     D. considered ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】祈使句用法 ‎【解析】结合选项来分析句子结构，逗号前为时间状语从句，后面实际上是一个祈使句。由此可知，A选项符合题意。因此，正确答案为A选项。‎ ‎【2012重庆卷】28. We’re having a meeting in half an hour. The decision ______ at the meeting will in the future of our company.‎ A. to be made   B. being made    C. made       D. having been made ‎【答案】 A  ‎ ‎【考点】非谓语动词 ‎【解析】分析句子结构可知，空白处为后置定语，与被修饰的名词是逻辑上的被动关系，而且是将要发生的动作。由此可知，表示被动和将来的A选项符合题意。B表示被动进行，C表示被动完成，D表示被动完成，但是不作定语。因此，正确答案为A选项。‎ ‎【2012重庆卷】23.______to work overtime that evening, I missed a wonderful film.‎ ‎ A. Having been asked    B. To ask     C. Having asked  D. To be asked ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】非谓语动词用法 ‎【解析】逗号前为原因状语，空白处与句子的主语为逻辑上的动宾关系，由此可排除表示主动关系的B和C选项，D选项常作目的和结果状语，不作原因状语，也可排除，而A选项为现在分词完成式的被动形式，可作时间状语、原因状语、结果状语、伴随状语等。因此，正确答案为A选项。‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】29.  This machine is very easy      . Anybody can learn to use it in a few minutes.‎ ‎   A.  operating        B.  to be operating        C.  operated       D.  to operate ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】非谓语动词 ‎【解析】在句型“主语+be+adj+to do”中，如果这个主语是动词do的逻辑宾语，故用主动表被动，所以选D。‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】25.  The old couple often take a walk after supper in the park with their pet dog       them.‎ ‎ A.  to follow         B.  following        C.  followed         D.  follows ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】非谓语动词 ‎【解析】with的宾语后面可加形容词、副词、分词、不定式、名词等作宾补，这儿pet dog与follow构成主谓关系，所以用following.‎ ‎【2012四川卷】6. Tom took a taxi to the airport, only _____ his plane high up in the sky.‎ A. finding          B. to find          C. being found      D. to have found ‎【答案】 B ‎ ‎【考点】本题考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：汤姆乘的士赶到机场，结果只发现他要乘坐的飞机已经飞入高空了。此处only后接动词不定式to do表示意想不到的结果。故选B。‎ ‎【2012四川卷】8. I looked up and noticed a snake ______ its way up the tree to catch its breakfast.‎ A. to wind          B. wind            C. winding        D. wound ‎【答案】 C ‎ ‎【考点】本题考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】此题考查现在分词作宾语补足语。winding its way与宾语snake之间为主动关系且此动作正在进行，故选C。‎ ‎【2012四川卷】12. Before driving into the city, you are required to get your car ____.‎ A. washed            B. wash              C. washing       D. to wash ‎【答案】 A  本题考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【考点】考查过去分词作宾语补足语。‎ ‎【解析】此题中使役动词get后接的宾语car与作宾语补足语的动词wash之间为被动关系，构成短语：get sth. done。故答案选A。句意为：在驱车进城之前，你必须将你的车洗了。‎ ‎【2012四川卷】16. I make $2,000 a week, 60 surely won’t make ______ difference to me.‎ A. that a big            B. a that big          C. big a that       D. that big a ‎【答案】 D ‎ ‎【考点】本题考查副词用法。‎ ‎【解析】副词that表示“那么…”修饰形容词的固定短语为：that + adj. （+ a/ an + n.），相当于so及how的用法，即that(so/ how) big a difference — 那么（如此/多么）大的一个分别（影响）。故选D。‎ ‎【2012陕西卷】15.________ in a long queue, we waited for the store to open to buy a New iPad .‎ ‎       A. Standing          B. To stand           C.   Stood             D. Stand ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】非谓语动词短语后有逗号，说明非谓语动词做题干的状语，逻辑主语是句子的主语we，非谓语动词与逻辑主语是主动关系，且其动作与谓语动词wait的动作同时进行，用动词v-ing的一般式，选A。‎ ‎【2012陕西卷】22.If he takes on this work, he will have no choice but ______ an even greater challenge.‎ A. meets    B. meeting   C. meet      D. to meet ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】所填词与前文构成固定句型have no choice but to do sth，故选D。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】23. One learns a language by making mistakes and ______ them.‎ A. corrects                B. correct               C.to correct               D. correcting ‎【答案】 D ‎【考点】考查并列结构。‎ ‎【解析】并列结构，making与correcting并列。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】27. _______ with care, one tin will last for six weeks.‎ A. Use                         B. Using                      C. Used                D. To use ‎【答案】 C ‎【考点】非谓语动词考点。‎ ‎【解析】此处tin和use是被动关系，故用过去分词形式。‎ ‎【2012全国II】15. The old man sat in front of the television every evening, happy _____ anything that happened to be on.‎ A. to watch   B. watching   C. watched   D. to have watched ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】此处happy to watch anything that happened to be on作sat的目的状语。句意：那位老人每天晚上坐在电视机前，高兴地看要上演的任何节目。‎ ‎【2012全国II】10. Tony lent me the money, ______that I’d do as much for him.‎ A. hoping   B. to hope   C. hoped   D. having hoped ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词的用法。‎ ‎【解析】此处现在分词短语hoping that I’d do as much for him作伴随状语。句意：Tony借给我了钱，希望我加倍还他。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】32. Birds’ singing is sometimes a warning to other birds ________ away.‎ A. to stay   B. staying   C. stayed    D. stay ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】非谓语考点，目的状语用不定式。‎ ‎11. 【2012天津卷】He got up late and hurried to his office, _________the breakfast untouched.【C】‎ ‎  A. left          B. to leave        C. leaving      D. having left ‎【2012全国新课程】32. Film has a much shorter history, especially when_      such art forms as music and painting.‎ A. having compared to               B. comparing to C. compare to                      D. compared to ‎【答案】D 【解析】此处是被省略的时间状语从句，其相当于：when film is compared to such art forms as music and painting. 这里film和compare之间是被动关系，故用过去分词。又因为主语一致，所以film被省略。句意：电影的历史短的多，尤其是当它和像音乐和绘画这样的艺术形式相比时。‎ ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词的用法。‎ ‎【2012全国新课程】28. The party will be held in the garden, weather        .‎ A. permitting                       B. to permit             ‎ C. permitted                        D. permit ‎【答案】A 【解析】此处主句的主语party 和weather不一致，所以weather保留，作permitting的逻辑主语，构成独立主格结构。另外，weather与permit之间是主动关系，故用现在分词。‎ 句意：如果天气允许，聚会将在花园举行。‎ ‎【考点】考查现在分词的独立主格结构。‎ ‎【2012山东卷】35. After completing and signing it, please return the form to us in the envelope ________.  A. providing                          B. provided                 ‎ C. having provided                         D. provide ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】此处动词provide与其逻辑主语envelope之间是被动关系，在句中作定语，相当于which is provided。句意为：完成并签名后，请把表格放入我们提供的信封内送回。‎ ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词的用法。‎ ‎【2012山东卷】26. George returned after the war, only _______ that his wife had left him.  A. to be told                          B. telling                    ‎ C. being told                           D. told ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】此处only to do/be done表示意料之外的结果；现在分词作结果状语则表示自然的结果。这里George和tell之间是被动关系，因此用to be told。句意：乔治战争后回到家，结果被告知妻子已经离开了。‎ ‎【考点】考查不定式短语作结果状语。‎ ‎【2012福建卷】22.     一 Have you figured out how much the trip will cost?‎ ‎—$4,000, or    like that.‎ A. anything   B. everything   C. something   D. nothing ‎【考点】本题考查不定代词用法 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】something like that 意为“大致如此，差不多这样”，something在本句中是表示不确定的描述或数量，“大致，左右”的意思。比如：She called at something after ten o’clock.她10点多钟来过电话。It tastes something like melon. 这吃起来有点像甜瓜。They pay six pounds an hour. Something like that. 他们按每小时六英镑付费。大致如此。‎ ‎【2012福建卷】28. China recently tightened its waters controls near the Huangyan Island to prevent Chinese fishing boats from             in the South China Sea.‎ A. attacking     B. having attacked   C. being attacked   D. having been attacked ‎【考点】本题考查固定词组搭配 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】prevent sb from doing sth“阻止某人做某事”，本句中的fishing boats和attack是被动关系，所以选择C项，句意：中国最近加紧黄岩岛的水域控制来阻止中国渔船在中国南海被袭击。‎ ‎【2012福建卷】34. Pressed from his parents, and ______that he has wasted too much time , the boy is determined to stop playing video games.‎ A. realizing    B. realized   C.  to realize   D. being realized ‎【考点】本题考查非谓语动词的用法。‎ ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】首先要弄清楚本句中的and连接的成分是非谓语动词做状语，主语与press是被动关系，但是与realize是主动，“被父母迫使同时自己也意识到他已经浪费了太多时间，这个男孩决定停止玩电脑游戏。本题考查非谓语动词的难度挺大，主要是很多学生看到pressed后就不知道realize在句中做什么成分，所以本题关键有两个，一个是and并列的成分是什么，然后就是realize与主语the boy的关系。‎ ‎【2012浙江卷】11. "It's a such nice place," Mother said as she sat at the table________ for customs.‎ A. to be reserved   B. Living reserved   C. reserving        D. reserved ‎【考点】非谓语—过去分词 ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】reserve和谓语动词sat之间没有连词，故用非谓语，且和其逻辑主语the table逻辑上构成被动关系，故用过去分词表示被动、完成的概念，在句子中做后置定语。‎ ‎【2012浙江卷】8. I think Tom, as the head of a big department, should cither study regularly or______his job.‎ A. quits                  B. to quit              C. quitting             D. quit ‎【考点】并列结构 ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】 either…or+并列结构，前后形式上保持一致，由此与study相呼应，故答案选D，用动词原形。‎ ‎【2012浙江卷】3. No matter how bright a talker you are, there are times when it's better ‎       silent.‎ A. remain               B. be remaining     C. having remained  D. to remain ‎【考点】非谓语—不定式 ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】it做形式主语，真正的主语是后面的不定式：to remain silent. 可归结为句型：it is +形容词/名词+to do/that…。当然it也可以做形式宾语，如find/feel it +to do/that….。‎ ‎【2012江苏卷】31.     an important decision more on emotion than on reason, you will regret it sooner or later.‎ A. Based                  B. Basing               C. Base                  D. To base ‎【考点】非谓语动词—动词现在分词做状语 ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】动词base与逻辑主语you之间构成主谓关系，所以用现在分词作状语，故选B项。‎ ‎【2012安徽卷】30. When      for his views about his teaching job, Philip said he found it very interesting and rewarding.  ‎ A. asking         B. asked             C. having asked     D. to be asked ‎【答案】B ‎【考点】本题考查非谓语动词，‎ ‎【解析】此处逻辑主语是Philip, 还原句子 When Philip was asked for his views about his teaching job, Philip said he found it very interesting and rewarding.  ‎ ‎【2012安徽卷】24. I remembered       the door before I left the office, but forgot to turn off the lights.‎ ‎  A. locking         B. to lock      C. having locked       D.  to have locked ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查非谓语动词。‎ ‎【解析】此处Remember后面既可以接不定式，也可以接动名词，如果选择A，这与后面的before I left the office是相矛盾的，只能选择答案A. C 和D 都是完成时，他们表示比主句动词发生的时间更早，没有必要。‎ ‎【2012届河北省普通高考模拟】30．The 30th Olympic Games，officially_________as“London 2012 Olympic Games”，will take place from July 27 to August 12．‎ ‎   A. know                  B. to know        C. known                 D. knowing ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处相当于：which are officially known as “London 2012 Olympic Games”。‎ ‎【2012届保定市高三第一次模拟】29. Prices began to climb noticeably last year，___________a historical high in November.‎ A.  hit        B.  to hit       C.  hitting       D.  being hit ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处hitting a historical high in November 作结果状语。句意：物价去年开始明显攀升，到11月达到历史新高。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】26. Some seemingly harmless blogs might become harmful when _____ on the Internet by millions of people.‎ A. to rea d         B. reading         C. read             D. being read ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词。空格在句中，且句中没有逗号，需要从空格往前找名词与动作一起分析主被动关系，这里只能找到一个名词blogs。blogs和选项动作read的关系当然是被动，所以排除A选项和C选项。D选项表示正在被……或一直被……，要求出现特殊的时间概念提示，此处没有，所以排除。本题的原文完全不知道命题者想表示什么意思，博客本无害，读的人多了，就有害了，什么逻辑啊……‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】34. ______ the housing price, several measures have been adopted in the last two years.‎ A. Lowering        B. Having lowered    C. To lower              D. To have lowered ‎ ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词题。空格挖在句首，后面有逗号，要关注逗号后面的句子中主语名词和动词的主被动关系。此处后面的名词是measures措施，和降低的关系是主动的，而这里四个选项都是主动的。再看四个选项的区别，A选项和B选项表示已经发生，C选项和D选项则表示未发生的目的，后面只说到采取了一些措施，没有措施最后的结果，即没有发生，所以排除A选项和B选项。D选项出现have，非谓语动词中只要有have出现，一定表示动作的先后关系，有have的动作在前，主句动作在后，这里明显降低房价不能在采取措施之前，所以排除D选项。比较以下的句子：Having lowered the housing price, the measures have been proved effective. 请自己理解为什么这里是having lowered。‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】25．I wish that the elderly would live in comfort without worry or health problems in the years they have         ．‎ ‎       A．left                        B．leaving                  C．to leave                 D．being left ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处years是先行词，they have left是定语从句。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】14．Friends are like leaves, ___ everywhere, but true friends are like diamonds, precious and rare．‎ ‎       A．to find          B．finding                   C．found               D．being found ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：朋友就像树叶到处都能被找到。过去分词表被动。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】18．It's reported that 289 more trains were added ___ passengers on Sunday to meet the needs of those ___ home for the Spring Festival．‎ ‎       A．to take; returning                          B．taking; returning ‎       C．taken; to return                             D．take: returned ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。第一空289车次列车被加开用来运输旅客，to take表目的；第二空现在分词短语作定语，是主动关系。‎ ‎【2012届河南省郑州市高三第二次质量预测】31. Shanghai Disneyland Park, _______ in 2015 , will attract tourists from all over China then.‎ A. to have been completed                             B. being completed C. completed                                               D. to be completed ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处不定式的被动式表示将来的动作且是被动，相当于非限制性定语从句。‎ ‎【2012届江西省六校联考】28.         up early in the morning to have a walk, I am sure, you are likely to feel active all day．‎ ‎       A．Get             B．Having got     C．Getting        D．To get ‎【答案】 C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。  这里的Getting up early in the morning to have a walk相当于条件状语从句 If you get up early in the morning to have a walk,句意：“如果你早上起得早去散散步的话，你一天都会感到精神”。‎ ‎【2012届河北省邯郸市高三第一次模拟考试】24. I appreciated       the opportunity to study abroad two years ago.‎ ‎          A. to have given            B. to have been given     ‎ C. having given            D. having been given ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。解题关键：appreciate后加动名词，根据句意应是被给，故用动名词完成时的被动式。句意：两年前我很珍惜给我出国留学的机会。‎ ‎【2012届河北省邯郸市高三第一次模拟考试】30. Joe won the first prize on Sunday and, tears rolling down his cheeks,       it a turning point for him.‎ A. called              B. calling             C. having called           D. to call ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查动词的正确形式。此处空中应填的词与won并列，故选called。此处是并列谓语。‎ ‎【2012届甘肃省高三第一次高考诊断】11．Chinadaily. com. cn is the largest English portal site in China,         news, business      information and learning materials．‎ ‎      A．to provide           B．providing              C．provided              D．which provide ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。句意：中国日报网站是中国最大的英语网站，它提供新闻、商业信息、和学习材料。此处site和provid之间为主动关系，所以用现在分词。‎ ‎【2012届贵州师大附中高三年级检测】17. When the customer caught the shop owner ______ him, she stopped ______ things there and started dealing with another shop. ‎ ‎  A. cheating; to buy      B. to cheat; buying              C. cheating; buying              D. to cheat; to buy ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。第一空catch后用动名词的形式；第二空表示停止从那里买东西。‎ ‎【2012届山西太原五中4月月考】24. --- Whom did you ________ the wall?‎ ‎   --- Jack. There________ masses of things for him to do, but he managed to finish the ‎  work as required.‎ A. have painted; was                              B. have paint; were C. have to paint; were                            D. have paint; was ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查have的用法及主谓一致。第一空的陈述句为：you had whom paint the wall。改为问句即为：Whom did you have paint the wall？第二空主语是复数，故用were。‎ ‎【2012届山西太原五中4月月考】 26. ---Where is Mom?‎ ‎     --- She is downstairs ______ prepared for the tea party.‎ A. to get                  B. getting                 C. to be getting           D. having got ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处表示进行时故用is getting 的形式。‎ ‎【2012届山西太原五中4月月考】34. During the days ______, he made great progress in learning English.       ‎ ‎ A. following          B. followed              C. to follow              D. that followed ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处that followed为定语从句。句意：在随后的日子里，他在学英语方面取得了进步。‎ ‎【2012届江苏省苏、锡、常、镇四市高三调研测试（一）】22. As workers and as citizens, we need to be able to think beyond our own self-interest and _________ what is right under the circumstances.‎ A. doing          B. to do                C. have done           D. done ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处空中所填词与to think并列，故选B。‎ ‎【2012届江苏省苏、锡、常、镇四市高三调研测试（一）】30. _______________, I can see that those terrible events shaped me into the person I am today.‎ ‎    A. Having looked back                   B. Looking back C. Being looking back                   D. To be looking back ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词的用法。此处I和look之间是主动关系，故用现在分词。句意：回顾过去，我看到的那些可怕的事件把我塑造成现在这个样子。‎ ‎【2012届江苏省苏、锡、常、镇四市高三调研测试（一）】33. --- I don’t think it’s __________ to the ceiling very securely.‎ ‎   --- Don’t worry. It won’t_________.‎ A. fixing; drop             B. fixed; drop           ‎ C. fixing; be dropped    D. fixed; be dropped ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词及时态。句意：---我认为它没有被安全地固定在天花板上。---别担心。它不会掉的。‎ ‎【2012届吉林省吉林市高三第二次模拟】31. I think it a great honor _________ to visit your country.‎ A. to invite　                                           B. inviting                   ‎ C. having invited 　                                 D. to be invited ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词。不定式用作真正的主语，根据句义应为被动。‎ ‎【2012届吉林省吉林市高三第二次模拟】34. Mary had to go to a meeting，so she left her children _________ at home.‎ A. playing            B. played               C. to play             D. having played ‎【答案】A.‎ ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词。解题关键：leave sb doing sth使某人做某事（强调处于某种状态），现在分词表主动进行。‎ ‎【2012届山东省菏泽重点高中高三下学期4月模拟】22. As the light turned green, I stood for a moment, not _________, and asked myself what I was going to do.‎ ‎   A. moved        B moving        C. to move       D. being moved ‎【答案】B ‎ ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词。此处not moving与谓语动词stood同时发生，和主语I是主动关系，表示“站了一会,没有动弹”。动词-ed形式作状语表示被动。不定式常作目的状语。动词-ing形式的被动式表示正在被做的动作。‎ ‎【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】31．Don’t you think the 29th Olympic Games        in Beijing in 2008 was a great success?‎ ‎       A．hold                   B．holding               C．held                    D．to be held ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查过去分词作定语。2008年奥运会已经过去而且是被举行，故用held。‎ ‎【河南省郑州市2012届英语信息卷（三）】3.The celebration gathering____ the10th anniversary of Macao's return to the motherland were held here on Sunday.‎ A. to mark    B. marks    C. marking     D. marked ‎【答案】C ‎ ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词。 句意为“星期天，标志澳门回归十周年的庆典在这里召开。”the celebration gathering和mark为主动关系，因此用现在分词表示主动并作定语。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】5. In 1863, President Lincoln issued a declaration calling for the last Thursday of November_______ as a day of thanksgiving.‎ A. being observed      B. observed         C. observing           D. to be observed ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查非谓语。the last Thursday of November 与observe 之间是动宾关系，又所表示动作是将来时，所以用不定式的被动语态做宾补。句意为：在1863年，林肯总统签署了一个宣言，主张把每年十一月的最后一个星期四定位感恩节。故选D。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】11. --- You may make more mistakes if your paper is left_______.‎ ‎   --- Thanks a lot. And would you give me some advice on how to polish it?‎ A. being unchecked       B. to be unchecked        C. to check         D. unchecked ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查非谓语动词。leave sth +宾补，这里用unchecked 来对助于进行补充说明。句意为：你可能会犯更多的错误，如果你的文章不加检查的话。非常感谢。你能给我一些如何修改它的建议吗？故选D。‎ 十二、介词复习及配套巩固练习 介词又叫前置词，是一种虚词。介词分为三种，一种是简单介词，如at, in, on, beside, to , for等；另一种是短语介词，即由两个以上的词组组成的短语，如in front of, because of, out of, instead of等；还有一种叫二重介词，如until after, from behind等。‎ 一、介词的句法功能 介词不能独立在句中做成份，介词后必须与名词、代词、或动名词构成介词短语在句中充当一个成份，表示人、物、事件等与其它人、物、事件等之间的关系。‎ ‎1、作定语：The book on the table is mine.‎ ‎ This is his reply to your letter. 这是他给你的回信。‎ This is the best way of doing it. 这是做此事最好的方法。‎ ‎2、作状语：We have breakfast at seven.（表时间）；‎ They were late for meeting because of the heavy rain.（表原因）；‎ They started the machine by pressing the button.（表方法）‎ Don’t touch it with your hands. 别用手去摸它。‎ Did you do this by design or by accident? 你这样做是有意的还是无意的？‎ ‎3、作表语：My dictionary is in the bag.‎ ‎4、作宾语补足语：I found him in the office.‎ ‎ I found everything in good condition. 我发现一切正常。‎ Her illness kept her in bed for a week. 她因生病在床上躺了一星期。‎ 二、主要介词区别 ‎1. 表示地点位置的介词 ‎1) at ,in, on, to at  (1)表示在小地方; (2)表示“在……附近，旁边”‎ in  (1)表示 在大地方; (2)表示“在…范围之内”。‎ on  表示毗邻，接壤 to   表示在……范围外，不强调是否接壤 He arrived at the station at ten.‎ He is sitting at the desk.‎ He arrived in Shanghai yesterday.‎ Jiangsu lies in the east of China.‎ Russia lies on the north of China.‎ Fujian is to the south of Jiangsu Province.‎ ‎2) above, over, on    在……上 above 指在……上方,不强调是否垂直，与 below相对；‎ ‎   over指垂直的上方,与under相对,但over与物体有一定的空间，不直接接触。‎ on表示某物体上面并与之接触。‎ The bird is flying above my head.‎ There is a bridge over the river.‎ He put his watch on the desk.‎ ‎3) below, under    在……下面 under表示在…正下方 below表示在……下，不一定在正下方 There is a cat under the table.‎ Please write your name below the line.‎ ‎2. 表示时间的介词 ‎1) in , on，at   在……时 in表示较长时间，如世纪、朝代、时代、年、季节、月及一般（非特指）的早、中、晚等。‎ 如 in the 20th century, in the 1950s, in 1989, in summer, in January, in the morning, in the night, in one’s life , in one’s thirties等。‎ on表示具体某一天及其早、中、晚。‎ 如on May 1st, on Monday, on New Year’s Day, on a cold night in January, on a fine morning, on Sunday afternoon等。‎ at表示某一时刻或较短暂的时间，或泛指圣诞节，复活节等。‎ 如at 3:20, at this time of year, at the beginning of, at the end of …, at the age of …, at Christmas， at night, at noon, at this moment等。‎ 注意：在last, next, this, that, some, every 等词之前一律不用介词。如：We meet every day.‎ ‎    2) in, after    在……之后 ‎“in +一段时间”表示将来的一段时间以后；‎ ‎“after+一段时间”表示过去的一段时间以后；‎ ‎“after+将来点时间”表示将来的某一时刻以后。‎ My mother will come back in three or four days.‎ He arrived after five months.   ‎ She will appear after five o’clock this afternoon.  ‎ ‎3) from, since    自从……‎ from仅说明什么时候开始，不说明某动作或情况持续多久；‎ since表示某动作或情况持续至说话时刻，通常与完成时连用。‎ ‎     He studied the piano from the age of three.‎ They have lived here since 1978.‎ ‎4) after, behind      在……之后 after主要用于表示时间；‎ behind主要用于表示位置。‎ We shall leave after lunch.‎ Lucy is hiding behind an old house.‎ ‎3. 表运动方向的介词：across, through    通过，穿过 across表示横过,即从物体表面通过，与on有关；‎ through穿过,即从物体内部穿过，与in有关。‎ She swam across the river.‎ He walked through the forest.‎ ‎4. 表示“在……之间”的介词：between, among between指在两个人或两个事物之间；‎ among指在三个或三个以上的人或事物之间。‎ There is a football match between Class One and Class Two on the playground.‎ The teacher is standing among the students.‎ 注意：但有时说的虽然是三个以上的人或东西，如果强调的是两两相互间接关系，适用于between。如：Agreements were made between the different countries. 在谈到一些事物或一组事物，而把它们视为分居两边时用between。如：The little valley lies between high mountains.。在谈事物间的差别时，总是用between。如：They don’t know the difference between wheat, oats and barley.‎ ‎5. 表示其他意义的介词 ‎1) on ,about      关于 on ：表示这本书，这篇文章或演说是严肃的，或学术性的，可供专门研究这一问题的人阅读；‎ about: 表示内容较为普通，不那么正式。‎ There will be a lecture on economics this afternoon.‎ He is writing a book on cooking.‎ He told me a lot about his life in the summer vocation.‎ ‎2 ) by, with, in :  表示方法、手段、工具 by:  以……方法、手段或泛指某种交通工具；‎ with : 表示用 …工具、手段，一般接具体的工具和手段；‎ in : 表示用…方式，用…语言(语调、笔墨、颜色)等；‎ He makes a living by selling newspapers.‎ ‎   He broke the window with a stone.‎ ‎   The foreigner spoke to us in English.‎ ‎3) except, besides     除了 except 除……之外，不包括在内；‎ besides 除……之外，包括在内。‎ Except Mr. Wang, we went to see the film.(王先生没去)‎ Besides Mr. Wang, we also went to see the film.(王先生也去了)‎ ‎6、in the corner, 表示在角落里，in指角的内面 ‎ on the corner,表示“在角上”，on指的不是内面，也不是外面，而含内外兼有之意 ‎ at the corner：“在拐角处”，at指的是拐角外附近的外面 The lamp stands in the corner of the room.‎ I met with him at the street corner.‎ He sat on the corner of the table.‎ ‎7、 in the end, “最后”、“终于”，可单独使用，后不接介词of。‎ ‎ at the end of, “在……末梢”，“到……尽头”，既可指时间，也可以指地上或物体。‎ by the end of：“在……结束时”，“到……末为止”解，只能指时间。不可单独使用。‎ In the end they reached a place of safety.‎ ‎ At the end of the road stands a beautiful garden.‎ ‎ They decided to have an English evening at the end of this week.‎ ‎ By the end of last month he had finished the novel.‎ ‎8、 besides: 指“除了……还有”(包含在内)‎ except：指“除……之外”（不包含在内）‎ but：与except意思近似，表示“除了……外”经常用在no, all, nobody, anywhere, everything等和其他疑问词后面。‎ except for：指“除……之外”（排除的是不同类别的东西）‎ All went out besides me.‎ We study English besides maths and Chinese.‎ All went out except me.‎ I never saw him reading anything but the newspaper.‎ His diary is good except for a few spelling mistakes.。‎ ‎9、 in charge of：“由谁负责、照顾、管理”，后面则跟照管的人物 in the charge of：“由谁负责、照顾、管理”， 后面则跟照管的人 Who is in charge of the project?‎ ‎ The project is in the charge of an engineer.。‎ ‎10、 as ：“作为”、“以……地位或身份”解。如：Let me speak to you as a father.（事实是父亲）；‎ like作“象……一样”解。如：Let me speak to you like a father.（事实上不是父亲）。‎ ‎11、 in front of : “在……前面”的意思（在某物外部的前面）‎ in the front of：“在……前部”的意思（在某物内部的前面）。‎ There is a desk in front of the blackboard./‎ The boy sat in the front of the car.。‎ ‎12、 in：通常表示位置。如：We walked in the park.‎ ‎ into：表示动向，不表示目的地或位置。如：We walked into the park. ‎ 三、常见成语介词归类 ‎1. 其他词+of ahead of 在…之前，比…强              because of 因为 inside of 在…以内，少于                  instead of 代替，而不 outside of 在…外面，除…外            regardless of 不顾，不管 ‎2. 其他词+to according to 根据                             as to 至于，关于 contrary to 违反                              due to 由于，由于…的原因 near to 在…的附近                          next to 紧挨着，紧次于 owing to 因为，由于                        thanks to 多亏，由于 ‎3. in+其他词+of in advance of 在…前面                        in aid of 帮助       ‎ in behalf of 为了，为了…的利益          in case of 如果，万一，以防 in celebration of 庆祝                            in charge of 负责，管理 in commemoration of 纪念，庆祝          in defence of 保卫  ‎ in explanation of 解释                            in face of 面对 in favour of 赞成，主张                        in front of 在…前面 in honor of 纪念，祝贺，欢迎               in memory of 纪念 in need of 需要                                      in place of 代替 in possession of 拥有                             in praise of 称赞 in respect of 关于，就…而言                 in search of 寻找，搜找 in sight of 看得见，在看见…的地方       in spite of 虽然，尽管 in support of 为了支持(拥护)…              in view of 鉴于，考虑到 ‎4. in+其他词+for in exchange for 作为对…的交换             in preparation for 为…作准备 in return for 作为…的报答                     in reward for 作为…的报酬 ‎5. in+其他词+to in addition to 加之，除…之外                  in answer to 回答，响应 in contrast to [with] 与…形成对比           in opposition to 与…相反，反对 in reply to 作为对…的回答(答复)            in response to 回答，响应 in [with] reference to 关于                       in [with] regard to 关于 四、介词后接动词名词的常见搭配 ‎1. 动词+介词to+动名词 ‎(1) admit to doing sth 承认做了某事 ‎(2) apply to doing sth  适用于做某事 ‎(3) object to doing sth 反对做某事 ‎(4) see to doing sth 负责做某事 ‎(5) stick to doing sth 坚持做某事 ‎(6) take to doing sth 喜欢上做某事，逐渐习惯做某事 ‎2. 动词+宾语+介词to+动名词 ‎(1) apply oneself to doing sth 专心致力于做某事 ‎(2) devote sth to doing sth 把时间(钱，精力等)献给做某事 ‎(3) devote oneself to doing sth 把时间(钱，精力等)献给做某事 ‎(4) limit sth to doing sth 把…限制在做某事的范围内 ‎(5) reduce sb to doing sth 使某人沦为做某事 ‎ 3. 动词+名词+介词to+动名词 ‎(1) give one’s life to doing sth 献身于做某事 ‎(2) give one’s mind to doing sth 专心做某事 ‎(3) have a dislike to doing sth 厌恶做某事 ‎(4) have an eye to doing sth 注意做某事 ‎(5) have an objection to doing sth 反对(反感)做某事 ‎(6) pay attention to doing sth 注意做某事 ‎(7) set one’s mind to doing sth 决心做某事 ‎4. be+形容词+介词to+动名词 ‎(1) be equal to doing sth 等于做某事，能胜任做某事 ‎(2) be used to doing sth 习惯于做某事 ‎(3) be opposed to doing sth 反对做某事 ‎(4) be reduced to doing sth使某人沦为做某事 ‎(5) be devoted to doing sth 把时间(钱，精力等)献给做某事 ‎(6) be limited to doing sth把…限制在做某事的范围内 ‎5. 其他结构+介词to+动名词 ‎(1) get down to doing sth开始做某事，认真处理某事 ‎(2) look forward to doing sth 盼望做某事 ‎(2) What do you say to doing sth? 你认为做某事如何？‎ ‎【考点诠释】‎ 考点1  常见介词的活用 by，with，against，over，on，in，at，besides，for等是常考的介词。掌握这些介词的用法和意义、准确把握句子语境是解题的关键。下面是近年高考考查最多的几个介词，应重点掌握：‎ ‎1．over可表位置，意为“在……上方，越过；遮住，盖住”，也可表时间，意为“在……期间，(多年)以来”等，它还有“在……(问题)上，对(某事)”等引申意义。如：‎ ‎①Y0u can’t wear a blue jacket over that shirt—it’II look terrible．‎ 你不能在那件衬衣外面再穿上蓝色的夹克——太难看了。‎ ‎②We had a pleasant chat over a cup of tea．我们一边喝茶一边愉快地交谈。‎ ‎③We heard it over the radio．我们从广播中听到了它。‎ ‎2．by的主要意思有“在……旁，靠近；乘(车、船等)；不迟于；到……为止；被，由；根据，按照(关系)；通过……方式”等，还可以用来表示增加或减少的程度。by构成的常见短语有：‎ by and by不久，迟早    by and large大体上 by oneself单独    by the way顺便说说 by far……得多，最……    by chance碰巧 by accident偶然地    by means of借助 by no means绝不，一点也不    by mistake错误地 ‎①The water in the river rose by two meters．河水上涨了两米。‎ ‎②He is an Englishman by birth．他在血统上是英国人。‎ ‎3．with可以用来表示“带有，拥有；随着；就……来说；用，以；和，与；对于，关于”等意思。with还可用来表示原因。如：‎ ‎①He turned red with anger．他气得脸变红了。‎ ‎②The problem with looking into space from the earth is that there is a lot of dust in the earth’s air．‎ 从地球上观察太空存在一个问题，就是地球的大气中有大量的尘埃。‎ ‎4．beyond这个词同学们平时接触的机会不是太多，但它却是一个考查热点。beyond表示“(时间)过了，比……晚，迟于；(位置)在……那边，超出……之外；(范围)超过，为……所 不及，超出……的范围”等意思。如：‎ ‎①They arrived beyond nine o’clock．他们过了9：00才到。‎ ‎②The book is beyond me．这本书我看不懂。‎ ‎③Tom is far beyond his elder brother in maths．汤姆的数学比他哥哥的好多了。‎ 考点2 介词的固定搭配-‎ 高考主要考查学生对固定短语的掌握程度、对短语意义的了解以及介词在这些固定搭配中的应用。‎ ‎1．名词词组：on the contrary相反；in turn依次；in one’s opinion根据某人的看法；off time准时；out of reach够不着 ‎2．动词词组：remind sb of sth提醒某人某事；rob sb of sth抢劫某人的……；restdt from由……引起；call at访问(某地)‎ ‎3．形容词词组：be curious about对……好奇；be proud of因……而自豪；be popular with受到……的欢迎 ‎4．介词短语：apart from除……Pb；in addition to除……之外(还)；because of因为；instead of代替；in fear of为……提心吊胆；for fear of以免；in case of防备；thanks to由于；in the middle of在……中间；according to根据；in front of在……前面；in return for作为对……的回报；in charge of负责；as a result of作为……的结果；in exchange for与……交换等 典例： Nowadays some hospitals refer to patients ______  name, not case number.‎ A of                B as                    C by                       D with ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查介词辨析。句意：如今有些医院是以姓名来查阅患者的，而不是凭病例编号(去查询的)。by  name按姓名．‎ 考点3核心介词用法归纳与辨析 ‎1.表示时间的介词in的用法如下。表示在某一较长时间内，如世纪、年、月、季、周等一般用介词in，如：in the 1990s,in January,in(the)winter in和during表一段时间内两词可互用。如：in the night,during the night,in the war,during the war。但略有区别：当接表示“活动”的抽象名词时多用during，接“活动”的动名词及短语时用in。如：during the discussion/in discussing the problem during her stay in Hubei/in playing basketball/during the course of/in digging the tunnel ‎2.在具体的某一天或某天上午、晚上、前夕，常用on。‎ ‎3.表示某一时刻或某一点时间用at,如小时、分钟等。‎ 有些时间名词前有one，each，any，every，some，all，next，last，that修饰时,不接介词。如：‎ that day，next Sunday some day，one day ‎4. till、until、to的用法。‎ ‎(1)till(until)与持续动词连用一般用于肯定句中，与短暂动词连用一般用在否定句中。如：‎ He waited for me till twelve o’clock.‎ He didn’t get up till (until) 10 a.m.(不可用to)‎ 但注意：在句首出现或强调句型中一般不用till而用until。如：‎ Not until 9 a.m.did Mr.Smith come back to school.‎ ‎(2)to表“终结”时常和from连用，但要注意不与from连用时的意义。如：‎ from July to September,from six to (till) eight(从……到……为止)，但from morning till night(从早到晚)，不能用to。‎ ‎5. 表示方式、手段、工具的介词 ‎(1)by the year/hour/day按年/小时/天，但to the pound按磅算，to the ton按吨计。‎ ‎(2)表泛指的方式、手段:by post,by telephone(radio),但on the phone/on the radio/on TV(电讯器材)，by electricity，by hard work,learn sth.by heart,through the satellite,through practice,through his own efforts,through experience,through the telescope ‎(3)交通工具类。另外：by means of 用……方法，by way of 经由，取道于，用……方法;with the help(permission)of sb./with sb.’s help(permission)“在……帮助下”。‎ ‎(4)表方式、手段的其他用法。‎ He beat the dog with a whip.(with+工具、机器)‎ One smells with his nose.(with+人体器官，但by hand“手工，用手”)‎ He stood up with pride.(with+情绪、情感、态度的名词)‎ 注意：使用语言、材料、文字等用in。如in English(ink,pencil)。另外如：‎ in high(good,low)spirits,in anger,in joy,in comfort,in sorrow,in safety,in danger,in need,in debt,in love,in fun,in pain,in tears,in surprise, in good(poor)health,in good order,in flower,in a way,in a low voice,in silence,in(with)satisfaction,in a hurry,in(with)words,live/feed on food,kneel on one’s knee,take(catch)sb.by surprise(出其不意)‎ ‎6.表示“除……之外”的几组常用介词比较。‎ ‎(1)besides “除……以外，(还有)”。作副词时意思是“而且，更何况”。如：‎ It was too late to see a film,and besides,I was tired.‎ ‎(2)except“除去，除……之外(不再有)”。如：‎ We all went except John.‎ 在否定句中，两词可以换用，如：‎ He has no other hats except/besides this one.‎ ‎(3)except for“除了……(对句子主题进行细节校正或附加说明)”后接名词、代词或what从句，此时与except that+句子意思相同。如：‎ He was very clever except for carelessness.‎ ‎(4)except that...“除了……一点以外”。如：‎ He has not changed except that he is wearing dark glasses.‎ ‎(5)but和except在表示“除了……以外”时可以通用，但应注意以下三点：前面有不定人词、疑问代词在意义上对称时，多用but。All but one are here.Nobody but I likes making model ships.后接不定式短语为排除对象时，多用but。He has nothing to do but wait.(前有do,后省to)；but与一些固定结构连用。have no choice but to do sth.只得做某事，can not but do sth.不得不,can not help but do sth.不得不……，but for...如不是……‎ ‎7.介词的省略：‎ 介词for表示时间的省略要求。‎ ‎(1)以all开头的名词短语，for要省略。如：‎ I stayed with her all the morning.‎ ‎(2)否定句中，表示时间的短语前的for不能省略。如：‎ I haven’t seen you for thirty years.‎ ‎(3)时间状语在主句之前，for不能省略。如：‎ For the whole morning,the old man kept reading.‎ ‎8.某些名词与介词构成的固定搭配。‎ ‎(1)要求接to的名词有：key,answer,visit,entrance,apology,introduction,road等。‎ ‎(2)要求接in 的名词有：interest,satisfaction,expert等。‎ He is expert in teaching small children.‎ 介词的用法很繁杂，要在平时注意积累。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012湖北卷】25. The furniture, with its modern style and bright colors, suits modern houses and their gardens, but looks _______ in the garden of a traditional home A. out of question          B. out of order       C. out of sight D. out of place ‎【答案】D ‎【考点】考查介词短语辨析。难度中等。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：这套家具款式新潮，色泽明丽，与新式房屋和花园配套，但看起来与传统的房子和花园不相称。D项意为“与……不相称”，符合句意。A项意为“毫无疑问”，B项意为“次序颠倒”，C项意为“看不见”，都与句意不符。‎ ‎【2012江苏卷】29.     — Thank God you're safe!‎ ‎—I stepped back, just_______ to avoid the racing car.‎ A. in time                B. in case               C. in need               D. in vain ‎【考点】介词短语 ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】in time意为“及时”，in case意为“万一，假使”；in need意为“需要”；in vain意为“徒劳，无济于事”。句意为：——谢天谢地，你是安全的！——我走回去，正好避免赛车。符合题意。‎ ‎【2012安徽卷】25. You can chang your job, you can move house,but friendship is meant to be       life.‎ ‎  A.  of        B. on     C.  to       D.   For ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】选择D是正确的，mean在此表示“预定，指定”。The gift is meant for you. 这份礼物是给你的。 He was meant for [to be ]an electrician. 本来是准备把他培养成电工的。‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】27.  The Well Hotel stands in a quiet place       the main road at the far end of the lake.‎ ‎   A.  to         B.  for         C.  off        D.  out ‎【考点】介词辨析 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】off 意思是“离开...,隔着...”，表示与……隔着一定的距离。‎ ‎【2012四川卷】14. This training program can give you a lift at work, ____ increase your income by 40%.‎ A. as well as          B. so long as          C. so much as      D. as soon as ‎14.【答案与解析】 A  本题考查介词as构成的短语用法区别。A意为“除…之外（还有）；和”；B意为“只要”；C意为“与…一样多”（不用于肯定句）；D意为“一…就”。此题句意为：这个培训计划除了可以提高你的收入40%之外，还能够让你在工作方面得到提升。根据句意选A。‎ ‎【2012陕西卷】11．An agreement seems to be impossible because the majority of the committee members are ______________ it.‎ ‎       A . against            B. for            C .to             D. with ‎【答案】A ‎【考点】考查介词。‎ ‎【解析】所填介词与系动词be构成固定句型，意思是：反对，选A。be for支持，赞成；be to到达；be with和……在一起，都与句意不符。‎ ‎【2012届江苏省苏、锡、常、镇四市高三调研测试（一）】25. _____________ our foreign policy, we now have multiple threats, very few of which involve the traditional battles of the past.‎ A. In honour of    B. In terms of            C. In the form of        D. In defence of ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查介词短语的用法。此处In honour of用来纪念。。。； In terms of就。。。而言；谈到。。。；In the form of以。。。的形式；In defence of以保护。。。；此处为“就我们的外交政策而言。”‎ ‎【2012届吉林省吉林市高三第二次模拟】28. We must read not only between the lines, but sometimes ________ the lines so that we can fully understand the writer.‎ A. within        B. among                C. besides       D. beyond ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】查介词。此处beyond the lines意为“言外之意”。‎ ‎【2012届山东省菏泽重点高中高三下学期4月模拟】27. Some students often listen to music ___ ___  classes to refresh themselves.‎ A. between              B. among     C. over         D. during        ‎ ‎【答案】A ‎ ‎【解析】考查介词的用法。此处between意为“位于／处在／介于……之间”，表示两者或每两者之间的关系。between classes表示“课间”。among意为“在(多数)之中，在……中间”，表示三者或三者以上的人或物之间的关系，指“混合或掺杂在多数可分离的人或物之间”。over 意为“越过……”。during 意为“在……的期间，在……的时候”。‎ ‎【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】33．—You are so excellent.‎ ‎—I don’t understand what you mean      saying that.‎ ‎       A．by                      B．for                      C．of                       D．in ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查介词的用法。解题关键：句型what do you mean by 。。。句意：我不明白你那么说的意思。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】13. ___________ the consequences of the chemical leaks, the specialists haven’t given final conclusion before they obtain accurate statistics.‎ A. With regard to    B. As a result of       C. In spite of      D. In addition to ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查介词短语辨析。with regard to 意为“关于”；as a result of 意为“由于…的结果”；in spite of 意为“尽管”； in addition to 意为“除…之外”。 句意为：关于化学泄露所产生的后果，专家在拿到准确的数据之前，还没有给出最后结论。故选A。‎ ‎【2012届北京海淀区高三一模】29. --- I’m going to have lunch. Do you mind talking about your plan ____ lunch?‎ ‎---All right. I’ll wait here in the office.‎ A. after            B. before        C. over               D. until ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查介词题。在看到第一句话的时候本以为考查的是over在……同时的知识点，难度较高。例如：Could you please have a talk with me over a cup of coffee?你能和我喝杯咖啡说说话吗？表示在喝咖啡的同时说话。但是看到第二句话立刻晕倒，另一个人说在这里等，那明显是午饭后再谈，所以答案为A选项after。只要不胡乱添加中文意思，就不会误选B选项和D选项。‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】26．The director will by no means turn the actress away         all she is considered the most qualified for the role．‎ ‎       A．because of              B．regardless of           C．in spite of              D．despite of ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查介词短语的含义。句意：导演绝不会拒绝那个演员，因为她被认为是这个角色最合格的演员。‎ 五、重点考点原创精练 ‎1. There’s something _______ her that I really don’t like.‎ A. with                     B. for                       C. to                         D. about       ‎ ‎2. I was angry _______ him for keeping me waiting.‎ A. with                     B. to                         C. about                    D. on  ‎ ‎3. _______ going to French evening classes twice a week she does yoga on Wednesdays.‎ A. Because of            B. Except                  C. Besides                 D. But for  ‎ ‎4. _______ cooking, writing and running the farm, she was very busy.‎ A. Among                 B. Between               C. Over                    D. As   ‎ ‎5. _______ one old lady, the bus was empty.‎ A. Except                 B. Except for            C. But                      D. Besides  ‎ ‎6. They promise that the work would all be finished _______ next week.‎ A. until                     B. in                         C. by                        D. to    ‎ ‎7. We keep in touch _______ writing often.‎ A. with                     B. of                        C. on                        D. by  ‎ ‎8. They insisted _______ a car over to fetch us.‎ A. to send                 B. sending                 C. on sending            D. in sending  ‎ ‎9. We’ve talked a lot _______ cars. What about trains?‎ A. of                        B. with                     C. about                    D. in  ‎ ‎10. “How long have you been here?” “_______ the end of last month.”‎ A. In                        B. By                       C. At                        D. Since ‎ ‎11. The chemistry teacher required the students _______ more attention _______ the lab clean.‎ A. to pay, to keep      B. to paying, to keeping C. to pay, to keeping  D. paying, keeping  ‎ ‎12. “Is your car equal _______ hers in speed?” “No, mine is faster. But my old one equals _______ hers in speed.”‎ A. to, to                    B. 不填，不填         C. to, 不填               D. 不填，to ‎ ‎ ‎ 参考答案：1—5 DACBB  6—10 CDCCD  11—12 CC 十三、连词复习及配套巩固练习 连词在句中的作用是把词与词、短语与短语、句子与句子连接起来。它不能在句中单独作句子成分。‎ 连词按其性质可分为：‎ 一、并列连词 如：and, or, but, for, not only…but also, neither…nor, both…and, either…or, as well as等, 连接并列的词与词，短语与短语，句子与句子。‎ 如：Rice and potatoes are common foods. （词与词）‎ ‎ He can not only repair radios but also fix them./‎ ‎ Many trees lose their leaves in winter, but evergreen trees do not. （ 句子与句子）‎ ‎1. 并列连词的用法 ‎1). 表示转折关系的并列连词。这类连词主要有 but, yet 等。如：‎ Someone borrowed my pen, but I don’t remember who. 有人借了我的钢笔，但我不记得是谁了。‎ He said he was our friend, yet he wouldn’t help us. 他说他是我们的朋友，但却不肯帮助我们。‎ ‎2). 表示因果关系的并列连词。这类连词主要有 for, so 等。如：‎ The child had a bad cough, so his mother took him to the doctor. 这孩子咳得很利害，所以他妈妈带他去看医生。‎ You are supposed to get rid of carelessness, for it often leads to serious errors. 你们一定要克服粗枝大叶，因为粗枝大叶常常引起严重的错误。‎ 注意：for表示结果通常不能放句首，也不能单独使用。‎ ‎3). 表示并列关系的并列连词。这类连词主要有 and , or , either…or , neither…nor , not only…but (also) , both…and , as well as 等。如：‎ Both you and Jim are from England. ‎ Both New York and London have traffic problems. 纽约和伦敦都存在交通问题。‎ She can speak both French and English.‎ ‎ Neither my parents nor I am interested in pop music.        我父母和我都对流行音乐不感兴趣。‎ ‎ Neither you nor he knows how to answer the question.       你和他都不知道如何回答这个问题 ‎ The weather is mild today; it is neither hot nor cold. 今天天气很温暖，不冷也不热。‎ ‎ Not only the mother but also the children are ill.‎ ‎ He not only washed the clothes but also cleaned the room ‎ Helen as well as I is going to HK next week It is important for you as well as for me. 这对你和对我都很重要。‎ ‎ Her mother asks her to do the housework as well as (to) look after her sister. ‎ ‎ ‎ Either you or I am going there tomorrow.‎ Either you or she attends the meeting She is either drunk or mad.‎ He or his parents have some tickets for the film.‎ either…or 连接两个主语时，其谓语动词与相临近的一个主语相呼应，这也叫作就近原则。类似的用法还有or, neither… nor, not only…but also等。 ‎［误］ Not only Mary but also her brothers is going to dance. ‎［正］ Not only Mary but also her brothers are going to dance. ‎［析］ 由not only… but also…连接两个主语时，其重点在其后面的那一个主语，所以谓语形式应采用就近原则。 ‎［误］ The teacher as well as his students are coming. ‎［正］ The teacher as well as his students is coming. 注意: 由as well as, as much as, rather than , more than, no less than 等连接的并连主语 此时谓语动词通常与前面一个主语保持一致。如：‎ The teacher as well as the students has read it 不仅学生读过它，老师也读过。‎ The teacher rather than the students is to blame. 应受责备的是老师而不是学生。‎ ‎［误］ Tom does not swim nor play football. ‎［正］ Tom does not swim or play football. ‎［析］ nor主要用于连接句子的对等连词，如在否定句中连接某一部分时要用or, 但要注意句子的含意，如：This animal does not like a cow or a horse. 这个动物既不像牛也不像马。This animal does not like a cow but a horse. 这个动物不像牛而像马。 ‎［误］ Tom is our English teacher and teaching English in our school now. ‎［正］ Tom is our English teacher and is teaching English in our school now. ‎［析］ 并列句中常常在后面的句子中作一些省略，以免重复，但不是所有词都可作任意的省略的。当你连接的是两个系动词时，后面的那个系动词不可省略，也就是讲连接的部分不可省略。 ‎［误］ My father likes swimming and to collect stamps. ‎［正］ My father likes swimming and collecting stamps. ‎［析］ 由并列连词连接的两个部分要保持相等的语法结构。如是动名词则都用动名词，如用不定式则都应用不定式，这是初学者要注意的一点。 ‎［误］ We will go both to Beijing and Shanghai. ‎［正］ We will go to both Beijing and Shanghai. ‎［析］ 用both…and…作连接词时，其相连接的部分结构也要相同。‎ 二、从属连词的用法 ‎1. 引导时间状语从句的从属连词 ‎(1) 表示“当…时候”或“每当”的时间连词。主要的 when, while, as, whenever。如：‎ Don’t talk while you’re eating. 吃饭时不要说话。‎ Vegetables are best when they are fresh. 蔬菜新鲜时最好吃。‎ He came just as I was leaving. 我正要走时他来了。‎ ‎(2) 表示“在…之前(或之后)”的时间连词。主要的有before, after。如：‎ Try to finish your work before you leave. 离开前设法把工作做完。‎ He almost knocked me down before he saw me.他几乎把我撞倒才看见.‎ Before I could get in a word he had measured me.我还没来得及插话，他已经给我量好了尺寸。‎ After we have finished tea, we will sit on the grass. 喝完茶之后我们将坐在草地上。‎ ‎(3) 表示“自从”或“直到”的时间连词。主要的有since, until, till。如：‎ She’s been playing tennis since she was eight. 她从八岁起就打网球了。‎ Hold on until I fetch help. 坚持一下，等我找人来帮忙。‎ Never trouble trouble till trouble troubles you. (谚)不要无事惹事。‎ ‎(4) 表示“一…就”的时间连词。主要的有as soon as, the moment, the minute, the second, the instant, immediately, directly, instantly, once, no sooner…than, hardly…when等。如：‎ I’ll let you know as soon as I hear from her. 我一接她的信就通知你。‎ The moment I have finished I’ll give you a call. 我一干完就给你打电话。‎ I came immediately I heard the news. 我一听到这个消息，马上就来了。‎ Once you begin you must continue. 你一旦开始, 便不可停下来。‎ ‎(5) 表示“上次”、“下次”、“每次”等的时间连词。主要的有every time(每次)，each time(每次)，(the) next time(下次)，any time(随时)，(the) last time(上次)，the first time(第一次)。如：‎ I’ll tell him about it (the) next time I see him. 我下一次见到他时，我就把这个情况告诉他。‎ We lose a few skin cells every time we wash our hands. 每当我们洗手的时候，我们都要损失一些皮肤细胞。‎ You can call me any time you want to. 你随时都可以给我打电话。‎ 注意：every time, each time, any time前不用冠词，(the) next time, (the) last time中的冠词可以省略，而the first time中的冠词通常不能省略。‎ ‎2. 引导条件状语从句的从属连词。这类连词主要有if, unless, as so long as, in case 等。如：‎ Do you mind if I open the window? 我开窗你不介意吧?‎ Don’t come unless I telephone. 除非我打电话，否则你别来。‎ As long as you’re happy，it doesn’t matter what you do. 只要你高兴，你做什么都没关系。‎ In case it rains they will stay at home. 万一下雨，他们就呆在家里。‎ 注意：在条件状语从句中，通常要用一般现在时表示将来意义，而不能直接使用将来时态。不过，有时表示条件的 if之后可能用 will，但那不是将来时态, 而是表示意愿或委婉的请求(will为情态动词)。如：‎ If you will sit down for a few moments, I’ll tell the manager you’re here. 请稍坐, 我这就通知经理说您来了。‎ ‎3. 引导目的状语从句的从属连词。主要的有 in order that, so that, in case, for fear等。如：‎ They took a taxi in order that they could save time.‎ She repeated the instructions slowly in order that he should understand. ‎ 她把那些指示慢慢重复了一遍好让他听明白。‎ ‎ I got up early so that I could catch the first bus He raised his voice so that everyone could hear. 他提高了嗓音，以便每个人都能听见。‎ Take your umbrella (just) in case it rains. 带上雨伞，以防下雨。‎ ‎4. 引导结果状语从句的从属连词。主要的有so that, so…that, such…that等。如：‎ I went to the lecture early so that I got a good seat. 我去听演讲去得很早, 所以找个好座位。‎ The teacher explained very clearly so that we all understood. 老师解释得如此清楚，因此我们都听懂了 I am so tired that I can’t walk any longer.‎ He was so careless that he forgot to write his name on the paper. 他如此粗心以致试卷上忘了写名字。‎ It was such a warm day that we went out for a walk.‎ Dalian is such a beautiful city that a great many people go there for holidays. ‎ 大连是如此美丽的城市，因此很多人到那里度假。 ‎ I had so many falls that I was black and blue all over. ‎ 我摔了许多跤，以致于全身都是青一块紫一块的 ‎5. 引导原因状语从句的从属连词。主要的有because, as, since, seeing (that), now (that), considering (that) 等。‎ because 表直接原因，语气最强，用于回答why的问题，一般放在主句后，也可单独使用 ‎ I studied at home because I am tired since 表示的原国是大家已知，或显然的，强调说话者和听者都知道，也可译为“既然”‎ ‎ Since everyone is here, let’s start as 表示的原因为大家已知，可译为由于，从句说明原因，主语说明结果 ‎ As it’s raining, we take a taxi to go home.‎ for 表推测的原因，句子重心在for前的分句，也可以表示对主句的看法或解释。‎ ‎ It is going to rain, for it’s getting dark. ‎ ‎ He may be ill, for he is absent today He distrusted me because I was new. 他不信任我，因为我是新来的。‎ As you are sorry，I’ll forgive you. 既然你悔悟了，我就原谅你。‎ Since we’ve no money, we can’t buy it. 由于我们没钱，我们无法购买它。‎ Seeing that he’s ill he’s unlikely to come. 因为他病了，他大概不会来了。‎ Now that she has apologized, I am content. 既然她已经道了歉, 我也就满意了。‎ ‎6. 引导让步状语从句的从属连词。主要的有although, though, even though, even if, while, however, whatever, whoever, whenever, wherever等。如：‎ Although they are twins, they look entirely different. 他们虽是孪生, 但是相貌却完全不同。‎ I like her even though she can be annoying. 尽管她有时很恼人, 但我还是喜欢她。‎ You won’t move that stone, however strong you are. 不管你力气多大, 也休想搬动那块石头。‎ Whatever we have achieved, we owe to your support. 我们取得的一切成就都归功于你们的支持。‎ Whoever you are, you can’t pass this way. 不管你是谁，你都不能从这里通过。‎ Whenever I see him I speak to him. 每当我见到他，我都和他讲话。‎ ‎7. 引导方式状语从句的从属连词。主要的有as, as if, as though, the way等。如：‎ Why didn’t you catch the last bus as I told you to? 你怎么不听我的话赶乘末班公共汽车呢?‎ He bent the iron bar as if it had been made of rubber. 他将铁棍折弯，仿佛那是用橡皮做成的。‎ Nobody else loves you the way(=as) I do. 没有人像我这样爱你。‎ ‎8. 引导地点状语从句的从属连词。主要的有where, wherever, everywhere, anywhere等。如：‎ The church was built where there had once been a Roman temple. 这座教堂盖在一座罗马寺庙的旧址。‎ I’ll take you anywhere you like. 你想到哪儿我就带你到哪儿。‎ Everywhere I go，I find the same thing. 不管我走到哪里，我都发现同样情况。‎ ‎9. 引导比较状语从句的从属连词。主要的有than和as…as。如：‎ She was now happier than she had ever been. 现在她比过去任何时候都快活。‎ I glanced at my watch. It was earlier than I thought. 我看了看表，时间比我想像的早。‎ He doesn’t work as hard as she does. 他工作不像她那样努力。‎ ‎10. 引起名词从句的从属连词。主要有that, whether, if 等，它们用于引导主语从句、表语从句、宾语从句和同位语从句。其中that 不仅没不充当句子成分，而且没有词义，在句子中只起连接作用；而 if, whether 虽不充当句子成分，但有词义，即表示“是否”。如：‎ He replied that he was going by train. 他回答说他将坐火车去。‎ I wonder if it’s large enough. 我不知道它是否够大。‎ I worry about whether I hurt her feelings. 我为是否伤了她的感情而担心。 ‎ ‎ A. and B. but C. or D. though ‎ 三、重点考点原创精练 ‎1. The building must be saved, ______ the cost.‎ A. what                    B. which                   C. whatever               D. whichever ‎2. They kept trying ______ they must have known it was hopeless.‎ A. if                         B. because                 C. when                    D. where ‎3. _____ completed, the new railway will run for 250 miles.(when)‎ A. While                   B. When                   C. As                        D. Since ‎4. I’ll cook plenty of potatoes just ______ they decide to stay for dinner.‎ A. because                B. when                    C. in case                  D. since ‎5. Get out of there at once. _____ not, I’ll phone the police.(if)‎ A. Since                   B. If                         C. Why                     D. When ‎6. _____ I met him last week, it was the first time we had seen each other _____ we were at school.‎ A. When, that            B. When, since          C. Since, when          D. Since, that ‎7. _____ they’ve got to know each other a little better, they get along just fine.‎ A. Now that              B. Before                  C. If                         D. How ‎8. We’ve bought a cottage in the country for ____ we retire.‎ A. when                    B. if                         C. since                    D. that ‎9. ______ food is hard to find, few birds remain throughout the year.‎ A. Where                  B. What                    C. Whose                  D. Which ‎10. _____ she goes, there are crowds of people waiting to see her.‎ A. Wherever             B. However               C. Whichever            D. Whoever ‎ ‎11. We should report any incident, _____.‎ A. however serious or minor it is                B. how serious or minor is it C. it is how serious or minor                      D. it is however serious or minor ‎12. Would you care to wait here, sir, ______ the manager can see you?‎ A. when                    B. since                    C. until                     D. while ‎13. Marsha got so carried away when arguing with her husband ______ she hit him.‎ A. since                    B. and                      C. until                     D. that ‎14. It could be weeks ______ we know the full cost of the accident.‎ A. that                      B. since                    C. after                     D. before ‎15. She is getting better by degrees, but it will be some time ______ she is completely well.‎ A. that                      B. since                    C. when                    D. before ‎16. _____ we could afford it, we wouldn’t go abroad for our holidays.‎ A. Even                    B. If                         C. Even if                 D. Even as ‎17. She loves giving parties, and does so ______ she can find an excuse.‎ A. however               B. whatever               C. whichever             D. whenever ‎ ‎ 参考答案：1—5 CCBCB  6—10 BAAAA  11—15 ACDDD  16—17 CD 十四、名词性从句复习及配套巩固练习 ‎1.名词:表示人或事物的名称的词叫名词。‎ ‎2.名词在句子当中一般可以作什么成分?‎ The boy is Li Ming.‎ 主语 表语 Mr. Liang , a 24-year-old boy, teaches us English .‎ 主语 同位语 宾语 名词在句中主要作主语、宾语、表语和同位语。‎ 名词性从句在功能上相当于名词 主语:‎ His job is important.‎ What he does is important.‎ 表语:‎ This is his job.‎ This is what he does every day.‎ 宾语:‎ I don’t like his job.‎ I don’t like what he does every day.‎ 同位语:‎ I don’t know about the man, Mr. White.‎ I don’t know about the fact that he is a teacher.‎ 什么是名词性从句?‎ 在英语的句子结构中，本来该由名词充当的主语、宾语、表语和同位语，由一个句子来充当,这个句子就叫名词性从句。‎ 名词性从句 主语从句 ( The Subject Clause) 宾语从句 ( The Object Clause) 表语从句 ( The Predicative Clause) 同位语从句 ( The Appositive Clause)‎ 一 、主语从句： 在句中充当主语的从句叫做主语从句。‎ ‎1. 由that引导的主语从句：‎ that引导主语从句时不同于其他的连词，既无词义也不作成分，只起单纯的连接作用，且通常不可以省。为了强调that引导的主语从句而置之于句首时，that不可省。‎ ‎ ① That the driver could not control his car was obvious.‎ ‎ ② That she was chosen made us very happy.‎ ‎③ That he will come is certain.‎ ‎④ That he would take the risk is true.‎ ‎ ⑤ That he should have married her isn't surprising.‎ ‎ ⑥ That he will come here on Wednesday is certain. 他星期三来这里是肯定的。‎ It was obvious that the driver could not control his car.‎ It made us very happy that she was chosen.‎ It is certain that he will come.  ‎ It is true that he would take the risk.‎ ‎ It isn't surprising (that) he should have married her.‎ It is certain that he will come here on Wednesday ‎2. 由whether/if引导的主语从句，意为“是否”，只起连接作用，不充当任何成分。(置于句首时必须用whethe引导，置于句尾时，间或可用if。)‎ Whether he will win the game is not clear.‎ Whether he will come is uncertain.‎ Whether she comes or not doesn't concern me.‎ It is not clear whether/if he will come.‎ It was uncertain whether he would come.‎ ‎3. 连词代词what, who, which, whose等引导的主语从句。‎ ‎ 这些连接代词作用相当于代词，在从句中担当主语、宾语、表语、定语等。‎ What we need is more time.‎ Who was responsible for the accident is not yet clear.‎ Whose book it is is not important.‎ Which school you want to go matters much.‎ ‎4. 连接副词when, where, why, how引导的主语从句。‎ ‎     这些连接副词相当于副词，在从句中充当状语。‎ Why he did this is not known.‎ When he will come is still unknown.‎ It is not known why he did this.‎ How he succeeded is unknown to us.‎ Where we should hold the meeting needs to be discussed.‎ 注意 wh-引导的主语从句也常用it作形式主语。‎ ‎5. 也可用whatever,whoever,whomever,whenever,wherever等词引导主语从句，表示“无论什么”、“无论谁”、“无论何时”、“无论在（到）哪里”等。‎ Whoever told you to give up smoking was quite right.‎ Whatever he gave you should be handed in.‎ Whoever told you that was lying.‎ Whoever comes is welcome.‎ 小结：‎ 一、主语从句的语序 ‎（1） 主语从句构成有两种 A: That + 陈述句 That light travels in straight lines is known to all.‎ B: 疑问词+句子的剩余成分 How he was successful is still a puzzle.‎ ‎1. It is certain that he will succeed.‎ ‎2. It is not known whether he will go there.‎ ‎3. It has not been decided yet when they’ll start the project.‎ 在实际应用中，常用it作形式主语，而将真正的主语的that从句后置，如以下四种不同的结构：‎ It + be + 形容词 ＋ that从句 It is necessary that… 有必要…‎ It is important that …. 重要的是…‎ It is obvious that…… 很明显……‎ 注意：从句语气要用虚拟语气 Eg. It is necessary that a new plan should be designed at once.‎ It + be + -ed分词 ＋ that从句 It is believed that… 人们相信…‎ It is known to us/all that …. 众所周知…‎ It has been decided that…… 已经决定……‎ Eg. It’s reported that no one was killed in the earthquake. ‎ It + be + 名词 ＋ that从句 It is common knowledge that… …是常识 It is a surprise that …. 令人惊奇的是…‎ It is a fact that…… 事实是……‎ ‎(1) It is a pity that we can’t go.‎ ‎(2) It is no surprise that our team should have won the game.‎ It + 不及物动词 ＋ that从句 It appears that… 似乎…‎ It happens that …. 碰巧…‎ It occurred to me that…… 我突然想起……‎ 练习 ‎1.It worried her a bit _______ her hair was turning gray. ‎ A .while B. that C. if D. for ‎2.It is generally considered unwise to give a child ________ he or she wants. ‎ A .however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever ‎3. It remains a question ____ we can get so much money in such a short time.‎ A。how B. that C. when D. what ‎4. It is known to us ___ where there is pollution, there is harm.‎ ‎ A. which B. where C. what D. that ‎5. It is suggested that we ________ to the park later.‎ ‎ A. will go B. went C. go D. has gone ‎6. It remains a question ____ we can get so much money in such a short time. ‎ A .how B. that C. when D. what 二 、表语从句:在句中充当表语的从句(即放在be等系动词后面)叫做表语从句。‎ ‎ 一般结构是“主语＋连系动词＋表语从句”。可以接表语从句的连系动词有be, look, remain, seem等。引导表语从句的that不可省略。另外，常用的还有the reason is that… 和It is because 等结构。‎ ‎ 例如：问题是它是否值得做。‎ ‎ The question is whether it is worth 注意：表语从句表示“是否” 只用“whether” 而不用“if”‎ His first question was whether Holmes had arrived yet.‎ The trouble is that we are short of money.‎ ‎   That's what we should do.‎ ‎     That's why I want to see you.‎ ‎   It was because I got up late.‎ ‎  I looks as if it is going to rain.‎ ‎ The question is who can complete the difficult task. ‎ ‎ The problem is how we can get there on time. ‎ 试区分以下句子 Is this museum what you visited? (表从)‎ Is this the museum that you visited? (定从)‎ Is this museum the one that you visited? (定从)‎ 注意：这种句子考试时一定要记住这句话：名词前（尤其是单数可数名词前）一定要有限定词。然后把句子变换成陈述句，接着判断句子是属于哪种从句再完成。‎ practice ‎1. The question is ____the film is worth seeing.‎ ‎ A. if B. what C. whether D. how ‎ ‎2. The reason ____ I have to go is ____ my mother is ill in bed.‎ ‎ A .why; why B. why; because C. why ; that D. that; because ‎3. ___ I can’t understand is ___ she wants to change her mind.‎ ‎ A. What; why B. Which; how C. That; why D. What; because ‎4. I had neither a raincoat nor an umbrella. That’s ______ I got well all through.‎ A. how B. because C. why D. that ‎5. He is absent today. That’s ______ he is ill.‎ A. when B. because C. why D. that ‎6-----Are you still thinking about yesterday's game?‎ ‎-----oh, that's _______ ‎ A、what makes me feel excited ‎ ‎ B、whatever I feel excited about C、how I feel about it ‎ ‎ D、when I feel excited ‎7．Why not try your luck downtown Bob？That’s ______ the best jobs are。‎ ‎ A、where B、what C、when D、why ‎ ‎8. See the flags on top of the building? That was ______we did this morning. ‎ A、 when   B. which    C. where   D. what ‎9.The problem is_______ he has enough time. ‎ ‎ A. if B. whether C./ D. that ‎10.Go and get your coat. It's_ ______you left it. ‎ ‎ A .there B. where C. there were D. where there 三、同位语从句 ：同位语从句也名词性从句中的一种，而且与定语从句相似。不同的是：先行词的关系不同。定语从句是修饰先行词的；而同位语从句与先行词等同。引导词常用 “that”。 常见的同位语从句的先行词：fact, news, answer, wish, hope, idea, question, thought, theory, belief, doubt, explanation…‎ I had no idea that you were here.‎ ‎ The story goes that William killed his wife.‎ He always works hard in spite of the fact that he is not in good health.‎ ‎  Suddenly the thought came to me that he would go blind.‎ 同位语从句需注意的问题:‎ ‎ 1. 同位语从句的引导词通常用that，不能省略。‎ ‎2. 有时也用疑问代词who, which, what 或疑问副词when, where, why 引导。‎ ‎3. that 在句中不作成分，其它引导词都能充当一定的成分。‎ ‎4. 同位语所表达的含义与先行词等同。‎ ‎5. 先行词多为抽象名词，如： fact, news, answer, wish, hope, idea, question, thought, theory, belief, doubt, explanation, problem, information…‎ 同位语从句与定语从句的区别：‎ ‎1. 同位语从句和定语从句相似，二者都有先行词。同位语从句是对先行词的进一步陈述，和先行词是同等的关系，含义相同。定语从句是对先行词的修饰或限制。‎ ‎2. 同位语从句表示先行词的内容是什么，进一步说明先行词。定语从句与先行词之间是所属关系，表示“ …的 ” ，起修饰作用。‎ ‎3. 同位语从句的“ that ” 不能省略。定语从句的关系代词“ that ” 在从句中作宾语时可以省略。‎ ‎4 同位语从句的先行词是一个含有概念的抽象名词，从句对这一概念进行展开或说明。‎ 同位语从句和定语从句的异同与辨析： ‎ ‎1.正确使用同位语从句的关连词；‎ ‎2.正确运用同位语从句的先行词；‎ ‎3.能正确认识并正确翻译同位语从句。‎ 同位语从句和定语从句比较练习 ‎1. I heard about the news that he got a full mark in this examination.（同位语从句）‎ ‎2. This is good news that I heard from Mary. （定语从句）‎ ‎3. He can’t answer the question how he got the money. （同位语从句）‎ ‎4. This is an easy question that he answered in class. （定语从句）‎ 四、宾语从句：宾语从句就是在复合句中作宾语的名词性从句，通常放在主句谓语动词（及物动词）或介词之后。‎ I don’t like his job.‎ I don’t like what he does every day.‎ ‎1．由that引导的宾语从句（that 通常可以省略）,如： I heard that he joined the army. 我听说他参军了。‎ Our success depends upon how well we can cooperate with one another We decided that we would help him. The boy believes that he will travel through space to other planets.‎ He said (that) the book was very interesting and that(不省略) all the children like to read it.他说那本书很有趣，所有小孩都喜欢读。‎ He told me that he was leaving for Japan. ‎ ‎2. 由whether,if 引导的宾语从句：‎ ‎ We discussed whether we had a sports meeting next week。‎ ‎ He asked if I didn’t come to school yesterday. ‎ ‎ I can’t say whether or not that can come on time. ‎ ‎ I’m thinking of whether we should go to see the film. 。‎ ‎3. 由连接代词和连接副词引导的宾语从句：连接代词who,whom,whose,which,what在句中担任主语、宾语、定语或者表语，连接副词when,where,why,how，在句中担任状语。‎ ‎ She did not know what had happened. ‎ ‎ I gave her what she wanted. ‎ ‎ Can you tell me whom you are waiting for?‎ ‎ I don't know who he is. ‎ ‎ Please tell me which you like. 告诉我你喜欢哪一个 ‎ I asked how he was getting on. 我问他情况怎样。‎ He asked when the train would get in. 他问火车什么时候进站。‎ He asked me where I was going. 他问我到哪儿去。‎ ‎ She asked why he was silent. 她问他为什么一言不发。‎ ‎4. 宾语从句的时态与主句的时态须呼应：‎ ‎ 1) 当主句谓语动词的时态是现在时或将来时，从句的谓语动词可用任何所需要的时态表示。如：‎ He always says that he is our good friend. 他总是说他是我们的好朋友。‎ When the teacher knows what we have done, he will say that we have done a good deed. 当老师知道我们所干的事情时，他会说我们做了一件好事。‎ ‎2) 当主句谓语动词的时态为过去时，从句的谓语动词须用相应的过去时。如：‎ He didn’t tell us he came from Shanghai. 他没有告诉我们他来自上海。‎ I saw she was talking with her mother He asked whether his father would come back tomorrow. ‎ He said he had read the book. 他说他读过这本书。‎ ‎3) 但当从句的内容是客观真理或客观事实，而不受时间的限制时，即使主句谓语动词为过去时，从句仍用一般现在时。‎ When we were children, we were told that China is in the east of the world. ‎ 我们还是小孩子的时候，人们就告诉我们说中国在世界的东方。‎ ‎ The teacher said that the sun rises in the east,and sets in the west.‎ ‎ Our teacher told us (that) light travels faster than sound in yesterday’s class.‎ ‎5. 宾语从句的语序用陈述语序:‎ ‎ His brother asks when he will go to the library .‎ ‎ I don’t know what he wants to buy .‎ Do you know if/whether the students had a picnic last Sunday ?‎ Translation（翻译练习）‎ ‎1. The idea that the problem will be settled is wrong.‎ ‎ 问题能解决这个观点是错误的。‎ ‎（同位语从句， The idea 与 problem will be settled 等同。）‎ ‎2. The idea that he put forward is wrong.‎ ‎ 他提出的这个观点是错误的。‎ ‎（定语从句，the idea 是名词，从句是修饰该名词的。）‎ ‎3. We expressed the hope that they would come and visit China again.‎ ‎ 我们表达了希望他们能再来中国的愿望。（同位语从句，the hope 与从句they would come and visit China 等同。）‎ ‎４. We hope that they would come and visit China again.‎ ‎　我们希望他们能再来中国。 ‎ ‎（宾语从句，hope 是动词，从句是 hope 的宾语宾语。）‎ 名词性从句九大高考热点分析 名词性从句包括主语从句、宾语从句、表语从句和同位语从句。因为它是从句，因此具有句子的结构特点（即有一套主谓成份）；同时又具有名词性特点，所以可以在复合句中作主语、宾语、表语或同位语。名词性从句是中学英语学习的重点，也是高考的主要考点之一。我们必须弄懂和掌握以下热点问题。‎ 一、连接词what与that的用法区别。‎ 引导主、宾、表语从句时，what要充当主语、宾语或表语等句子成分，that不作任何成分，只在语法上起连接的作用。例如 ‎____ we can’t get seems better than ____ we have.‎ A. What; what B. what; that C. That; that D. That; what 解析：本句包含一个主语从句和一个宾语从句，且两个从句都缺乏宾语，可见两个引导词都必须充当成分，所以答案是A。‎ 又如：____ caused the accident is still a complete mystery.‎ A. What B. That C. How D. Where 解析：该题答案是A，what在主语从句中作主语，即作谓语动词caused的执行者。在下面的例句中，that不充当任何成份，只起语法连接作用（因为句子本身不缺成分）：‎ ‎ That the former Iraq president Saddam was captured has been proved.‎ 二、  连接词whether和if的用法区别。‎ 通常，引导主语从句、表语从句和引导同位语从句时，要用连词whether，不用if；习惯上也只能说whether or not，而不说if …or not。例如：‎ ‎____ the 2000 Olympic Games will be held in Beijing is not known yet.‎ A. Whenever B. If C. Whether D. That 解析：试题中的从句位于句首，不难知道这是一个主语从句，所以答案是C。但是在宾语从句中表达“是否”既可用if也可用whether。‎ 三、  名词性从句的语序。‎ 与别的从句一样，名词性从句必须用陈述语序。例如:‎ No one can be sure ____ in a million years.‎ A. what man will look like B. what will man look like ‎ C. man will look like what D. what look will man like 解析：由于从句不能倒装，所以答案只能是A。又如：‎ You can’t imagine ____ when they received these nice Christmas presents.‎ A. how they were excited B. how excited they were C. how excited were they D. they were how excited ‎ 解析：答案是B。同时还须注意，从句的引导词必须始终置于句首，而且how和被修饰的词excited不能分裂开。‎ 四、形式主语、形式宾语。‎ 当主语从句较长，而谓语较短时，常常将从句后置，而用it作为形式主语，置于句首。‎ 动词后接复合宾语，也可用it作形式宾语。例如:‎ ‎____ is a fact that English is being accepted as an international language. ‎ A. There B. This C. That D. It 解析：所需词至于句首，同时后面有that-从句（逻辑主语），可见这里应该用形式主语it,所以答案是D。think, find, consider, believe, feel等动词后常带复合宾语。例如：‎ Many people think it possible that a trade war between EU and the States will happen.‎ 五、  Who / whoever, what / whatever等的用法区别。‎ 一般说来，what/who等含特指意义，而whatever/whoever等含泛指意义，意为“无论什么/无论谁”。例如：‎ It is generally considered unwise to give a child ____ he or she wants.‎ A. however B. whatever C. whichever D. whenever 解析：答案是B，whatever引导一个宾语从句，并且作wants的宾语。这里的whatever不能改成what，因为题意想表达的显然是“无论孩子要什么就给他/她什么事不明智的”，具有泛指的概念。同时要注意，这里whatever也不能改用no matter what，因为后者只能引导状语从句。又如：‎ ‎____ has helped to save the drowning girl is worth praising.‎ A. Who B. The one C. Anyone D. Whoever 解析：答案是D，whoever意为“无论谁”，表泛指。比较下例：‎ I can’t remember at the moment who has said the words. （这里的who表特定的某人）‎ 六、  where, when, why等连接副词引导的名词性从句。‎ where, when, why等连接副词也可以引导名词性从句，使用的关键是：这个词必须符合句子的逻辑意义要求。例如：‎ ‎—       I drove to Zhuhai for the air show last week.‎ ‎—       Is that ____ you had a few days off?‎ A. why B. when C. that D. where ‎ 解析：答案是A，why引导的从句作表语，同时why在从句中作原因状语。这里之所以选why，而不是when或 where等，唯一的依据便是句子的逻辑含义，及语境。又如（MET94）；‎ ‎—Do you remember ____ he came?‎ ‎—Yes, I do, he came by car.‎ A. How B. when C. that D. if 解析：答案是A，从答语 “he came by car”可知这里问的是“he”来的方式，所以用how引导。‎ 七．“介词+who(m)引导的宾语从句”与“介词+ whom”引导的定语从句的区别。‎ 介词后面的引导词用主格还是宾格，决定于它在宾语从句中作主语还是宾语。例如：‎ It was a matter of ____ would take the position.‎ A. who B. whoever C. whom D. whomever 解析：答案是A。这是一个含宾语从句的复合句，作介词of宾语的，是后面的整个句子，而不是宾语从句的引导词，由于这里引导词在从句中作主语，所以要用主格who（作宾语时自然要用whom）。比较下例：‎ Our country has thousands of excellent scientists, most of whom have received higher education at home.‎ 这是一个“介词+关系代词”引导的定语从句；引导定语从句的是“most of+关系代词”而不只是这个关系代词，同时这个引导词又作介词of的宾语，所以要用宾格whom。（注意与介词后面的宾语从句的引导词的用法进行比较和区别。）‎ 八、连接词that的省略。‎ 引导宾语从句时，that通常可以省略，但引导主语、表语和同位语从句时，that不能省。例如：‎ China’s success in manned-spacecraft travel shows ____ our country has become one of the greatest powers in space research. ‎ A. what B. which C. 不填 D. it that 解析：该句中的从句作shows的宾语，是宾语从句，又因为从句中不缺主、宾语，所以只能用that引导；又因引导宾语从句时that可以省略，所以答案是C。‎ 九、同位语从句引导词where, when的用法特点。‎ 说明先行词内容的同位语从句的引导词where, when与被说明的名词在概念上不一致。但引导定语从句的引导词却必须保持一致。是比较：‎ Then arose the question ____ we were to get so much money.‎ This the house ____ the great man Mao Zedong was born 110 years ago.‎ A. where B. that C. about which D. in which 解析：答案分别是(1) A (2) A/D。先行词与where, when概念一致时，是定语从句，（2）中的house与where同表地点，且这个关系副词where或when可以用“介词+which”的形式代替，所以答案A 和D都可以引导。（1）题中的question与where不表同一概念，可见是同位语从句，所以where不能改用“介词+which”的形式。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012辽宁卷】34.  The newcomer went to the library the other day and scarched for               he could find about Mark Twain.‎ ‎    A.  wherever         B.  however       C. whatever       D. whichever ‎【考点】连词用法。‎ ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】介词for后面加的是宾语从句，且从句中find缺少宾语，所以用whatever，选C项 ‎【2012四川卷】17. Scientists study ____ human brains work to make computers.‎ A. when              B. how                C. that           D. whether ‎【答案】 B ‎ ‎【考点】本题考查名词性从句。‎ ‎【解析】句意为：科学家研究人类大脑是如何工作以制造出电脑的。根据句意，故答案选B。‎ ‎【2012江西卷】25．It suddenly occurred to him       he had left his keys in the office.‎ ‎       A．whether    B．where       C．which       D．that ‎【答案】D　　‎ ‎【考点】考察名词性从句当中的主语从句。‎ ‎【解析】it作形式主语，真正的主语为that he had left his keys in the office。且that 在句中无意义，并不充当任何成分。‎ ‎【2012浙江卷】4.       I made a promise to myself______       this year, my first year in high school, would be different.‎ A. whether     B. what   C. that     D. how ‎【考点】名词性从句—同位语从句 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】that引导同位语从句，在从句中不做句子成分，补充说明同位语promise的内容。‎ ‎【2012安徽卷】27.The limits of a person’s intelligence,generally speaking, are fixed at birth, but     ‎ ‎  he reaches these limits will depend on his environment.‎ ‎ A. where        B. whether     C.  that     D.   why ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】首先把插入语generally speaking删掉，选择B.本题考查名词性从句，but whether he reaches these limits 【作为句子主语】will depend on his environment.‎ ‎【考点】考查名词性从句。‎ ‎【2012全国新课程】24. It is by no means clear       the president can do to end the strike.‎ A. how                             B. which C. that                              D. what ‎【答案】D 【解析】此处it是形式主语，what引导的是主语从句，作真正的主语。What作do的宾语。句意：总统采取什么行动结束这次罢工一点也不清楚。‎ ‎【考点】考查主语从句的连接词。‎ ‎【2012山东卷】25. It doesn’t matter ________ you pay by cash or credit card in this store.‎ A. how                                B. whether                   ‎ C. what                               D. why ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】此处it是形式主语，后面whether...or…引导的主语从句是真正的主语，whether...or…意为：是…还是…都行。句意：在这个商店中用现金或信用卡支付都可以。‎ ‎【考点】考查主语从句的连接词。‎ ‎【2012福建卷】35. We promise       attends the party a chance to have a photo taken with the movie star.‎ A. who    B. whom     C. whoever    D. whomever ‎【考点】本句考查连词的辨析 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】首先本句考查的关键短语是promise sb sth“向某人承诺某事“本句指的是向参加聚会的人提供一个和电影明星合影的机会，不定式做chance的定语，然后就是参加聚会的任何人whoever=anyone who，这样句子就很清晰了，所以划分句子成分非常关键，以前考察whoever都是做状语，而本题考查的是作promise的宾语，挺新颖的。‎ ‎【2012届河北省普通高考模拟】28．You are sure to know the result，but that’s_______everybody has finished their work．‎ A. when                     B. why       C. before               D. until ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查表语从句的连接词。句意：你们一定会知道结果，但应是在每个人都完成他们的工作的时候。‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】32．          to gain access to seats at college       the seniors are working hard．‎ ‎       A．That is；       B．It is；that       C．What is；that D．Which is；why ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查名词性从句的用法。此处it是形式主语，that the seniors are working hard是真正的主语从句。 ‎ ‎【2012届江西省上饶市第一次高考模拟】33．          he talked about it to reporters surprised me．‎ ‎       A．／    B．That        C．Whether   D．What ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查主语从句的连接词。此处that不作成分，没有意思，只起连接作用。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】9．We must bear in mind when we watch TV or surf the Internet or talk on the phone ___ we are enjoying the fruits of man's labor．‎ ‎       A．as            B．that             C．while               D．because ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查宾语从句的连接词。此处that we are enjoying the fruits of man's labor when we watch TV or surf the Internet or talk on the phone是宾语从句。‎ ‎【2012届甘肃省高三第一次高考诊断】17．--- I don't know ____ makes her different from others．‎ ‎    ---Confidence, I think.‎ ‎     A．how is it that       B．how it is that       C．what is it that     D．what it is that ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查宾语从句及强调句型。此处know后为宾语从句，宾语从句中有强调句型。句意：---我不知道究竟是什么使他与众不同。---我认为是自信。‎ ‎【2012届贵州师大附中高三年级检测】18. Water, which seems so simple and common, is ______ makes life possible.‎ ‎   A. what                                B. that                         ‎ C. which                          D. how ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查名词性从句的连接词。句意：水是使生命出现成为可能的东西。‎ ‎【2012届山西太原五中4月月考】22. The boss refused to sell the car for ________ he thought was not satisfactory.‎ A. that    B. which        C. how   D. what ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查宾语从句的连接词。此处he thought为插入语，what作宾语从句的主语。句意：那位老板拒绝以不满意的价钱买车。‎ ‎【2011届江苏省苏、锡、常、镇四市高三调研测试（一）】29. Golf is rapidly becoming more popular. Near some towns and cities new courses are being built in ___________.‎ ‎    A. what is farmland                      B. what farmland is C. what farmland was                     D. what was farmland ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查宾语从句的连接词。此处what was farmland作介词in的宾语。句意：高尔夫球很快变得受欢迎。附近城镇新的高尔夫球场正在曾经是农田的地方建设。‎ ‎【2012届吉林省吉林市高三第二次模拟】25．I’ll take seriously ___________ advice you put forward.‎ ‎       A. whatever       B. however                C. whichever       D. whenever ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查名词性从句：宾语从句缺定语（无范围）“无论你提出什么样的建议，我 都会当回事。”‎ ‎【2012届山东省菏泽重点高中高三下学期4月模拟】32. The traditional view is _______ we sleep because our brain is “programmed” to make us do so.‎ A. when                       B. why                         C. whether                    D. that ‎【答案】 D  ‎ ‎【解析】that引导表语从句，在从句中只起连接作用，不作任何成分。we sleep because our brain is “programmed” to make us to so是一个完整的句子，所以要用that引导。when和where在表语从句中作状语，分别表示“在……的时候”和“在……地方”。whether意为“是否”。‎ ‎【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】28．He thought       mattered most in improving your spoken English was enough confidence and practice.‎ ‎       A．Why B．What C．Which      D．That ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查宾语从句的连接词。此处what作宾语从句的主语。句意：他认为提高英语口语的关键是有足够的信心和练习。‎ ‎【河南省郑州市2012届英语信息卷（三）】5. It seems ______ the company Dubai World is unlikely to survive in this serious financial crisis.‎ ‎ A. like if     B. because of      C. as if      D. for that ‎【答案】C ‎ ‎【解析】考查名词性从句。句意为“看起来好像迪拜世界集团不太可能在这个严重的经济危机中生存下来。”seem as if+从句“看起来好像”。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】12. The world’s population hit 7 billion on Monday among celebrations and concerns about_______ the growing number of people will affect the earth’s resources.‎ A. why                B. how                        C. whether         D. what ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查连词辨析。分析句子可知空格处引导宾语从句，从句已为完整句子，考虑连接副词，根据句意应选B。句意：在各种仪式中，世界人口在星期一达到了七十亿，也引起了人们对日益增长的人口究竟会如何影响地球的资源这一问题的关注。‎ 十五、定语从句复习及配套巩固练习 ‎ 一、定语从句的概念 ‎    在复合句中，修饰某一名词或代词的从句叫定语从句。被修饰的名词或代词叫先行词，定语从句一般放在先行词的后面。‎ ‎ The boy is Harry Porter ‎ The boy who is wearing glasses is Harry Porter .‎ Harry Porter is a smart boy.‎ Harry Porter is a boy who has magic power.‎ ‎ The boy who is reading is Tom.‎ 二、关系代词的用法：‎ ‎    1. who，whom用于指人，who 用作主语，whom用作宾语。在口语中，有时可用who代替whom， 也可省略。例如：‎ The man who is speaking at the meeting is a worker.‎ The girl who often helps me with my English is from England.‎ These are the students who / that won the first place last year.‎ She is the girl whom /who you talked to just now ?‎ Yesterday, I happened to meet the professor who ( whom ) I got to know at a party.‎ The woman whom they wanted to visit is a teacher.‎ ‎  2. which用于指物，在句中作主语或宾语，作主语不可省略，作宾语可省略。例如：‎ The building which stands near the train station is a supermarket.位于火车站附近的那座大楼是一家超市。‎ ‎ The film（which）we saw last night was wonderful. 我们昨天晚上看的那部电影很好看。（作宾语）‎ ‎3．whose指人或物, 在定语从句中作定语 。‎ ‎ This is the little girl whose parents were killed in the great earthquake.‎ ‎ We live in a house whose windows face south.‎ ‎4. that 既可以用于指人，也可以用于指物。在从句中作主语或宾语，作主语时不可省略，作宾语可省略。例如：‎ ‎   Mary likes music that is quiet and gentle.玛丽喜欢轻柔的音乐。（that作主语）‎ ‎ The coat（that）I put on the desk is blue.我放在桌子上的那件外套是蓝色的。（that作宾语）‎ ‎ A plane is a machine that can fly.‎ ‎ He is the man (that) I told you about。‎ 三、关系词只能用that的情况：‎ ‎ a. 先行词被序数词或形容词最高级所修饰，或本身是序数词、基数词、形容词最高级时，只能用that，而不用which.例如：‎ ‎    He was the first person that passed the exam. 他是第一个通过考试的人。‎ ‎ The TV tower is the highest building that has been built in this city.‎ The first lesson that I learned will never be forgotten.‎ b. 被修饰的先行词为all， any， much， many， everything， anything， none， the one等不定代词时，只能用that，而不用which.例如：‎ ‎ Is there anything that you want to buy in the shop？ 你在商店里有什么东西要买吗？‎ This is all that I want from the school.‎ Have you any books that are worth reading? 你有值得看的书吗？‎ c. 先行词被the only， the very， the same， the last， little， few 等词修饰时，只能用that，而 不用which.例如：‎ ‎    This is the same bike that I lost.这就是我丢的那辆自行车。‎ ‎ This is the very book that I am looking for these days.‎ ‎ d. 先行词里同时含有人或物时，只能用that， 而不用which.例如：‎ ‎    I can remember well the persons and some pictures that I saw in the room.我能清楚记得我在那个房间 所见到的人和一些照片。‎ ‎  e . 以who或which引导的特殊疑问句，为避免重复，只能用that.例如：‎ ‎    Who is the girl that is crying？ 正在哭泣的那个女孩是谁？‎ f. 主句是there be 结构，修饰主语的定语从句用that，而不用which.例如：‎ ‎     There is a book on the desk that belongs to Tom. 桌子上那本书是汤姆的。‎ 四、关系词只能用which，而不用that 的情况：‎ ‎ a. 先行词为that，those时，用which， 而不用that.例如：‎ ‎    What’s that which is under the desk？ 在桌子底下的那些东西是什么？‎ ‎ b. 关系代词前有介词时，一般用which，而不用that.例如：‎ ‎    This is the room in which he lives. 这是他居住的房间。‎ ‎ c. 引导非限制性定语从句，用which， 而不用that.例如：‎ ‎    Tom came back，which made us happy. 汤姆回来了，这使我们很高兴。 ‎ 五、关系副词的用法：‎ ‎  （1）when指时间，其先行词表示时间，在句中作时间状语。例如：‎ ‎    This was the time when he arrived.这是他到达的时间。‎ ‎ I still remember the day when (= on which) I first came to Nanjing.‎ ‎ My father was born in the year when (= in which) World War Ⅱ broke out.‎ ‎   （2）where指地点，其先行词表示地点，在句中作地点状语。例如：‎ ‎     This is place where he works.这是他工作的地点。‎ ‎ This is the farm where (= on which) we worked when we were young.‎ ‎ The school where (= in which) his mother teaches is in the west of the city.‎ ‎   （3）why 指原因，其先行词是原因，起原因状语作用。例如：‎ ‎    Nobody knows the reason why he is often late for school. 没人知道他为什么上学总迟到。‎ ‎ There are several reasons why (= for which) the boys should be punished.‎ ‎ Tom couldn’t give the teacher the reason why (= for which) he was late for school.‎ 六、.引导定语从句的关系副词：‎ ‎ When=on(in,during…)which 关系副词 where=on(in,in front of…)which ‎ Why=for which ‎1) October 1, 1949 was the day when (on which) China was founded.‎ ‎ 2) Beijing is the place where (from which) I came. ‎ ‎ 3) Is this the reason why (for which) he didn’t want to see me?‎ ‎ 4) Is this the room where(in which ) we were living last winter?‎ ‎ 5) The days are gone when (during which )we used “foreign oil”.‎ ‎ 6) Yesterday, we had a meeting where (at which) we discussed many problems.‎ ‎ 七、介词＋关系代词”引导定语从句：‎ ‎ 1. 介词+ whom(指人)‎ ‎ In the dark street, there wasn’t a single person to whom she could turn for help. （turn to sb. for help）‎ 在黑暗的街上，她找不到一个人来帮助她。‎ The man with whom you shook hands just now is our English teacher. （shake hands with sb. ）‎ 刚才你和他握手的那个人是我们的英语老师。‎ The man to whom you spoke was a scientist. (speak to)‎ He is the man on whom you can rely. (rely on)‎ This is the pilot for whom I bought a camera. （意思是：I bought a camera for the pilot. ）这就是我 他买相机的那位飞行员。  ‎ ‎ This is the pilot with whom my brother has worked for ten years. （意思是：‎ ‎ My brother has worked with the pilot for ten years. ）这就是和我弟弟一起工作了十年的那位飞行员。  ‎ ‎ This is the pilot by whom my son was saved. （意思是：My son was saved by this pilot. ）这就是救了我儿子的那位飞行员。‎ ‎2. 介词+ which（指物）‎ ‎ He has found a good job for which he is qualified.他找到了一份他能胜任的工作。 ‎（qualify + 名词+for意为“使……具有……资格”） The man to whom you talked just now will chair the meeting tomorrow. 你刚才与他谈话的那个人明天主持那个会议。‎ ‎（talk to+名词意为“与某人谈话”）‎ He is bargaining with the landlord over the monthly price at which the apartment rents. ‎ 他在与房东就那套公寓出租的月租金进行磋商。‎ ‎（名词+rent at+表示价格的词意为“某物以某价格出租”）‎ ‎ I will never forget the day on which I joined the League ‎ I don’t believe the reason for which he was late for school.‎ ‎ This is the dictionary for which I paid $5. （pay for）‎ Is this the car for which you paid a high price? （pay for）这是你花大价钱买的车吗？ ‎ ‎3. 介词+ whose + n.‎ ‎ He is a man from whose house the pictures were stolen ‎ Jack was a famous doctor，with whose help they succeed in an operation.‎ ‎ Our English teacher, with whose help we have made great progress in English, has completed thirty years of teaching.‎ ‎4. 介词+ which + n.‎ ‎ He lived in London for three months, during which time he learned some English.‎ 注意：.当介词位于定语从句的末尾时，可用that/which(指物)，that/whom/who(指人)作介词的宾语，而且作介词宾语的关系代词往往省略。如： This is the hero (that/who/whom)we are proud of.这就是我们引以为豪的英雄。 This is the pen ( that/which)I wrote the letter with.这就是我用来写信的那枝笔。‎ ‎ 【高考链接】‎ ‎1. George Orwell ____ was Eric Arthur, wrote many political novels and essays.‎ A. the real name B. what his real name C. his real name D. whose real name 解析: 答案D。 whose real name = the real name of whom.‎ ‎2. What surprised me was not what he said but _______ he said it. ‎ A. the way B. in the way that C. in the way D. the way which 解析: 答案A。the way后的定语从句可用in which或that引导, 也可全省略。‎ ‎3. Luckily, we’d brought a road map without _____ we would have lost our way. ‎ A. it B. that C. this D. which 解析: 答案D。without + which引导定语从句。‎ ‎4. The English play _____ my students acted at the New Year’s party was a great success. ‎ ‎ A. for which B. at which C. in which D. on which ‎5. Recently I bought an ancient Chinese vase, ___ was very reasonable. ‎ ‎ A. Which price B. the price of which C. its price D. the price of whose ‎5. 注意下面几点特殊情况：‎ ‎1. 含有介词的动词短语一般不拆开使用，如：look for, look after, take care of, look forward to,be made of, take part in等 ‎(1) This is the watch which/that I am looking for. (T)‎ ‎(2) This is the watch for which I am looking. (F)‎ The babies (who/whom) the nurses look after look strong and happy.‎ ‎2. 若介词放在关系代词前，关系代词指人时用whom，不可用who或者that；指物时用which，不能用that；关系代词是所有格时用whose ‎(1) The man with whom you talked is my friend. (T)‎ ‎(2) The man with that you talked is my friend. (F)‎ ‎(3) The plane inby which we flew to Canada is very comfortable. (T)‎ ‎(4) The plane in that we flew in to Canada is very comfortable. (F)‎ 八、 限制性定语从句和非限制性定语从句：‎ ‎ 1. 限制性定语从句和先行词关系十分密切，如果去掉从句，主句的意思就不完整或失去意义。‎ 限制性定语从句中作宾语的关系代词常可省略。如：‎ The student who is talking is my deskmate. ‎ ‎ What is the name of the tall woman who is standing there? 站在那边的那个女人叫什么名字?‎ Toronto is a city (that) I' ve always wanted to visit.多伦多是我常想去参观的一个城市 ‎ October 1, 1949 was the day when the People's Republic of China was founded.‎ ‎2. 非限制性定语从句的定义：非限制性定语从句是对被修饰部分进行附加说明，如果去掉，主句的意思仍然完整或清楚。它和主句之间的关系比较松散，因此常用逗号隔开。‎ ‎ My watch, which is very old, stopped again. ‎ ‎ Yesterday I met Professor King, who came from the University of London. ‎ 昨天我遇见金教授，他从伦敦大学来的。‎ ‎ A young man had a new girl friend, whom(who× ) he wanted to impress.‎ ‎ 一个年轻的小伙子新交了一个女朋友，他想给她留下深刻印象。‎ Yesterday I met Li Ping，who seemed to be busy. 昨天我遇到了李平，他看起来很忙。 We will put off the meeting until next week，when we won’t be so busy. ‎ I am reading Harry Porter, which is an interesting book.‎ ‎3. 大多数限制性和非限制性定语从句的先行词往往为某一个词或短语，而特殊场合非限制性定语从句的先行词也可为整个主句，此时非限制性定语从句常由which引导。‎ ‎ A middle-aged woman killed her husband, which frightened me very much.‎ 一个中年女子杀害了其丈夫，这事令我十分恐惧。‎ 分析：从语境可知，令我恐惧的内容应为中年女子杀害了其丈夫这整个一件事，因此先行词为整个主句，此时应由which引导定语从句。‎ A five-year-old boy can speak two foreign languages, which surprises all the people present.‎ 一个五岁的男孩会讲两门外语，令所有在场的人感到非常惊讶。‎ ‎ He failed in the exam, which made his parents angry.‎ ‎ 4. 限制性定语从句与非限制性定语从句的区别:‎ ‎ He will wear no clothes which will make him different from others.‎ 他不会穿一些使他显得与众不同的衣服。‎ He will wear no clothes, which will make him different from others.‎ 他不穿衣服，这会使他显得与众不同 I have a sister who works in a hospital.我有一位在医院工作的姐姐。(不只一位姐姐)‎ I have a sister , who works in a hospital.我有一位姐姐，她在医院工作（只有一位姐姐）‎ She has two sons who are P.L.A.men. ‎(Maybe she has other sons who are not P.L.A.men.) 非限制性：她有两个儿子，他们都是解放军. She has two sons，who are P.L.A.men. ‎(She has only two sons.They are both P.L.A.men.) Jim doesn’t like to ask questions which make his teacher angry.吉姆不喜欢问使老师生气的问题。‎ Jim doesn’t like to ask questions, which makes his teacher angry. 吉姆不喜欢问问题，这让老师很生气 ‎【考点诠释】‎ 定语从句 考点1  “介词+关系代词which/whom”中介词和关系代词的选择 介词后作宾语的关系代词为历年高考考查的重点，一般来讲有两个：指人时只能用whom ‎，指物时只能用which。当然关系代词作定语时也可用whose。如：‎ ‎①The pen with which he wrote was made in China．他写字用的钢笔是中国制造的。‎ ‎②The train on which Tom travelled to Canada was very fast．汤姆到加拿大去时乘坐的火车速度非常快。‎ ‎③The teacher in front of whose house stands a tall tree is very patient with his students．那位老师对他的学生非常有耐心，他家的房子前面有一棵大树。 ‎ 考点2  as与which引导的非限制性定语从句的判定 ‎1．as引导的从句表示说话人对话语的看法、态度、解释或评论。‎ ‎(1)此时的as意为“正如……，正像……”。翻译时有时可不必译出。如：‎ You are clever，as all those who know you can see．你很聪明，所有认识你的人都能看出来。‎ ‎(2)在句法上，as常用作一些实义动词(如see，know，hear，watch，remember，say，tell，show，expect，guess等)的宾语，这类动词与as几乎成了一种固定搭配。如：‎ As we all know，China is becoming stronger and stronger．众所周知，中国正变得越来越强大。‎ ‎(3)as引导的从句可以前置(而which引导的从句则不可)。如：‎ As is a fact，Mike is expected to make a top student．这是一个事实，迈克有望成为一名顶尖的学生。‎ 特别提示 主句中出现the same，such，so修饰先行词时，要选择as作关系代词，在定语从句中作主语或宾语，此时as引导的是限制性定语从句。另外要注意：‎ ‎(1)the same…that与the same…as引导的定语从句在意义上的区别：前者修饰的名词与原物是同一个东西；而后者修饰的是与先行词同类型的另一样东西。试比较：‎ ‎①This is the same bag that I lost yesterday．这正是我昨天丢失的那个书包。(同一个书包)‎ ‎②This is the same bag as I lost yesterday．这个书包和我昨天丢失的那个一样。(同类型的另一个)‎ ‎(2)such/so…as…和such /so…that…结构不同，as引导定语从句，而that引导状语从句。如：‎ ‎①They talked in such simple English as children could understand．他们用孩子们能听懂的简单的英语交谈。(定语从句，as代替先行词simple English作understand的宾语)‎ ‎②He shut the window with such a force that the glass broke．他如此用力地关窗，结果玻璃碎了。(结果状语从句，that引导的从句表示用力关窗导致的结果)‎ ‎2．which引导的此类从句对主句所叙述的事情进行补充说明，表明事物的状态或结果。‎ ‎(1)which此时指前面主句所提到的，常译为“这一点，这件事”等。主句与从句通常要用逗号隔开，且从句只能位于被修饰句子的后面。如：‎ He works very well，which makes his boss satisfied．他工作干得不错．，这使得他的老板很满意。‎ ‎(2)which在句法上一般用作实义动词的主语，这时它所引导的从句与主句之间常含有并列、因果关系。如：‎ She succeeded in the competition，which satisfied her parents．她在比赛中取得成功，这使得她的父母很满意。‎ ‎(3)在从句中作定语或介词的宾语时，要用which。如：He often works far into the night，by which time everyone else has left the office．他通常工作到深夜，到那时其他人 已下班了。‎ 特别提示：‎ 高考一般不考查as与which引导非限制性定语从句的区别，但近年高考试题中出现过这个考点。一般来说，如果从句的含义是顺接主句的叙述，那么这两个词都可以使用；如果从句的含义是对主句的否定，或者语意不是顺接的，则只能用which。如：‎ ② He came late to school，which/as was what we had expected．他上学迟到了，这是我们意料中的。‎ ① He came late to school，which surprised US a11．他上学迟到了，这让我们所有人都很惊讶。(不可用as)‎ 考点3  关系代词、关系副词引导定语从句的辨别 关系代词在定语从句中充当主语、宾语或表语；而关系副词在定语从句中充当时间、地点、原因等状语。一般来说，关系副词在语义上相当于”介词+which”结构。试比较：‎ ‎①I’ll never forget the days which I spent with you．我不会忘记我们在一起度过的岁月。(which在定语从句中作spent的宾语)‎ ‎②I’ll never forget the days when(=in which)we studied in Beijing．我永远不会忘记我们一起在北京学习的时光。(when在定语从句中作时间状语，studied在此处为不及物动词，后面不再接宾语)‎ 考点4  定语从句的间隔现象 定语从句一般紧接被它修饰的先行词，但有时候它和先行词之间有可能插入其他成分，使它与先行词分隔开来，这种定语从句叫做被分隔的定语从句。在这种情况下，对关系词的准确判断显得相当重要，而且在阅读文章时会经常遇到这种情况，在阅读时要注意识别。一般来说，定语从句被分割开来大致有以下三种情况：在先行词与定语从句之间插入一个状语、定语，或被谓语动词分隔开。如：‎ ‎①Do you remember one afternoon ten years ago when I came to your house and borrowed a diamond necklace?你还记得十年前的一天下午，我来到你家，找你借了一条钻石项链吗?‎ ‎(先行词one afternoon与定语从句被状语ten years ago分隔开了)‎ ① A new teacher will eOlTle tomorrow who will teach you German．明天，一位新老师将来教你们德语。(先行词a new teacher与定语从句被谓语部分和时间状语will come tomorrow隔开了)关系代词在下列情况下常省略：(1)作及物动词的宾语时；(2)作介词的宾语，当关系代词与介词分开使用时，可以省略。但若是关系代词与介词连用，则不能省略。如：‎ ‎①The coat(that)I put on the desk is blue．我放在桌子上的那件外套是蓝色的。(作动词put的宾语)‎ ‎②who is the teacher(whom)Li Ming is talking to?正在与李明谈话的老师是谁?(作介词to的宾语)‎ ‎③Please tell me from whom you borrowed the English novel．请告诉我你从谁那儿借的这本英文小说。(关系代词不能省略)‎ 有些句型结构如同位语从句、状语从句和强调句与定语从句结构较相似，稍不认真就会出错。‎ ‎1．定语从句与同位语从句的区别 定语从句是对其先行词的修饰或限制，属于形容词性从句的范畴；而同位语从句是对前面抽象名词的进一一步说明和解释，属于名词性从句的范畴。如：‎ ‎①He makes a promise that if he Call get the job，he will work hard to make as much money as he can for the eompany．他许诺如果他能获得那份工作，他将努力为公司挣尽可能多的 钱。(that引导的同位语从句是对先行词a promise的进一步解释和说明)‎ ‎②Mike’s parents made a special promise to Tom that surprisedTom．迈克的父母对汤姆许下了一个特别的诺言，这使得汤姆很惊奇。(that引导的定语从句是对先行词promise的修饰和限制)‎ ‎2．定语从句与强调句的区别 定语从句和强调句的判断方法：若将句中的“It is/was…that/who”去掉，而句子不缺成分，结构完整，说明原句是强调句。如：‎ It was in 1 998 that the flood destroyed many houses in Jiangxi．在1998年，洪水毁坏了江西地区很多的房屋。(强调句)‎ ‎(判断方法：如果去掉it was和that，剩下in 1998 the flood destroyed many houses in Jiangxi，句子结构完整，可判定原句为强调句)‎ ‎3．定语从句与状语从句的区别 定语从句在句子中作定语，修饰名词、代词或句子；并且，这个被修饰的名词、代词或句子称为先行词，通常放在定语从句之前。状语从句在句子中作状语，修饰动词；通常不同的状语从句有不同的连词，位置较灵活，通常放在句首或句末，有时也放在句中。‎ 以where为例来说明：‎ ① Let’s have a short meeting where we met last time．我们在上次见面的地方开个短会吧。(Where we met last time是地点状语从句，在句中作地点状语，表示开会的地方)‎ ‎②This is the place where we had a meeting last time．这就是我们上次开会的地方。(Where we had a meeting last time是定语从句，在句中作定语修饰the place)‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎【2012山东卷】23. Maria has written two novels, both of ________ have been made into television series.21世纪教育网 A. them                                       B. that                        C. which                                 D. what ‎【答案】‎ ‎【解析】此处先行词是two novels，后面是一个非限制性定语从句且介词前置，因此用both of which引导。句意：Maria写了两部小说，两部都被拍成了电视剧。‎ ‎【考点】考查非限制性定语从句的用法。‎ ‎【2012福建卷】23. The air quality in the city, ________is shown in the report, has improved over the past two months.‎ A. that    B. it       C. as      D. what ‎【考点】本题考查定语从句的引导词 ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】本句难点是把定语从句分割出来放在句首就很明了了，把句子转换成      is shown in the report, the air quality in the city has improved over the past two months.就能直接看到非限制性定语从句引导词放句首指的是下文所提到的一句话用as引导“正如在 所写的那样”。‎ ‎【2012安徽卷】29. Ａlot of language learning,    has been discovered, is happening in the first year of life, so parents should talk much to their children during that period.‎ A. as            B. it                 C. which          D. This ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】如果选择B或D 就出现了两个句子了。本题考查非限制性定语从句,关系代词指整个一句话Ａlot of language learning is happening in the first year of life。传统考法是直接把从句放在句首，我不知道这里是不是算作句首，我相信学生们也会是一头雾水吧。【as用在句首，which用在句末，正确答案应该是A】‎ ‎【考点】考查定语从句。‎ ‎【2012北京卷】26. When deeply absorbed in work, ______ he often was，he would forget all about eating or sleeping.21世纪教育网 ‎    A. that                   B. which                 C. where                  D. when ‎【答案】 B ‎【考点】非限制性定语从句，which作表语。‎ ‎【2012全国II】8. That evening, _____ I will tell you more about later, I ended up working very late.‎ A. that   B. which   C. what   D. when ‎【答案】B 【解析】这里that evening是先行词，其在定语从句中作介词about的宾语，所以用which。句意： 以后我将和你谈起的那个晚上，我工作到了很晚。‎ ‎【考点】考查非限制性定语从句的关系词。‎ ‎【2012届广西桂林市、崇左市、百色市、防城港市高考联合调研】32．—We’ll take the conditions into careful consideration     you have attached to this contract.‎ ‎—Thanks. Hope for further cooperation.21世纪教育网 ‎       A．as                       B．which                 C．where                 D．what ‎【答案】B21世纪教育网 ‎【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。此处the conditions是先行词，其在定语从句中作to的宾语。故用which。‎ ‎【河南省郑州市2012届英语信息卷（三）】13. Do you remember a certain occasion ______ you were in trouble and at that moment I gave you a hand.‎ A. where               B. which               C. why                  D. when ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查定语从句。根据后面的时间短语at that moment可知occasion指时间，故要使用关系副词when，相当于at which time。‎ ‎【2012届保定市高三第一次模拟】32. Lisa，I guess we'd better fix a navigational aid（导航仪）to the car_________we can find our way easily.‎ A.  which       B.  that           C.  from which      D.  with which ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。此处a navigational aid为先行词，其在定语从句中作with的宾语。句意：丽萨，我认为我们最好在车上安装导航仪，用它我们能容易地找到路。‎ ‎【2012届河北省邯郸市高三第一次模拟考试】26. Leave him a note at the reception desk,        he will learn how to find you.‎ A. which          B. from which     C. with which         D. on which ‎ ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非限制性定语从句的关系词。此处a note是先行词，其在定语从句中作from的宾语。‎ 相当于：he will learn how to find you from the note。‎ ‎【2012届河北省普通高考模拟】26．-----How about your job-hunting？‎ ‎  -----No luck．Now，I’ve reached the stage________I don’t care what I do．‎ A. which           B． where           C．when                    D. that ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。此处the stage是先行词，其在定语从句中作地点状语。句意：现在我到了我不关心做什么的境地。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】7．A turning point of the continuously high housing price won't appear suddenly because there must be a certain process ___ many factors lead to the change．‎ ‎       A．which         B．what                   C．where             D．that ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。此处process作先行词，其在定语从句中作地点状语，故用where。‎ ‎【2012届四川省成都石室中学高三二诊模拟】10．Jane's struggle to make a place for herself in the music circle is the kind of life story___a fascinating novel might be written．‎ ‎       A．where           B．by whom                                    C．for what            D．about which ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。此处life story是先行词，其后是介词前置的定语从句。相当于a fascinating novel might be written about the story。‎ ‎【2012届江西省六校联考】26. More teens are smoking in Beijing, ______ the number of primary and middle school students picking up the habit has more than doubled from previous years.‎ A. which          B. when           C. where          D. that ‎【答案】 C ‎【解析】考查定语从句的关系词。Beijing 是先行词，在从句中做地点状语，因此用where引导定语从句。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】17. Judging from his face_______ there was a confident smile, we knew that he didn’t lose heart.‎ ‎   A. in which          B. from which               C. by which           D. on which ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查定语从句介词+关系代词的用法。a confident smile on his face.句意为：从他脸上自信的笑容来判断，我们知道他没灰心。故选D。‎ ‎【2012届浙江杭州重点高中原创模拟】19. We have spotted the location, _______ we thought is the site of Emperor Qin Shihuang.‎ A. that                   B. what                     C. which            D. where ‎【答案】C 考查定语从句。分析句子可知空格出引导定语从句，we thought 是插入语，从句缺少主语，应考虑用关系代词，又是非限制性定语从句，故选C。21世纪教育网 ‎【2012届浙江省重点中学协作体4月调研】14. ---When did the young man save you?‎ ‎     ---January 1st,2000, the first day of the new century,_______ I can never forget.‎ ‎     A. when                  B. which                      C. that                   D. where ‎【答案】B ‎【解析】考查非限制性定语从句的关系词。先行词the first day在定语从句中作宾语。‎ ‎ 十六、主谓一致复习及配套巩固练习 1. 用and（或both... and）连接并列主语时，谓语动词通常用复数 ‎ ‎  A hammer and a saw are useful tools. 榔头和锯子都是有用的工具。‎ ‎ Plastics and rubber never rot. 橡胶和塑料永不腐烂。‎  Walking and riding are good exercises.散步和骑车是很好的运动。‎ Both bread and butter were sold out in that grocery. 那家食品炸货店出售面包和黄油。‎ ‎ Zhang Hua and Li Ming are good students. 张华和李明是好学生。‎ ‎ 但是，并列主语如果指的是同一个人、同一事物或同一概念时，谓语动词用单数形式，这时and后面的名词没有冠词。如：‎ The writer and poet has come. (指同一个人) 那位作家兼诗人来了。‎ ‎ Husband and wife forms a family. 夫妻组成家庭。‎ ‎ To love and to be loved is great happiness.爱与被爱是种幸福。 Going to bed early and getting up early is a good habit.早睡早起是种好习惯。 A knife and fork is on the table.桌子上有副刀叉。‎ 注意:当两个主语为不可分的东西时，谓语动词用单数形式。例如：‎ A watch and chain was found on the desk. 桌子上发现了有表链的表。‎ Bread and butter is nutritious. 奶油面包有营养。‎ War and peace is a constant theme in history . 战争与和平是历史上一个永恒的主题。‎ ‎ 必背：‎ ‎  英语中并列结构表示整体概念的有：‎ ‎  iron and steel 钢铁 ‎  law and order 治安 ‎  bread and butter　黄油面包 ‎  a watch and chain 一块带链的表 ‎  a knife and fork刀叉 ‎  a coat and tie配有领带的上衣 ‎  aim and end 目的 ‎  truth and honesty 真诚 ‎2. 由 every…and every…, each…and each…, many a…and many a …, no ...and no…等构成复合主语时 谓语动词用单数形式。例如:‎ Each man and each woman is invited. 每个男人和女人都邀请了。‎ No boy and no girl is there now. 现在那里没有一个男孩和女孩。‎ Many a boy and many a girl has been invited. 很多男孩和女孩都被邀请了。‎ In China every boy and every girl has the right to receive education.‎ 在中国每个男孩和女孩都有接受教育的权利。‎ ‎3.由or, not only... but also..., not…but…, either...or, neither...nor，whether……or……连接主语时,谓语 靠近的主语一致，即就近一致的原则。例如：‎ ‎ He or his brothers were to blame . 应该怪他或他的弟兄们。‎ ‎ Either you or I am mad. 要么是你要么是我疯了。‎ ‎ Neither you nor he is right. 你和它都不对。‎ ‎ Not only the teacher but also his family were friendly to me.‎ ‎ 不仅老师，而且他的家人都对我很友好。‎ ‎4.当主语后跟有with, along with, together with, besides, except, like, including, in addition to, as well as,‎ rather than等词时,谓语动词根据前面的主语变化。例如：‎ ‎ All but one were here just now.‎ ‎ 除了一个，刚才其他所有的（人）都在这里。‎ ‎ A library with five thousand books is offered to the nation.‎ ‎ 有着五千本书的一个图书馆提供给了国家。‎ ‎ She as well as the other teachers is going to Nanjing.‎ ‎ 她和其他老师都要去南京。‎ ‎ A farmer together with some workers is about to help us.‎ ‎ 一个农民和几个工人即将来帮助我们。‎ ‎5. 某些词结尾字母为s, 但并不是复数形式,如: physics, maths , economics (经济学), politics, news…作主语时用单数形式。means, works(著作)单复同形。例如：‎ ‎ Physics is very important. 物理是很重要的。‎ ‎ Every means has been tried. 每一种方法都已经试过了。‎ ‎ Every possible means has been used to prevent air pollution ,but the sky is still not clear .‎ ‎ 6. 当一些由两部分构成的表示衣物或工具的名称作主语时, 谓语用复数形式, 如: trousers , shorts, shoes, glasses, goods, clothes, chopsticks, scissors. 如果这些词由 a pair, piece, kind , type ,box + of 修饰,则用单数形式.例如：‎ ‎ My trousers are white and his clothes are black. 我的裤子是白色的，他的衣服是黑色的。‎ ‎ A pair of shoes is lying here. 一双鞋放在那里。‎ ‎ These kinds of glasses are popular. (kinds为复数时，谓语动词用复数) 这几种眼镜很流行。‎ ‎7.单复数同形的名词，如sheep, deer 等做主语时，应根据主语的单复数意义确定谓语动词的形式。例如：‎ ‎ A deer is over there . 那儿有一只鹿。‎ ‎ Some deer are over there . 那儿有几只鹿。‎ ‎8.population做主语时，通常看作单数，若population前有分数、百分数修饰时，则句子谓语通常用复数。例如：‎ ‎ The population in China is very large and 80% of the population live in rural areas.‎ ‎ 中国人口很多，其中80%的人住在农村。‎ ‎ 9. 复数名词, 如: people, police, public ,crew ,cattle作主语时, 谓语动词用复数形式。例如：‎ ‎ The police like to help people.警察乐于助人。‎ ‎ People are talking about the news .人们都在谈论那则新闻 .‎ ‎ The cattle are grazing in the fields . 牛在地里吃草。‎ ‎10. 集体名词, 如: family ,crowd ,class ,team ,audience ,committee ,club, group ,enemy , population, government等, 如把它们当作整体看, 谓语动词用单数; 如把它们当作若干个体来看, 谓语动词用复数。例如：‎ ‎ Our family is very happy. 我们的家庭很幸福。‎ ‎ My family are all football fans. 我的家人都是足球迷。 ‎ ‎11.表示某一国人或某一民族、种族的人的名词作主语时，谓语动词用复数。例如：‎ ‎ The Chinese were a highly civilized people long before the Europeans .中国人早于欧洲人很久以前就是一个高度文明的民族。‎ ‎12. 表示距离, 时间, 长度,价值, 金额, 重量等的词, 用复数形式时, 谓语动词一般用单数。例如：‎ ‎ Two thousand dollars is a large sum. 两千美圆是一大笔钱。‎ ‎ Two hours is enough. 两个小时就足够了。‎ ‎ 但是算式中表示数字的主语一般视为单数,谓语动词多用单数形式..例如:‎ ‎ Five times six makes (make ) thirty . 5乘6等于30.‎ ‎ Five plus /and five is / are ten . 5加5等于10 .‎ ‎ Ten minus six leaves four . 10 减 6 等于 4 .‎ ‎ Twenty-five divided by five equals five . 25除以5等于5 .‎ ‎13.“ more than one+名词”作主语时，谓语动词用单数; “more than two, three ...+名词”作主语时，谓语动词用复数。例如：‎ ‎ More than one boy has been there . 不止一个孩子去过那里。‎ ‎ More than one student is going to be a lawyer in the future . 将来不止一个学生要当律师。‎ ‎ More than two boys have been there . 不止两个孩子去过那里。‎ ‎14. the + 形容词，表示一类人 ，谓语动词用复数；若the + 形容词，表示一类物 ，谓语动词用单数。例如： ‎ ‎ The rich are for the decision but the poor are against it. ‎ ‎ 有钱人支持这个决定，但是穷人反对它。‎ ‎ The green is hers. 这件绿色的东西是她的。‎ ‎ The beautiful lives forever. 美是永存的.‎ ‎ The best is yet to come . 最好的事情是会到来的.‎ ‎15. 关系代词who, that, which等在定语从句中作主语时，其谓语动词的数应该与句中先行词的数一致。例如：‎ ‎ I , who am only a common worker , will retire in two years.‎ 只是个普通工人的我两年后就要退休了。‎ 但是one of +复数名词+从句，从句的谓语动词应用复数，而the ( only/very ) one of +复数名词+从句，从句的谓语动词应用单数。例如：‎ He’s one of the boys who were praised.‎ ‎ This is one of the most interesting questions that have been asked .‎ 这是所问到的最有趣的问题之一。‎ ‎ Sarah is the only one of the girls who plays in the band .‎ ‎ He’s the only one of the boys who was praised . ‎ ‎16. 以what，who ,which 等作主语时，谓语动词视具体情况而定。例如：‎ ‎ Who is a doctor ?‎ ‎ What is on the table ?‎ ‎ Who are league members ?‎ ‎ What are on the table ? (what表复念，故用复数动词) ‎ ‎ Which is my seat ?‎ ‎ Which are our seats ?‎ ‎17.由what引导的主语从句,谓语动词一般用单数形式,但若从句谓语或从句后的表语是复数形式,则谓语动词用复数. 例如:‎ ‎ What you said is quite to the point. 你说到点子上去了.‎ ‎ What we need are qualified teachers .我们需要的是合格的教师.‎ ‎ WhatＩsay and think are no business of his .(=What I say and what I think 为具有复数意义的并列结构) 我所说的和想的不管他的事.‎ ‎ What I miss badly are those happy hours I spent together with them.‎ ‎ 比较:‎ ‎ What she says and does do not agree . (“说”和“做”是两件事)‎ ‎ What she says and does does not matter much . (“说”和 “做”为一件事, 总指其行为)‎ ‎ 注意:由and 连接两个what 从句作主语时,谓语动词要用复数.例如:‎ ‎ What he said and what he did were different . 他言行不一致 .‎ ‎18.whoever,whatever 和whichever作主语引导名词性从句,只能作单数,从句的谓语自然也采用单数形式 .例如:‎ ‎ Whatever is left is taken away . 凡是剩下的都被拿走了.‎ ‎ Whichever of us fulfills his task first is asked to lend a helping hand to others . 我们之中无论谁先完成自己的任务,都被要求去帮助别人.‎ ‎19.which of+名词/代词(必须是复数)作主语时,谓语动词的形式要根据which 短语表示的意义而定.例如:‎ ‎ Which of you has got a computer ?你们中的哪一位有电脑 ?‎ ‎ Which of the boys is /are Young Pioneers ? 哪一个/ 哪几个男孩是少先队员 ?‎ ‎ 但是“which of the two+名词复数”结构作主语时，谓语动词要用单数形式。例如：‎ ‎ Which of those / the two boys is more diligent ? 那些 / 那两个孩子中哪一个更勤奋?‎ ‎20.that 引导的名词性从句作主语时(that不可省去),主句谓语动词用单数.例如;‎ ‎ That she is still alive is a consolation .她还活着,这是一种安慰.‎ ‎21.when ,where how ,why 等引导的从句也可以作主语,这时谓语动词一般采用单数形式.例如:‎ ‎ When and where this took place is still unknown. 这事在何时何地发生至今还不清楚.‎ ‎ Why he shot her isn’t important . 他为什么开枪打他并不重要.‎ ‎22.在it引导的强调句中，who 或 that 后的谓语动词在人称和数上应与前面被强调的名词或代词在人称和数上保持一致。例如：‎ ‎ It’s I who am to blame . 该怪罪的是我。‎ ‎ It is you who are to blame . 该怪罪的是你。‎ It is the people who / that are really powerful . 真正强大是人民。‎ ‎23. as作关系代词时，常和such / the same /as /so 连用，as的数可为单数，也可为复数，应与先行词保持一致。as 引导的从句的谓语动词的数应与主句中的先行词保持一致。例如：‎ ‎ Don't trust such men / a man as praise /praises you to your face .不要相信当面奉承你的人。‎ ‎ There are so many tools as are needed . 凡是需要的工具都有了。‎ ‎24. as 单独用作关系代词时，通常说明整个句子（用主句作先行词），作主语的as一般用作单数，谓语动词采用单数形式，此时as 可以用which代替。例如：‎ ‎ He came very early this morning , as was usual . 他像往常一样，今天早晨照例来得很早。‎ ‎ As（不能用which） was expected , he performed the task with success. 正如众人所望，他成功地完成了任务。‎ ‎25. 由There ,Here引起的句子，主语又不止一个，其谓语动词通常和邻近的那个词保持一致。例如：‎ ‎ There is a knife and some apples here .‎ ‎ Here are some envelopes and paper .‎ ‎26. 在倒装句中，与后面的主语一致。例如：‎ ‎ South of the city is a large stadium .‎ ‎ In front of the girl are some flowers .‎ ‎ On the wall hang two large portraits. 在墙上，挂着两幅巨大的肖像。‎ ‎27. “分数或百分数+ of +名词”结构作主语时，谓语动词的单复数取决于其中的名词. 例如：‎ Three—fourths of the surface of the earth is sea. 四分之三的地球表面是海洋。‎ ‎ Two-thirds of the youth support the plan. 三分之二的年轻人支持这个计划。‎ ‎ Tens of tons of waste goes into the air with the smoke every day. 每天得有数十吨的废物随着烟雾排放到空中。‎ ‎28. “a/an +单数名词 +and half ” 或 “a + 单数名词+ or two ”作主语时, 谓语动词常用单数;“one and a half +复数名词 ”或 “one or two +复数名词”做主语时, 谓语动词常用复数。例如:‎ ‎ A year and a half has passed . 已过了一年半了.‎ ‎ One and a half tons of rice are sold . 一吨半的大米被卖完了.‎ ‎ One or two days are enough for this work . 干这活一两天就够了 。‎ ‎ A day or two is enough for this work. 干这活一两天就够了 。‎ ‎29. 代词 none和 neither 做主语时，有时作单数看待，有时作复数看待，主要根据说话人的意思来决定。但是代表不可数名词时，只作单数。neither 作形容词时与单数名词连用，谓语动词用单数形式。例如：‎ ‎ None of them has / have arrived yet . 他们一个人也没有到。‎ ‎ None of this money is mine. 这钱没有一点是我的 。‎ ‎ Neither of the students know / knows the answer. 这两个学生都不知道答案。‎ ‎ Neither statement was true . 这两个陈述都不真实。‎ ‎30.the number of +复数名词的中心词是短语中的名词，故谓语动词用复数形式；而“the number of +名词”的中心词是number，故谓语动词用单数形式。例如：‎ ‎ A number of students were absent yesterday. 许多学生昨天缺席。‎ ‎ The number of pages in this book is nine hundred. 本书的页数是900 。‎ ‎31. 由every, any, some, no构成的复合词everyone , everybody, everything，anyone, anybody, anything ，someone, somebody, something，no one , nobody, nothing以及 each , every ,either , little, much等 +名词 或代词作主语时，谓语动词用单数形式。 例如：‎ ‎ Much has been done to solve the traffic problem. 已经为解决交通问题做了许多工作。‎ ‎ When he came back, nothing was the same as before . 他回来时，一切都和以前不一样了。‎ ‎ Everyone in the class was surprised at the news.‎ ‎ Listen , someone is knocking at the door.‎ ‎32．“all (of ),half (of ),some (of )以及the rest（of），most (of ), the remainder , plenty of，a part of ,a lot of，lots of 等+名词”作主语时，谓语动词的单复数取决于它们所修饰的名词。例如：‎ ‎ Half of the food has been sent to that area. 一半的食物背送往那个地方。‎ ‎ Half of the students have seen the film. 一半的学生看过这个电影。‎ Most of his spare time was spent in reading. 这食物中有一半不能吃。‎ ‎ Most of the houses in this town are new . 这座城市的大多数房子是新的。‎ ‎ The rest of the money was locked in the safe . 剩余的钱锁在保险箱的。‎ ‎ The rest of the peasants were still poor . 其余的农民还很穷。‎ ‎33.“this kind of + 复数名词”做主语时，谓语动词用单数；“ 复数名词 + of this kind ”做主语时，谓语动词用复数。例如：‎ ‎ This kind of apples is imported from America. 这种苹果是从美国进口的。‎ ‎ Plants of this kind are growing in tropical areas .这种植物生长在热带地区。‎ ‎34. the majority of + 复数名词，表示“大多数……”,谓语动词用复数；”the majority of + 集体名词”, 谓语动词用单数或复数均可.例如:‎ ‎ The majority of doctors believe that smoking is harmful to health. 大多数医生都认为吸烟有害健康.‎ ‎ The majority of the population in the country lives / live in cities . 这个国家的大部分人口都住在城市里.‎ ‎ The majority of the committee has / have arrived . 委员会的大部分成员都到达了.‎ ‎ 但是the majority 单独做主语时, 谓语动词用单复数皆可.例如:‎ ‎ The majority is / are in favor of the plan. 大多数人赞成这项计划.‎ ‎ The majority is / are doing its / their best . 大多数人都尽全力 .‎ ‎35. a good (great ,large ,small) amount of + 不可数名词, 谓语动词用单数；large / small amounts of +不可数名词, 谓语动词用复数；the amount of+不可数名词, 谓语动词用单数。例如:‎ ‎ Only a small amount of water was left .‎ Large amounts of money were spent on the project . (不用was )‎ ‎ The amount of work astonishes her.‎ ‎36．a quantity of,( large) quantities of 修饰名词作主语时，其谓语动词应根据quantity的单复数形式而。例如：‎ A quantity of baskets was on sale . 有一批篮子待售.‎ Quantities of food were on the table. 桌上有大量的食物.‎ Large quantities of water were wasted. 大量的水浪费掉了.‎ ‎37. a variety of 作a number of different things解时,后面要接非人称的复数名词,此短语用作主语时应作复数对待;而当a variety of 指a kind of 时,其复数形式为varieties of ,后面接复数名词, 动词用复数形式;the variety of+名词作主语时,其谓语动词用单数. 例如:‎ A good variety of flowers were on show there. 那里展出了各式各样的花 。‎ There are a variety of apples in the shop. 商店里有各种各样的苹果。‎ There is a variety of fruit in the shop. 商店里有各种各样的水果。‎ A variety of methods are used by the teacher to present new words. ‎ 老师采用了各种各样的教学方法教授新单词。‎ The variety of goods on sale in that shop is surprising. 那个商店货物的品种多的惊人。‎ There are numerous varieties of fish in the lake. 这个湖里有无数种类的鱼。‎ Varieties of roses are grown here. 这儿种植各种玫瑰花。‎ ‎38. 动名词, 不定式, 从句作主语时,谓语动词一般要用单数。例如：‎ ‎ To see is to believe. 眼见为实。‎ ‎ Reading books is a good way to become educated. 读书是变得有教养的一种好方法。‎ ‎(但Reading and fishing are his hobbies.)‎ ‎ When he will come is not known. 他会什么时候来还不知道。‎ ‎ When and where to go for the on-salary holiday has not been decided yet .何时何地去带薪休假还没有定。‎ ‎39. such,the same起指示代词作用时，应根据其所指的内容来决定单复数。‎ ‎ Such is our plan. 我们的计划就是这样。‎ ‎ Such are his words . 他的话就是这样。‎ ‎40. 若复数是书名、片名、剧名、格言、报名、国名、机构等形式，其谓语动词通常用单数形式。例如：‎ ‎ The United States celebrates the birth of its independence every Fourth of July. 每年的7月4日，美国都庆祝他的独立日。‎ ‎ The United Nations plays an important role in the international affairs. 联合国在国际事务中起着重要作用。‎ ‎ Great Expectations was written by Dickens in 1860 .远大前程是狄更斯于1860年写的。‎ ‎41. 以-S结尾的山脉、群岛、海峡、湖泊等作主语时，谓语动词常用复数形式。例如 The Straits of Gibraltar haven’t lost their strategical importance. 直布罗陀海峡尚未失去其战略上的重要地位。‎ The Himalayas extend along the border of India and China. 喜马拉雅山脉一直延伸到中印边界上。‎ ‎ The Andes are in South America ,and the Alps are in Europe. 安第斯山在南美洲，阿尔皮斯山在欧洲。‎ ‎ 注意：在表示瀑布的名词之后，谓语动词用单复数均可。例如：‎ ‎ Niagara Falls is a stupendous sight. 尼亚加拉瀑布是一种壮观的景象。‎ ‎ Niagara Falls are not as high as Victoria Falls. 尼亚加拉瀑布没有维多利亚瀑布高。‎ ‎【试题放送】‎ ‎1. 【2012四川自贡高三二诊】Zhengzhou University has moved to a new site in the western suburbs,＿its ‎      original one.‎ A. almost as large as ten times B. more than ten times the size as C. larger than ten times      D. more than ten times the size of ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查倍数的表达法句型。此处more than ten times the size of 是倍数表达法的名词句型。‎ ‎2. 【2012·顺义素质展示】 Mum likes this old house in downtown better than the huge one in the country, but it costs almost ______ .‎ A. twice as much     B. twice as many    C. twice so much    D. twice so many ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查倍数表达法。本句的后半句所要表达的意思是市中心的这座老房子的价格几乎是乡村的那所大房子的价格的两倍，故答案为A，相当于“but it costs almost twice as much as the huge}one in the country”‎ ‎3. 【2012江西丰、樟、高、宜四市联考】Is it he or you ______ in charge of the job and supposed to complete it punctually?‎ ‎       A．who is            B．that is              C．who are             D．whom are ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查强调句型及主谓一致。此处为强调句型，强调了主语 he or you，根据强调句型结构”It is／was+被强调部分+ that／who+其他”，首先排除D；谓语的单复数根据所强调    的主语he or you确定，or连接并列主语时采用就近一致原则，因此根据you确定谓语为are。‎ ‎4. 【2012·宝鸡一次质检】The family as well as their dog __ on the roof by the flood．‎ ‎       A．was  trapped        B．trapped                 C．were  trapped ．   D．trapping ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】考查主谓一致。分析句子结构可以看出，句子缺少谓语动词。as well as 当作介词使用，后面的成分不能做主语，主语是The family，在这里指的是一家人，所以谓语动词用复数形式。人是被洪水困住的，所以用被动语态。句意为：那家人还有他们饲养的狗都被洪水困到了屋顶。‎ ‎5. 【2012哈尔滨一中期中】Britain ____ many other industrialized countries, ____ major changes over the last 100 years.‎ ‎       A．together with; have experienced     B．as well as; have experienced ‎       C．in common with; has experienced   D．instead of; has experienced ‎【答案】C ‎【解析】本题考查主谓一致。in common with意为“和…一样”,谓语动词单复数跟前面的主语保持一直。句意：与其它工业化国家一样，英国在过去100年里经历了重大的变化。 A、B项第一空together with，as well as意思及用法与in common with类似，均错在第二空；D项instead of“而不是”，不合句意。‎ ‎6. 【2012·三明联考】Some necessary equipment as well as food and clothes_______ sent to the disaster-hit area since the powerful earthquake occurred.‎ A. has been       B. have been       C. is being          D. are being ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查主谓一致。这里的主语是Some necessary equipment，所以谓语动词用单数形式。时间状语为since+过去时，所以用完成时。‎ ‎42. 重点考点原创精练 ‎1. The boys and the girls each ____ to do something different, which ____the teacher uneasy.‎ A. want, make           B. wants, makes        C. want, makes         D. wants, make ‎ ‎2. More than one student _____ read the novels, which _____ written by David.‎ A. has, was               B. have, were            C. has, were              D. have, was ‎ ‎3. In fact, ______ one cause that leads to the problem.‎ A. cattle is                 B. cattle are               C. cattles are             D. the cattles are ‎ ‎4. The ______ so much alike that I can’t tell which is which.‎ A. twin looks             B. twins look             C. twin look              D. twins looks ‎ ‎5. Mr Smith has bought a little house in the country, around _____ some green trees.‎ A. which is               B. it is                       C. which are             D. them are  ‎ ‎6. Every boy and girl _____ the book and they each _____ to buy one.‎ A. like, want              B. likes, wants           C. likes, want            D. like, wants ‎7. Nobody but Betty and Mary _____ late for class yesterday.‎ A. was                      B. were                     C. has been               D. have been ‎ ‎8. The teacher as well as the students _____ the book already. They know it well.‎ A. has read                B. have read              C. are reading            D. is reading  ‎ ‎9. The city is not very big. One or two days _____ enough to see it.‎ A. is                         B. are                       C. am                       D. be ‎ ‎10. Not the teacher, but the students _____ looking forward ______ the film.‎ A. is, to see               B. are, to see             C. is to seeing            D. are, to seeing ‎ ‎ ‎ 参考答案：1—5 CABBC  6—10 CAAAD 十七、倒装句的复习及配套巩固练习 Here comes the car.(全部倒装)‎ Never have I seen this kind of car.(部分倒装)‎ 一、完全倒装 ‎ 全部倒装是只将句子中的谓语动词全部置于主语之前。此结构通常只用与一般现在时和　一般过去时。常见的结构有：‎ ‎1. 在以here、there、 now 、 then 、 up、down 、 in 、out 、off、away等表示运动方向的副词或地点状语置于句首以示强调，句子要全部倒装，谓语动词常用come,go, be, lie,run,rush等 ‎(1) The birds flew away. ‎ Away flew the birds.‎ Away went the boy.‎ 小孩子冲了出来。‎ Out rushed the children.‎ Round and round flew the plane. 飞机盘旋着。‎ The door opened and in came Mr Smith. 门开了，史密斯先生进了来。‎ Down came the rain and up went the umbrellas. 下雨了，伞都撑起来了。‎ 注：若主语为人称代词，则不能用倒装：‎ Away he went. 他跑远了。‎ Down it came. 它掉了下来。‎ Out he rushed, with a stick in his hand.‎ 那个男孩走开了。‎ ‎(2) 铃响了。There goes the bell.‎ ‎ 公车来了。Here comes the bus.‎ There goes the phone and here she comes .‎ 注意：在上述句子中，如果主语为人称代词，则主、谓不需要倒装。 ‎ Here we are. There you are.‎ Here I am. 我在这儿。/我来了。 Here it comes. 它来了 其中的动词有时也可能是stand, lie, live等表示状态的动词(表示存在)：‎ There stood a desk against the wall. 靠墙放着一张书桌。‎ Once upon a time there lived a man known by the name of Beef. 从前有个人名叫比夫。‎ ‎2. 表示地点的介词短语位于句首时。‎ A beautiful lake lies at the foot of the hill ‎ At the foot of the hill lies a beautiful lake. ‎ ‎    In he came and back he went again. ‎ 一只小狗坐在房间外。‎ A little dog sits outside the room.‎ Outside the room sits a little dog. ‎ 我们学校江边有一个“希望之星”的雕塑。‎ A statue, the star of hope lies on the riverside . ‎ On the riverside lies a statue, the star of hope. ‎ 一座碉楼座落在山顶上。‎ A watchtower stands on top of the hill.‎ ‎ On top of the hill stands a watchtower.‎ 高考真题再现：‎ ‎ Look over there. ______!（2007年安徽，22）‎ A. Around the corner is walking a policeman. B. Around the corner is a policeman walking.‎ C. Around the corner a policeman is walking. D. Around the corner policemen are walking.‎ ‎1、 In front of our house ____ with a history of 1000 years. （2006上海春季，34） ‎ A. does a tall tree stand B. stands a tall tree. C. a tall tree is standing D. a tall tree stands ‎ ‎2. At the foot of the mountain ____________. (四川，28)‎ A. a village lies B. lies a village C. does a village lie D. lying a village ‎3．某些表语位于句首 ‎ ‎1)表语为介词短语 Among the goods are Christmas trees, flowers, candles and toys.‎ ‎2)表语为形容词 Present at the meeting were Mr White and many other guests.‎ ‎3)表语为过去分词 Seated on the ground are a group of young people.‎ ‎4)表语为进行时态中的现在分词 ‎ Lying on the floor was a boy.‎ Standing beside the desk was a teacher.‎ 二、部分倒装 把be/助动词/情态动词 提前到主语的前面 ‎1.only所修饰的副词、介词短语或状语从句放在句首时, 要进行部分倒装，如：‎ Only then did I realize the importance of learning English.‎ Only in this way can you hope to improve the situation there.‎ Only after he came back was I able to see him.‎ 注：only修饰主语，仍用自然语序，如：‎ ‎ Only socialism can save China. ‎ 高考真题再现：‎ ‎ Only then ____ how much damage had been caused.（2006 陕西，16）‎ ‎ A． had she realized B. she realized C. did she realize D. she had realized ‎ 2. 否定副词及介词短语的否定词位于句首时。 这类词或词语有： never, neither, nor, little, seldom(很少，不常）, rarely（很少，罕有）, hardly, scarcely （几乎不，简直没有）, no sooner（立即）, not only, in no way（决不）, at no time, few, not, no等, 如: ‎ I have never seen such a beautiful place.‎ Never have I seen such a beautiful place ‎ I seldom go to the cinema.‎ ‎ Seldom do I go to the cinema.‎ ‎ I have never seen such a performance.‎ Never have I seen such a performance She hardly has time to listen to music. 他几乎没时间听音乐 ‎ Hardly does she have time to listen to music.  ‎ He little realizes how important this meeting is. 他不甚明白这个会议的重要性。‎ ‎ Little does he realize how important this meeting is.  ‎ We had no sooner reached the airport than the plane took off. ‎ No sooner had we reached the airport than  the plane took off.  我们刚到机场,飞机就起飞了。‎ Not only is he a teacher, but he is also a poet. 他不仅是一位教师，而且是一位诗人。‎ Not only did he speak more correctly, but he spoke more easily. 不仅他讲得更正确，也讲得更不费劲了。‎ 高考真题再现：‎ ‎ 1). I’ve tried very hard to improve my English. But by no means _____ with my progress. ‎ ‎ A.the teacher is not satisfied B.is the teacher not satisfied ‎ C.the teacher is satisfied D. is the teacher satisfied ‎ 2). Only when class began ____ that he had left his book at home. ‎ A. will realize B. he did realize C. did he realize D. should he realize ‎ 3). Not a single mistake ____ in the dictation yesterday. ‎ A. did he make B. made by him C. he made D. he had made ‎ ‎ 4). Not only __ a promise, but also kept it.‎ A. had he made B. he had made C. did he make D. he makes ‎ 5). I finally got the job. Never in all life___ so happy.‎ ‎ A. did I feel B. I felt C. I had felt D. had I felt ‎ ‎3. not until 引导的从句位于句首引起的主句部分倒装 ‎ He didn’t finish his homework until his mother came back.‎ ‎ Not until his mother came back did he finish his homework. （主倒从不倒）‎ ‎ The mother didn’t leave the room until the child fell asleep. 等到孩子睡着了，妈妈才离开房间．‎ Not until the child fell asleep did the mother leave the room.‎ He didn’t leave the room until the rain stopped. 雨停了之后他才离开这房间。‎ Not until the rain stopped did he leave the room.  ‎ ‎ # 当Not until引出主从复合句，主句倒装，从句不倒装。‎ ‎ 4．as/ though (虽然，尽管）引导的让步状语从句: ‎ 名词形容词副词动词分词+asthough+主语+其他 ‎ as作“虽然”解，引导让步状语从句时，必须将表语、状语或动词原形提到as前面。此时应注意几点：一是若提前的表语是没有形容词修饰的单数可数名词，要省略不定冠词；二是若提前的是动词原形(多为不及物动词)，与之连用的通常是may, might, will, would等，且这些词都要保留在原来的位置上(主语后)；三是though有时也可像as这样使作倒装。如： Tired as I was, I tried to help them. 虽然我很累，我还是努力帮助他们。 Try as he would, he couldn’t open the door. 他试过多次了, 却仍打不开那门。 Search as they would, they would find nobody in the house. ‎ 无论怎样搜查，他们在房子里仍然没有找到一个人。 Hard as (though) they tried, they couldn’t make her change her mind. ‎ 尽管他们做了很大努力，却没法让她改变主意。‎ Boy as he was, he behaved like a girl. 他虽是个男孩，但举止却像个女孩。‎ ‎ Although I am ugly, I am gentle.‎ ‎ Ugly as I am, I am gentle.‎ Though he is a child, he has to make a living.‎ Child as he is, he has to make a living (注意：从句的表语是名词，其名词前不加任何冠词) ‎ Though I like you much, I will never marry you .‎ Much as I like you , I will never marry you .‎ Although she might try, she could not pass the exam.‎ Try though she might , she could not pass the exam.‎ Though he was surrounded by the enemy, he was not afraid.‎ Surrounded though he was by the enemy, he was not afraid.‎ ‎ _______, his idea was accepted by all the people at the meeting. [2007 重庆]‎ ‎ A. Strange as might it sound B. As it might sound strange ‎ C. As strange it might sound D. Strange as it might sound ‎5. 用于so, nor ,neither 开头的句子 ‎ ‎1) 当要表示前面提出的某一肯定的情况也同样适合于后者，通常就要用“So+助动词+主语”或“Nor/neither +be/助动词/情态动词+主语”这种倒装结构： ‎ 前句是肯定句用SO 某人/某事也是 前句是否定句用neither /nor某人/某事也不是 倒装句中的谓语应与前句的谓语时态形态一致 You are young and so am I. 你年轻，我也年轻。‎ He has been to Beijing. So have I. ‎ He likes reading very much. So do I.‎ Tom can’t answer the question. Neither /Nor can I.‎ I have never been to Guangzhou University, neither/ nor has he. ‎ ‎ 2) 表示强调或同意用“so+主语+特殊动词”结构：某/物确实如此 "It was cold yesterday." "So it was." “昨天很冷。”“的确很冷。” "Father, you promised." "Well, so I did." “爸爸，你答应过的。”“嗯，是答应过。”‎ Betty is a nice girl. So she is.‎ ‎"It was cold yesterday." "So it was." “昨天很冷。”“的确很冷。”‎ ‎"Father, you promised." "Well, so I did." “爸爸，你答应过的。”“嗯，是答应过。”‎ ‎6.“so+形容词或副词”位于句首时的倒装 副词so后接形容词或副词位于句首时，其后用部分倒装：‎ So cold was the weather that we had to stay at home. 天气太冷，我们只好呆在家里。‎ So fast does light travel that we can hardly imagine its  speed.  光速很快，我们几乎没法像它的速度。‎ So sudden was the attack that we had no time to escape. 袭击来得非常突然，我们来不及逃跑。‎ 配套练习 ‎ (1 ) ---Do you know Jim quarreled with his brother?‎ ‎ ---I don’t know, _______.‎ ‎ A. nor don’t I care B. nor do I care C. I don’t care neither D. I don’t care also ‎ (2). No sooner___ than it began to rain heavily. A. the game began　　　　　 B. has the game begun C. did the game begin　　　 D. had the game begun ‎ 高考真题再现：‎ ‎(3). --I would never come to this restaurant again. The food is terrible.‎ ‎ --______! （全国卷，32） ‎ A. Nor I am B. Neither would I C. Same with me D. So do I 易错题：‎ ‎(4). I wonder if your wife will go to the ball. If your wife _____, so _____ mine.‎ A. does , will B. will, does C. will, would D. does, do ‎(5). ---I seldom watch TV, but listen to the radio a lot.‎ ‎ -- - _____.‎ A. So do I B. Neither do I C. So I have D. So it is with me.‎ ‎6.在hardly/scarcely/…when; no sooner…than; not only…but also, so...that; such…that 的倒装句中，前倒后不倒. ‎ hardly/scarcely/ no sooner后句子的谓语用had done, when/than后句子的谓语用一般过去时 ‎ ‎(1) Hardly / Scarcely had he fallen asleep when a loud knock at the door awaked him.‎ ‎(2) No sooner had I reached the station than train moved. ‎ ‎(3) Not only is he interested in football, but also he plays it well.‎ ‎(4)So hard does he work that he has made great progress in English.‎ ‎7. If 虚拟条件从句中.从句有(were/should/had)‎ ‎1）If I were you, I would work hard.‎ ‎ Were I you, I would work hard. ‎ ‎ （2) If it should rain tomorrow, we would put off our meeting.‎ ‎ Should it rain tomorrow, we would put off our meeting. ‎ ‎ （3）If he had followed my advice, he would have succeeded.‎ ‎ Had he followed my advice, he would have succeeded. ‎ ‎ If it were not for his teacher’s help, he would never graduate from this high ‎ Were it not for his teacher’s help, he would never graduate from this high school. ‎ ‎ 注意：我们可以说Were it not...或者Had it not been..., 但不可以说Weren’ t it... 或者hadn’t it been... ‎ ‎ ______five minutes earlier, you could have seen them off.‎ ‎ A. If you should arrive B. If you arrive C. Had you arrived D. Should you arrive ‎8. May置句首，表示祝愿 ‎ May you succeed.祝你成功！‎ ‎ Long Live Chairman Mao!‎ ‎ May you be lucky!‎ 倒装句的高考考点：‎ 1. 在以here、there、now、then、off、away等副词开头的句子里.‎ 全部倒装 2. 表示地点的介词短语位于句首时。‎ 倒 装 1.Only+ 状语位于句首时 ‎ 2.否定副词或短语位于句首时 ‎ ‎ 3.在省去if的虚拟条件从句 中 部分倒装 4. So Neither Nor 位于句首时 ‎ 5.as引导的让步状语从句 ‎ 6.特殊句式 ‎ 高考 ‎ 链接 ‎1. Not until all the fish died in the river ____ how serious the pollution was. ‎ A.did the villagers realize B. the villagers realized ‎ C. the villagers realized D. didn’t the villagers realize ‎2. Only in this way _____ to make improvement in the operating system.‎ A.you can hope B. you did hope C. can you hope D. did you hope ‎3. If Joe’s wife won’t go to the party,____. (2007 全国II) ‎ ‎ A. he will either B. neither will he C. he neither will D. either he will ‎ 4. — My room gets very cold at night.‎ ‎ — ___________. (2007 江苏)‎ A. So is mine B. So mine is C. So does mine D. So mine does ‎5. Not a single song _____ at yesterday’s party. (2000上海) ‎ A. she sang B. sang she C. did she sing D. she did sing ‎6. —It was careless of you to have left your clothes outside all night. ‎ ‎—My God! ______. (1997上海)‎ A. So did I B. So I did C. So were you D. So did you ‎7. I finally got the job I dreamed about. Never in all my life so happy______. ‎ A. did I feel B. I felt C. I had felt D. had I felt ‎ ‎8. Maybe you have been to many countries, but nowhere else ________ such a beautiful palace.‎ A.can you find   B. you could find  C. you can find   D. could you find ‎ ‎【高考链接】‎ ‎1.(2012江西重点中学联考,33)At the meeting place of the Yangtze River and the Jialing River______, one of the ten largest cities in China.‎ A. lies Chongqing      B. Chongqing lies   C. does lie Chongqing    D. does Chongqing lie ‎【答案】A ‎【解析】考查倒装。表示方位的地点状语提前，句子完全倒装，所以选A项。‎ ‎2.(2012四川模拟试卷,9)We laugh at jokes，but seldom ______  about how they work．‎ A．we think         B．think we      ‎ C．we do think        D．do we think ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查倒装。seldom为否定副词放句首，用部分倒装，故选D。句意为“我们因笑话而笑，但很少去思考笑话怎样让我们笑。”‎ ‎3.(2010高考英语陕西卷,17)John opened the door. There ______  he had never seen before.‎ A. a girl did stand   B. a girl stood   C. did a girl stand D. stood a girl ‎【答案】D ‎【解析】考查倒装。表示存在关系的句子，将表地点的副词或介词短语提至句首时，若主语为名词，应采用完全倒装语序。此题中将表地点的副词．there提到了句首，而且主语为名词a girl，所以要采 用完全倒装语序，所以选D项。‎ ‎4.(2010高考英语江西卷,33)Not until he left his home ______  to know how important the family was for him.‎ A did he begin                     B had he begun           C he began                        D he had begun ‎【解析】考查倒装句。句意：直到离开家，他才开始意识到这个家对他来说是何等的重要。：not until引导的从句置于句首时，主句需用部分倒装。主从句的动作基本同时发生，故用一般过去时。‎